Page Range | 55493-55722 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
82 FR 55721 - Thanksgiving Day, 2017 | |
82 FR 55719 - National Family Week, 2017 | |
82 FR 55660 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
82 FR 55652 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
82 FR 55711 - Sunshine Act Meetings; Unified Carrier Registration Plan Board of Directors | |
82 FR 55507 - Extension of Certain Time Frames for Employee Benefit Plans, Participants, and Beneficiaries Affected by Hurricane Maria | |
82 FR 55578 - Marine Mammals and Endangered Species | |
82 FR 55535 - Coordination of Protection Systems for Performance During Faults and Specific Training for Personnel Reliability Standards | |
82 FR 55599 - Ormesa LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
82 FR 55604 - Phibro Americas LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
82 FR 55602 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
82 FR 55602 - Combined Notice of Filings #2 | |
82 FR 55500 - Arbitration Agreements | |
82 FR 55511 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Maryland; 2011 Base Year Inventory for the 2008 8-Hour Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard for the Baltimore, Maryland Nonattainment Area; Withdrawal of Direct Final Rule | |
82 FR 55510 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Maryland; Nonattainment New Source Review Requirements for the 2008 8-Hour Ozone Standard; Withdrawal of Direct Final Rule | |
82 FR 55542 - Definition of “Waters of the United States”-Addition of an Applicability Date to 2015 Clean Water Rule | |
82 FR 55603 - South Texas Electric Cooperative, Inc.; Notice of Petition for Partial Waiver | |
82 FR 55600 - Pelzer Hydro Company, LLC; Consolidated Hydro Southeast, LLC; Notice of Application Ready for Environmental Analysis and Soliciting Comments, Recommendations, Terms and Conditions, and Prescriptions | |
82 FR 55601 - Aquenergy Systems, LLC; Notice of Application Ready for Environmental Analysis and Soliciting Comments, Recommendations, Terms and Conditions, and Prescriptions | |
82 FR 55604 - Pelzer Hydro Company, LLC; Consolidated Hydro Southeast, LLC; Notice of Application Ready for Environmental Analysis and Soliciting Comments, Recommendations, Terms and Conditions, and Prescriptions | |
82 FR 55623 - Changes in Flood Hazard Determinations | |
82 FR 55622 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Survivor Sheltering Assessment | |
82 FR 55626 - Agency Information Collection Activities: The William T. Pecora Award; Application and Nomination Process | |
82 FR 55612 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 55556 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 55590 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Copies of Crop and Market Information Reports | |
82 FR 55493 - Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI)-Only Transitional Worker Numerical Limitation for Fiscal Years 2018 Through 2020 | |
82 FR 55608 - Notice of Agreement Filed | |
82 FR 55591 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Notice of Intent To Renew Collection 3038-0026, Gross Collection of Exchange-Set Margins for Omnibus Accounts | |
82 FR 55713 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Regulation Project | |
82 FR 55712 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Regulation Project | |
82 FR 55714 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Regulation Project | |
82 FR 55714 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Forms 3921 and 3922 and TD 9470 | |
82 FR 55522 - Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast Multispecies Fishery; Disapproval of Northeast Fishery Sector IX Operational Plan | |
82 FR 55658 - Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., Vogtle Electric Generating Plant, Units 3 and 4, Inspections, Tests, Analyses, and Acceptance Criteria | |
82 FR 55653 - Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., Vogtle Electric Generating Plant, Units 3 and 4; ADS and IRWST Injection Block | |
82 FR 55654 - Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., Vogtle Electric Generating Plant, Units 3 and 4, Changes to Containment Cooling and Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Strategies | |
82 FR 55614 - Bone, Reproductive and Urologic Drugs Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting; Establishment of a Public Docket; Request for Comments | |
82 FR 55574 - Certain Cold-Drawn Mechanical Tubing of Carbon and Alloy Steel From the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less-Than-Fair Value and Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Critical Circumstances, in Part, and Postponement of Final Determination | |
82 FR 55571 - Cold-Drawn Mechanical Tubing From Switzerland: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value and Postponement of Final Determination, and Extension of Provisional Measures | |
82 FR 55567 - Certain Cold-Drawn Mechanical Tubing of Carbon and Alloy Steel From India: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value, in Part, Postponement of Final Determination, and Extension of Provisional Measures | |
82 FR 55558 - Certain Cold-Drawn Mechanical Tubing of Carbon and Alloy Steel From the Federal Republic of Germany: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value and Postponement of Final Determination | |
82 FR 55564 - Certain Cold-Drawn Mechanical Tubing of Carbon and Alloy Steel From the Republic of Korea: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value, Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Critical Circumstances, in Part, Postponement of Final Determination, and Extension of Provisional Measures | |
82 FR 55561 - Certain Cold-Drawn Mechanical Tubing of Carbon and Alloy Steel From Italy: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value, Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Critical Circumstances, in Part, Postponement of Final Determination, and Extension of Provisional Measures | |
82 FR 55642 - First Choice Surgery Center of Baton Rouge, L.L.C.; Decision and Order | |
82 FR 55635 - Arnold E. Feldman, M.D.; Decision and Order | |
82 FR 55639 - Linda M. Shuck, D.O.; Decision and Order | |
82 FR 55641 - Bulk Manufacturer of Controlled Substances Registration | |
82 FR 55639 - Importer of Controlled Substances Registration | |
82 FR 55707 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Request and Comment Request | |
82 FR 55578 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 52-Jamaica, New York; Notification of Proposed Production Activity; Advanced Optowave Corporation; (Diode Pumped Solid State Laser Systems/Manufacturing); Ronkonkoma, New York | |
82 FR 55557 - Foreign-Trade Zone 30-Salt Lake City, Utah; Application for Reorganization Under Alternative Site Framework | |
82 FR 55557 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 196-Fort Worth, Texas; Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 247-Erie, Pennsylvania; Authorization of Production Activity; General Electric Transportation; (Underground Mining Vehicles); Fort Worth and Haslet, Texas; Erie and Grove City, Pennsylvania | |
82 FR 55557 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 277-Western Maricopa County, Arizona; Authorization of Production Activity; CornellCookson, Inc.; (Rolling Steel Doors); Goodyear, Arizona | |
82 FR 55504 - Schedules of Controlled Substances: Placement of FDA-Approved Products of Oral Solutions Containing Dronabinol [(-)-delta-9-trans-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC)] in Schedule II | |
82 FR 55710 - U.S. National Commission for UNESCO Notice of Web Conference Meeting | |
82 FR 55594 - Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement for the Byram River Basin Flood Risk Management Study | |
82 FR 55595 - Notice of a Public Meeting for The Great Lakes and Mississippi River Interbasin Study-Brandon Road Draft Integrated Feasibility Study and Environmental Impact Statement-Will County, Illinois and Extension of Public Comment Period | |
82 FR 55657 - Enforcement Discretion for Tornado-Generated Missile Protection Noncompliance, Revision 1 | |
82 FR 55547 - Third Party Billing for Medical Care Provided Under Special Treatment Authorities | |
82 FR 55550 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Regulations for Candidate Conservation Agreements With Assurances | |
82 FR 55625 - Candidate Conservation Agreements With Assurances Policy | |
82 FR 55554 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Louisiana Advisory Committee for a Meeting To Hear Public Testimony Regarding Civil Rights and Voter Accessibility in the State | |
82 FR 55627 - Notice of Realty Action: Competitive Sale of 40 Parcels of Public Land in Clark County, NV | |
82 FR 55607 - Notice to All Interested Parties of Intent to Terminate the Receivership of 10253, Peninsula Bank, Englewood, Florida | |
82 FR 55606 - Notice to All Interested Parties of Intent To Terminate the Receivership of 10075, Rock River Bank, Oregon, Illinois | |
82 FR 55611 - Proposed Data Collection Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations | |
82 FR 55609 - Proposed Data Collection Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations | |
82 FR 55593 - Defense Business Board; Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting | |
82 FR 55579 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Casitas Pier Fender Pile Replacement | |
82 FR 55592 - Notice of Availability for Finding of No Significant Impact for the Environmental Assessment Addressing Divestment of Military Family Housing at Defense Distribution Center, Susquehanna | |
82 FR 55607 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 55595 - Record of Decision for Issuing a Presidential Permit to Northern Pass Transmission LLC for the Northern Pass Transmission Line Project | |
82 FR 55619 - Tenth Annual Sentinel Initiative; Public Workshop | |
82 FR 55510 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Southern Branch of the Elizabeth River, Chesapeake, VA | |
82 FR 55617 - General Principles for Evaluating the Abuse Deterrence of Generic Solid Oral Opioid Drug Products; Guidance for Industry; Availability | |
82 FR 55608 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request | |
82 FR 55659 - New Postal Product | |
82 FR 55613 - Tobacco Product Manufacturing Practice; Request for Comments | |
82 FR 55554 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Oregon Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 55699 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2, and Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 2, To List and Trade Shares of ProShares QuadPro Funds Under NYSE Arca Rule 8.200-E | |
82 FR 55633 - Aluminum Foil From China; Scheduling of the Final Phase of Countervailing Duty and Antidumping Duty Investigations | |
82 FR 55555 - Agenda and Notice of Public Meeting of the South Dakota Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 55631 - Agency Information Collection Activities; National Heritage Areas Program | |
82 FR 55632 - U.S. Trade and Investment With Sub-Saharan Africa: Recent Developments | |
82 FR 55711 - Notice of Determinations; Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations: “Harald Szeemann: Museum of Obsessions” Exhibition | |
82 FR 55710 - Notice of Public Meeting of the International Telecommunication Advisory Committee and Preparations for Upcoming International Telecommunications Meetings | |
82 FR 55605 - Notice of Availability of the Environmental Assessment for the Proposed Birdsboro Pipeline Project, DTE Midstream Appalachia, LLC | |
82 FR 55667 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Rule 6.56 | |
82 FR 55679 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq MRX, LLC; Order Granting Approval of a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt New Corporate Governance and Related Processes Similar to Those of the Nasdaq Exchanges | |
82 FR 55660 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Changes to the NYSE Arca Equities Proprietary Market Data Fees | |
82 FR 55676 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE American LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 903 (Series of Options Open for Trading) | |
82 FR 55686 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 6.4-O (Series of Options Open for Trading) | |
82 FR 55702 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Fees for NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades To Lower the Enterprise Fee for Those Products | |
82 FR 55696 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Stock Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Related to the Plan To Address Extraordinary Market Volatility Pursuant to Rule 608 of Regulation NMS | |
82 FR 55689 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the Innovator S&P 500 15% Shield Strategy ETF Series, Innovator S&P 500 −5% to −35% Shield Strategy ETF Series, Innovator S&P 500 Enhance and 10% Shield Strategy ETF Series, and Innovator S&P 500 Ultra Strategy ETF Series Under Rule 14.11(i) | |
82 FR 55621 - International Standards Pertaining to Maintenance, Repair, and Training of Servicing Technicians for Lifeboats, Rescue Boats, Launching Appliances, and Release Gear | |
82 FR 55616 - Modified Risk Tobacco Product Applications: Applications for IQOS System With Marlboro Heatsticks, IQOS System With Marlboro Smooth Menthol Heatsticks, and IQOS System With Marlboro Fresh Menthol Heatsticks Submitted by Philip Morris Products S.A.; Extension of Comment Period | |
82 FR 55497 - Corporate Credit Unions | |
82 FR 55644 - Overhead Transfer Rate Methodology | |
82 FR 55715 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Regulation Project | |
82 FR 55711 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Regulation Project | |
82 FR 55621 - National Eye Institute; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 55621 - Center for Scientific Review Cancellation of Meeting | |
82 FR 55620 - Center for Scientific Review Notice of Closed Meetings | |
82 FR 55606 - Notice of Termination of the Receivership of 10345, Habersham Bank, Clarkesville, Georgia | |
82 FR 55606 - Notice to All Interested Parties of Intent To Terminate the Receivership of 10352, Western Springs National Bank and Trust, Western Springs, Illinois | |
82 FR 55607 - Notice to All Interested Parties of Intent To Terminate the Receivership of 10350, The Bank of Commerce, Wood Dale, Illinois | |
82 FR 55556 - Notice of Public Meeting of the South Carolina Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 55553 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Michigan Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 55553 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 55503 - Sanitary Transportation of Human and Animal Food: What You Need to Know About the Food and Drug Administration Regulation; Small Entity Compliance Guide; Availability | |
82 FR 55512 - Atlantic Highly Migratory Species; 2018 Atlantic Shark Commercial Fishing Season | |
82 FR 55520 - Atlantic Highly Migratory Species; Atlantic Bluefin Tuna Fisheries | |
82 FR 55643 - NASA Advisory Council; Meeting | |
82 FR 55551 - Fisheries Off West Coast States; Coastal Pelagic Species Fisheries; Amendment 16 to the Coastal Pelagic Species Fishery Management Plan | |
82 FR 55511 - Air Plan Approval; GA: Emission Reduction Credits | |
82 FR 55496 - Rules of Organization | |
82 FR 55529 - Vessel and Aircraft Discharges From United States Coast Guard Activities in Greater Farallones and Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuaries | |
82 FR 55502 - Delay of Discharge Requirements for U.S. Coast Guard Activities in Greater Farallones and Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuaries | |
82 FR 55500 - Special Conditions: Mitsubishi Aircraft Corporation Model MRJ-200 airplane; Design Roll Maneuver for Electronic Flight Controls | |
82 FR 55527 - Airworthiness Directives; Various Aircraft Equipped With BRP-Rotax GmbH & Co KG 912 A Series Engine | |
82 FR 55495 - Rules Regarding Delegation of Authority |
Foreign-Trade Zones Board
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Engineers Corps
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Federal Emergency Management Agency
Fish and Wildlife Service
Geological Survey
Land Management Bureau
National Park Service
Drug Enforcement Administration
Employee Benefits Security Administration
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, DHS.
Notification of numerical limitations.
The Secretary of Homeland Security announces the annual fiscal year numerical limitations for the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI)-Only Transitional Worker (CW-1) nonimmigrant classification for the remainder of the transition period, which is scheduled to end on December 31, 2019. This document announces the mandated annual reduction of the CW-1 numerical limitation (also known as the CW-1 cap) and ensures that CNMI employers and employees have sufficient information regarding the maximum number of CW-1 transitional workers who may be granted status during the remainder of the transition period, which includes Fiscal Years (FYs) 2018-2019 and the first 3 months of FY 2020. For FY 2018, the cap is set at 9,998. For FY 2019, the cap is set at 4,999. For FY 2020, the cap is set at 2,499 and will be in effect until the end of the transition period on December 31, 2019.
Effective November 22, 2017.
Paola Rodriguez Hale, Adjudications Officer (Policy), Office of Policy and Strategy, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security, 20 Massachusetts Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20529-2060. Contact telephone 202-272-8377.
Title VII of the Consolidated Natural Resources Act of 2008 (CNRA) extended U.S. immigration law, with limited exceptions, to the CNMI and provided CNMI-specific provisions affecting foreign workers.
The CNRA authorized the Secretary of Homeland Security to create a nonimmigrant classification that would ensure adequate employment in the CNMI during the transition period.
The CNRA mandated an annual reduction in the number of permits issued per year and the total elimination of the CW nonimmigrant classification by the end of the transition period.
The CNRA directed the U.S. Secretary of Labor to determine whether an extension of the CW program for an additional period of up to 5 years beyond the expiration of the initial transition period on December 31, 2014, was necessary to ensure that an adequate number of workers will be available for legitimate businesses in the CNMI. The CNRA further provided the Secretary of Labor with the authority to provide for such an extension through notice in the
On December 16, 2014, Congress amended the law to extend the transition period until December 31, 2019.
For FY 2016, DHS reduced the cap by 1,000 to a limit of 12,999.
The CNRA requires an annual reduction in the number of transitional workers but does not mandate a specific numerical reduction.
As noted previously, Congress has mandated that the transition period end on December 31, 2019, without the possibility of an administrative extension.
DHS has set the CW-1 cap for FY 2018 at 9,998. For FY 2019, the cap is set at 4,999. For FY 2020, the cap is set at 2,499 and will be in effect until the transition period ends on December 31, 2019. DHS considered an approach similar to FY 2017 of a nominal reduction only for the next fiscal year, consistent with DHS's prior goal of best ensuring that there are enough CW-1 workers for future fiscal years until the end of the program. However, at this point in time, with little over two years remaining in the transition period, DHS has decided that an orderly reduction over the remaining years of the transition period is the most appropriate course of action. DHS made this decision based on the need to reduce the number of CW-1 nonimmigrant workers to zero by the end of the transition period, and consistent with the warning DHS provided in the September 2016
DHS also notes that Congress recently revised the CW-1 statute without extending the transition period. The Northern Mariana Islands Economic Expansion Act
DHS reviewed this new legislation to consider its effect, if any, on the CW-1 FY 2018 cap. Congress added CW-1 visas to the FY 2017 cap, creating a new baseline of 13,448, yet it did not extend the transition period beyond the current sunset of December 31, 2019. Although the increase in the FY 2017 cap meant that DHS could have set the FY 2018 cap as high as 13,347, DHS did not do so for the reasons set forth above.
Notably, Congress also banned employers of new construction and extraction occupation workers from using the CW-1 classification. As described by the NMIEEA's sponsor in the Congressional Record, the bar on construction and extraction workers intends to require construction companies to fill new positions (including those filled by CW-1 workers after October 1, 2015) with non-CW-1 workers.
The FY 2018 cap for CW-1 nonimmigrant workers will be in effect beginning on October 1, 2017. DHS retains the ability to use its discretion to adjust the cap for a fiscal year or other period at any time by notice in the
Generally, each CW-1 nonimmigrant worker with an approved employment
This document does not affect the current immigration status of foreign workers who have CW-1 nonimmigrant status. Such foreign workers, however, will be affected by this document when their CNMI employers file:
• For an extension of their CW-1 nonimmigrant classification; or
• A change of status from another nonimmigrant status to that of CW-1 nonimmigrant status.
This document does not affect the status of any individual currently holding CW-2 nonimmigrant status as the spouse or minor child of a CW-1 nonimmigrant worker. This document also does not directly affect the ability of any individual to extend or otherwise obtain CW-2 status, as the cap applies to CW-1 principals only. This document, however, may indirectly affect individuals seeking CW-2 status since their status depends on the CW-1 principal's ability to obtain or retain CW-1 status.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board).
Final rule.
The Board is amending its Rules Regarding Delegation of Authority, in connection with the amendment to the Board's Rules of Organization (published elsewhere in this issue of the
The rule is effective November 22, 2017.
Laurie Schaffer, Associate General Counsel, (202) 452-2272, or Daniel Hickman, Counsel, (202) 973-7432, Legal Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20551. For the hearing impaired only, Telecommunication Device for Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869.
The Board consists of up to seven members appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, as provided in the Federal Reserve Act (Act).
Over the past decade, the Board has had to operate with fewer than five members on several occasions.
Since this revision may make it more difficult to convene a quorum of the Board under exigent circumstances, the Board also has added a modified definition of quorum providing that, in an emergency situation, a quorum of the Board consists of a majority of the Board members in office.
The revised rule relates solely to the internal procedure of the Board, and, accordingly, the public notice, public comment and delayed effective date provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act do not apply.
Authority delegations (Government agencies), Banks, banking.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Board amends 12 CFR part 265 as follows:
12 U.S.C. 248(i) and (k).
(c)
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board).
Amendment to Rules of Organization.
The Board has amended its definition of a quorum of the Board in the Board's Rules of Organization. The amendment is designed to facilitate the Board's ability to continue to function efficiently during periods of substantial vacancies on the Board. The amendment does not alter the number of Board members required to constitute a quorum in normal operating environments. The amendment also addresses Board member recusals and disqualifications. In addition, the Board has provided a modified definition of a quorum during exigent circumstances. In connection with this modification, the Board is amending its Rules Regarding Delegation of Authority, published elsewhere in this
The amendment to the Board's Rules of Organization became effective on October 25, 2017.
Laurie Schaffer, Associate General Counsel (202) 452-2272, or Daniel Hickman, Counsel (202) 973-7432, Legal Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20551. For the hearing impaired only, Telecommunication Device for Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869.
The Board consists of up to seven members appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, as provided in the Federal Reserve Act (Act).
Over the past decade, the Board has had to operate with fewer than five members on several occasions.
Increasing the quorum requirement for a four-member and three-member Board may make it more difficult to convene a quorum if a member of the Board is recused or disqualified from a particular matter. To address this concern, the Board also has amended its Rules of Organization to clarify that Board members who are recused or disqualified from participating in a particular matter will be excluded from calculations of the quorum requirement for that matter.
Since the revisions may make it more difficult to convene a quorum of the Board under exigent circumstances, the Board also has added a modified definition of quorum providing that, in an emergency situation, a quorum of the Board consists of a majority of the Board members in office. An emergency situation is defined as a situation when action on a matter is necessary to prevent, correct, or mitigate serious harm to the economy or the stability of the financial system, and action is required before the full Board can convene. The Board is amending its Rules Regarding Delegation of Authority (12 CFR part 265), published elsewhere in this
The Board has incorporated these revisions into its Rules of Organization and Rules Regarding Delegation of Authority,
(b)(1)
(b)(2)
National Credit Union Administration (NCUA).
Final rule.
The NCUA Board (Board) is amending its regulations governing corporate credit unions (corporates) and the scope of their activities. Specifically, the amendments revise provisions on retained earnings and Tier 1 capital.
The rule is effective December 22, 2017.
Yvonne Applonie, Director of Supervision, Office of National Examinations and Supervision, at 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 or telephone (703) 518-6595; or Marvin Shaw, Staff Attorney, Office of General Counsel, at the above address or telephone (703) 518-6553.
The financial crisis of 2007-2009 took a heavy toll on the corporate credit union system. The crisis, largely mortgage related, greatly affected the investment portfolios of many corporates, causing widespread liquidity problems, instability in the system, and failures. During this period, the NCUA took extraordinary short and mid-term measures to stabilize the corporate system. Among other things, it: (1) Made capital injections; (2) approved the Temporary Corporate Credit Union Share Guarantee Program, which guaranteed uninsured shares at participating corporates; (3) retained an independent third party to analyze expected non-recoverable credit losses for distressed securities held by corporates; (4) conserved five corporates; and (5) created the NCUA Guaranteed Note Program.
In 2010, the Board comprehensively revised the regulations governing corporates and their activities to provide longer term structural enhancements to the corporate system.
The 2010 rule curtailed several practices that contributed to the corporate failures. Specifically, it established investment concentration limits, limited asset maturities, and prohibited investments in subordinated and private label mortgage-backed securities. The 2010 rule also implemented a prompt corrective action (PCA) regime stipulating capital adequacy for corporates. Largely based on the Basel I requirements, the capital requirements of the 2010 rule emphasized corporates holding tangible and durable capital.
The provisions of the 2010 rule have successfully stabilized the corporate system and improved the corporates' ability to function and provide services to natural person credit unions. Additionally, since 2010, the overall economy has improved greatly, thereby improving the economic landscape in which corporates operate. Further, the large concentration of troubled assets within the corporate system has been reduced through portfolio repositioning or the NCUA's intervention. The corporate system has significantly contracted and consolidated, with assets declining from approximately $81.7 billion prior to the 2010 rule to approximately $24.9 billion today. In that same time period, the number of corporates has decreased from 26 to 11. Given these developments, the Board decided to revisit the 2010 rule's capital standards.
As a result of its review of the corporate capital standards, in July 2017, the Board published amendments to the corporate rule, which primarily affect the calculation of capital after corporates consolidate and set a retained earnings ratio target in meeting PCA standards.
Specifically, the Board proposed incorporating “GAAP equity acquired in a merger” as a component of retained earnings. This amendment to the definition of “retained earnings” in turn affects the definition of “Tier 1 capital,” which includes retained earnings as one component of Tier 1 capital. In the proposal, the Board stated that expressly including such equity acquired in a merger as retained earnings and referencing GAAP clarifies that this capital is available to cover losses, enhances transparency, and reduces ambiguity.
In the 2010 rule, the Board encouraged corporates to build retained earnings, which has generally yielded positive results. Nevertheless, in the July 2017 proposal, the Board proposed amending this aspect of the regulation for three reasons: (1) The 2010 rule's language did not expressly reference “GAAP equity acquired in mergers” as a component of retained earnings; (2) the 2010 rule's language limited perpetual contributed capital (PCC) for regulatory capital purposes; and (3) the 2010 rule's language was inconsistent with other capital regulations. Specifically, the Board proposed removing the requirement
Further, as discussed in greater detail below, the Board proposed adding a definition of “retained earnings ratio” to the regulation. Under the proposal, that term would mean “the corporate credit union's retained earnings divided by its moving daily average net assets.” The Board proposed requiring all corporates
Lastly, in Appendix B to part 704, the Board proposed adding a “retained earnings ratio” requirement to the Part I expanded investment authorities. The Board believed that by doing so, the retained earnings ratio requirement would limit the risk of the expanded investment portfolios. Specifically, the Board proposed to employ an indexed retained earnings requirement, thereby correlating with actual risk taking.
The NCUA received 38 comments on the proposal, including those from corporates, individual credit unions, trade associations, and credit union leagues. These commenters uniformly supported the proposed rule. No commenter opposed the proposal.
As an overview, commenters stated that the proposed rule: (1) Enhances transparency; reduces ambiguity; and better aligns capital regulations with the financial marketplace, GAAP accounting standards, and treatment by other financial institutions and their regulators; (2) provides greater flexibility in calculating and treating capital and promotes increased certainty and stability in the credit union system; (3) enhances the safety and soundness of corporate credit unions, which are essential for the credit union system; (4) provides greater liquidity to the benefit of natural person credit unions; and (5) reflects the improved health of the economy, the credit union system, and the corporates since 2010.
Each specific proposal and the corresponding public comments are discussed below in more detail.
As noted above, the Board proposed amending the definition of “retained earnings.” The definition of “retained earnings” prior to the proposal included undivided earnings, regular reserve, reserve for contingencies, supplemental reserves, reserve for leases, and other appropriations from undivided earnings as designated by management or the NCUA. The proposal added “GAAP equity acquired in a merger” to that list. The Board stated that expressly including equity acquired in a merger as retained earnings and referencing GAAP would clarify that this capital is available to cover losses, enhances transparency, and reduce ambiguity.
No commenter objected to this proposal. Approximately 30 commenters specifically supported it. These commenters stated that including such equity acquired in a merger as retained earnings and referencing GAAP provides consistency with other regulators and will help match regulatory principles with GAAP and other financial measurements within the industry. In turn, this enhances transparency of capital adequacy and eliminates confusion for users of financial statements. A few commenters stated that the change would not increase risk to the corporate system.
Consistent with the proposal and the comments, the Board amends the definition of “retained earnings” to incorporate “GAAP equity acquired in a merger” as proposed.
As mentioned above, in 2010, the Board comprehensively modified Part 704, with particular focus on providing incentives to increase retained earnings. The 2010 rule's PCA provisions require corporates to meet a leverage ratio. This leverage ratio consists of retained earnings and PCC.
In the 2017 proposal, the Board proposed to remove the current requirement
No commenter objected to this proposal. Approximately 30 commenters expressly supported it. These commenters stated that the 2010 amendments resulted in corporates accumulating sufficient retained earnings to meet or exceed adequate capitalization under PCA through the 2016 phase-in adjustment. Thus, they agreed with the NCUA's proposal to remove the requirement to limit PCC counted as Tier 1 capital, stating that the amendment enhances clarity, helps ensure capital adequacy, and provides the first layer of insulation to protect the share insurance fund. They stated that the change would better align a corporate's use of capital with the expectations of member credit unions.
One commenter requested modifying the proposed definition of Tier 1 capital as follows: “If a corporate credit union's retained earnings ratio is less than two and a half percent, deduct the amount of PCC received from federally insured credit unions less retained earnings that exceeds two percent of moving daily average net assets (MDANA).” It believed that this change would clarify the NCUA's acceptance of capital received by corporates from members. The Board has compared this recommended language with the proposed regulatory text and has determined that the Board's proposed language is more direct and more readily understandable. Accordingly, the Board is adopting the proposed
Another commenter suggested that the corporate call report continue to clearly reflect the amount of PCC that is not being counted in the leverage ratio, as it currently does in the “PCC calculation” section of the call report. The Board notes that it will continue to require this information in the call report.
Appendix B to part 704 enumerates the expanded authorities available to corporates and procedures that a corporate must follow to be granted such authorities. Specifically, the Board proposed adding a
No commenters addressed this issue. The Board is adopting this amendment as proposed.
Several commenters requested that the NCUA conduct a comprehensive review of Part 704 in 2018. The commenters stated that such a review is overdue considering the last comprehensive review of the corporate rule occurred in 2010. The commenters stated that such a review would allow stakeholders to explore other rule modernization opportunities. One commenter suggested such a review might result in “thoughtful loosening” of the corporate rules. One commenter requested that the NCUA improve coordination with state credit union regulators and reinforce the dual chartering system and joint supervision.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires the NCUA to prepare an analysis of any significant economic impact a regulation may have on a substantial number of small entities (primarily those under $100 million in assets).
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) applies to rulemakings in which an agency by rule creates a new paperwork burden or modifies the existing burden.
The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121) (SBREFA) provides generally for congressional review of agency rules. A reporting requirement is triggered in instances where NCUA issues a final rule as defined by Section 551 of the Administrative Procedure Act. After reviewing the rule and its likely impacts, NCUA believes that the rule is mostly technical and will not lead to a measurable change to (1) credit union lending to consumers or businesses, (2) net worth of natural person credit unions, or (3) interest rates paid or received by natural person credit unions. Accordingly, NCUA believes this final rule is a not “major rule” within the meaning of the relevant sections of SBREFA. As required by SBREFA, NCUA has filed the appropriate reports so that this final rule may be reviewed.
Executive Order 13132 encourages independent regulatory agencies to consider the impact of their actions on state and local interests. The NCUA, an independent regulatory agency as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(5), voluntarily complies with the executive order to adhere to fundamental federalism principles. The rule does not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. The NCUA has, therefore, determined that this rule does not constitute a policy that has federalism implications for purposes of the executive order.
The NCUA has determined that this rule will not affect family well-being within the meaning of § 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999, Public Law 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681 (1998).
Credit unions, Corporate credit unions, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
By the National Credit Union Administration Board on November 16, 2017.
For the reasons discussed above, the National Credit Union Administration Board amends 12 CFR part 704 as follows:
12 U.S.C. 1766(a), 1781, and 1789.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(1) Retained earnings;
(2) Perpetual contributed capital;
(3) Deduct the amount of the corporate credit union's intangible assets that exceed one half percent of its moving daily average net assets (however, the NCUA may direct the corporate credit union to add back some of these assets on the NCUA's own initiative, or the NCUA's approval of petition from the applicable state regulator or application from the corporate credit union);
(4) Deduct investments, both equity and debt, in unconsolidated CUSOs;
(5) Deduct an amount equal to any PCC or NCA that the corporate credit union maintains at another corporate credit union;
(6) Deduct any amount of PCC received from federally insured credit unions that causes PCC minus retained earnings, all divided by moving daily average net assets, to exceed two percent when a corporate credit union's retained earnings ratio is less than two and a half percent.
(b) * * *
(2) 28 percent if the corporate credit union has a seven percent minimum leverage ratio and a two and a half percent retained earnings ratio, and is specifically approved by the NCUA; or
(3) 35 percent if the corporate credit union has an eight percent minimum leverage ratio and a three percent retained earnings ratio and is specifically approved by the NCUA.
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Final rule; CRA revocation.
Under the Congressional Review Act, Congress has passed and the president has signed a joint resolution disapproving a final rule published by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau) on July 19, 2017, to regulate arbitration agreements in contracts for specified consumer financial products and services. Under the joint resolution and by operation of the Congressional Review Act, the arbitration agreements rule has no force or effect. The Bureau is hereby removing it from the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR).
This action is effective November 22, 2017.
Owen Bonheimer and Nora Rigby, Senior Counsels, Office of Regulations, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, at 202-435-7700 or
Pursuant to section 1028(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203), on July 10, 2017, the Bureau issued a final rule titled Arbitration Agreements to regulate pre-dispute arbitration agreements in contracts for specified consumer financial products and services. The Bureau published the arbitration agreements rule in the
The United States House of Representative passed House Joint Resolution 111 disapproving the arbitration agreements rule under the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
This action is not an exercise of the Bureau's rulemaking authority under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) because the Bureau is not “formulating, amending, or repealing a rule” under 5 U.S.C. 551(5). Rather, the Bureau is effectuating changes to the CFR to reflect what congressional action has already accomplished. Accordingly, the Bureau is not soliciting comments on this action.
Banks, Banking, Business and industry, Claims, Consumer protection, Contracts, Credit, Credit unions, Finance, National banks, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Savings associations.
For the reasons set forth above, and pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions; request for comments.
These special conditions are issued for Mitsubishi Aircraft Corporation (Mitsubishi) Model MRJ-200 airplanes. These airplanes will have a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology
This action is effective on Mitsubishi on November 22, 2017. We must receive your comments January 8, 2018.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-0951 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Todd Martin, FAA, Airframe and Cabin Safety Section, AIR-675, Policy and Innovation Division, Transport Standards Branch, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1178; facsimile 425-227-1320.
The FAA has determined that notice of, and opportunity for prior public comment on, these special conditions is unnecessary because the substance of these special conditions has been subject to the public-comment process in several prior instances with no substantive comments received. The FAA finds good cause that prior notice and comment are unnecessary, and for the same reason finds that good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon publication in the
The FAA is requesting comments to allow interested persons to submit views that may not have been submitted in response to the prior opportunities for comment described above. We invite interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.
We will consider all comments we receive by the closing date for comments. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.
On August 19, 2009, Mitsubishi applied for a type certificate for their new Model MRJ-200 airplane. The Model MRJ-200 airplane is a low-wing, conventional-tail design with two wing-mounted turbofan engines. The airplane is equipped with an electronic flight-control system, has seating for 96 passengers and a maximum takeoff weight of 98,800 lbs.
Under the provisions of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 21.17, Mitsubishi must show that the Model MRJ-200 airplane meets the applicable provisions of part 25, as amended by Amendments 25-1 through 25-141; part 36, as amended by Amendments 36-1 through 36-30; and part 34, as amended by Amendments 34-1 through the amendment effective at the time of design approval.
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
Special conditions are initially applicable to the Model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to include any other model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the model MRJ-200 airplane must comply with the fuel-vent and exhaust-emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34, and the noise-certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.17(a)(2).
The Model MRJ-200 airplane will incorporate the following novel or unusual design feature:
An electronic flight-control system that provides control of the airplane through pilot inputs to the flight computer. Current part 25 airworthiness regulations account for control laws where aileron deflection is proportional to control-stick deflection. They do not address any nonlinearities,
The flight-control system for the Model MRJ-200 airplane does not have a direct mechanical link, nor a linear gain, between the airplane flight-control surface and the pilot's flight-deck control device, which is not accounted for in § 25.349(a). Instead, a flight-control computer commands the airplane flight-control surfaces, based on input received from the flight-deck control device. The flight-control computer modifies pilot input before the command is given to the flight-control surface.
These special conditions differ from current regulatory requirements in that they require that the roll maneuvers result from defined movements of the flight-deck roll control as opposed to defined aileron deflections. Also, these special conditions require an additional load condition at design maneuvering speed (V
These special conditions differ from similar special conditions previously issued on this topic. These special conditions are limited to the roll axis only, whereas other special conditions also included pitch and yaw axes. Special conditions are no longer needed for the yaw axis because § 25.351 was revised at Amendment 25-91 to take into account effects of an electronic flight-control system. No special conditions are needed for the pitch axis because the method that Mitsubishi proposed for the pitch maneuver takes into account effects of an electronic flight-control system.
These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to the Model MRJ-200 airplanes. Should Mitsubishi apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model incorporating the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to that model as well.
This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model of airplanes. It is not a rule of general applicability.
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for Mitsubishi Model MRJ-200 airplanes.
In lieu of compliance to 14 CFR 25.349(a), the following conditions, speeds, and flight-deck roll-control motions (except as the motions may be limited by pilot effort) must be considered in combination with an airplane load factor of zero, and of two-thirds of the positive maneuvering factor used in design. In determining the resulting control-surface deflections, the torsional flexibility of the wing must be considered in accordance with § 25.301(b).
(a) Conditions corresponding to steady rolling velocities must be investigated. In addition, conditions corresponding to maximum angular acceleration must be investigated for airplanes with engines or other weight concentrations outboard of the fuselage. For the angular acceleration conditions, zero rolling velocity may be assumed in the absence of a rational time-history investigation of the maneuver.
(b) At V
(c) At V
(d) At V
Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS), National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce (DOC).
Final rule; notification of delay of effectiveness for discharge requirements with regard to U.S. Coast Guard activities.
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) expanded the boundaries of Gulf of the Farallones National Marine Sanctuary (now renamed Greater Farallones National Marine Sanctuary or GFNMS) and Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (CBNMS) to an area north and west of their previous boundaries with a final rule published on March 12, 2015. The final rule entered into effect on June 9, 2015. At that time, NOAA postponed, with regard to U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) activities, the effectiveness of the discharge requirements for six months in the regulations for both sanctuaries in the newly added areas. Since then, NOAA published four documents to extend the postponement of the discharge requirements to provide adequate time for completion of an environmental assessment, and subsequent rulemaking regarding USCG activities, as appropriate. The current extension would end on December 9, 2017. This document, published concurrently with a proposed rule to address discharges by the USCG and an environmental assessment, will extend the postponement of the discharge requirements for USCG activities in the expansion areas of GFNMS and CBNMS for one year beyond the end of the current extension to provide adequate time for completion, if appropriate, of a final environmental assessment and final rule. This extension will end on December 9, 2018, or 30 days after publication of a final rule, whichever comes first.
The effectiveness for the discharge requirements in both CBNMS and GFNMS expansion areas with regard to USCG activities is December 9, 2018.
Copies of documents relating to the expansion, including the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS), final management plans, and the final rule published on March 12, 2015, can be viewed or downloaded at
Maria Brown, Greater Farallones National Marine Sanctuary Superintendent, at
On March 12, 2015, NOAA expanded the boundaries of Gulf of the Farallones National Marine Sanctuary (now renamed Greater Farallones National Marine Sanctuary or GFNMS) and Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (CBNMS) to an area north and west of their previous boundaries with a final rule (80 FR 13078). The final rule entered into effect on June 9, 2015 (80 FR 34047). In the course of the rulemaking to expand GFNMS and
However, NOAA is currently considering whether, among other things, to exempt certain USCG activities in sanctuary regulations and is concurrently publishing a proposed rule and draft environmental analysis to seek comment on the potential exemption. NOAA is therefore postponing the effectiveness of the discharge requirements in the expansion areas of both sanctuaries with regard to USCG activities for one year until December 9, 2018, or 30 days after publication of a final rule, whichever comes first, to provide adequate time for completion of a final environmental assessment and final rule, as appropriate. The proposed rule and related environmental analysis associated with this action will give the public, other federal agencies, and interested stakeholders an opportunity to comment on various alternatives that are being considered.
NOAA previously conducted an environmental analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) as part of the rulemaking process leading to the expansion of CBNMS and GFNMS, which addressed regulations regarding the discharge of any matter or material in the sanctuaries. Potential environmental impacts of the decision to postpone effectiveness are sufficiently encompassed within the impacts analysis of the environmental baseline and the no action alternative presented in that analysis. Should NOAA decide to amend the regulations governing discharges for USGS activities in CBNMS and GFNMS, any additional environmental analysis required under NEPA would be prepared and released for public comment.
This action has been determined to be not significant under Executive Order 12866.
This action is not expected to be an Executive Order 13771 regulatory action because this action is not significant under Executive Order 12866.
The Assistant Administrator of National Ocean Service (NOS) finds good cause pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) to waive the notice and comment requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) because this action is administrative in nature. This action postpones the effectiveness of the discharge requirements in the regulations for CBNMS and GFNMS in the areas added to the sanctuaries' boundaries in 2015, that underwent notice and comment review, with regard to USCG activities for one year to provide adequate time for public scoping, completion of an environmental assessment, and concurrent rulemaking on how to address the USCG activities, as appropriate. The substance of the underlying regulations currently remains unchanged. Therefore, providing notice and opportunity for public comment under the APA would serve no useful purpose. For the reasons above, the Assistant Administrator also finds good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d) to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness and make this action effective immediately upon publication.
16 U.S.C. 1431
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notification of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA, the Agency, or we) is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “Sanitary Transportation of Human and Animal Food: What You Need to Know About the FDA Regulation—Small Entity Compliance Guide.” The small entity compliance guide (SECG) is intended to help small entities comply with the final rule entitled “Sanitary Transportation of Human and Animal Food.”
The announcement of the guidance is published in the
You may submit either electronic or written comments on Agency guidances at any time as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
You may submit comments on any guidance at any time (see 21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)).
See the
Carrol Burgundy, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition, Food and Drug Administration, 5001 Campus Dr., College Park, MD 20740, 240-402-2158.
In the
We examined the economic implications of the final rule as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) and determined that the final rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. In compliance with section 212 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (Pub. L. 104-121, as amended by Pub. L. 110-28), we are making available the SECG to reduce the burden of determining how to comply by further explaining and clarifying the actions that a small entity must take to comply with the rule.
We are issuing the SECG consistent with our good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115(c)(2)). The SECG represents the current thinking of FDA on this topic. It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations. This guidance is not subject to Executive Order 12866.
This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in part 1, subpart O have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0773.
Persons with access to the internet may obtain the SECG at either
Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice.
Final rule.
This final rule adopts without changes an interim final rule with request for comments published in the
The effective date of this final rulemaking is November 22, 2017.
Michael J. Lewis, Diversion Control Division, Drug Enforcement Administration; Mailing Address: 8701
On March 23, 2017, the DEA published an interim final rule to make FDA-approved products containing dronabinol in an oral solution a schedule II controlled substance. 82 FR 14815. The interim final rule provided an opportunity for interested persons to file written comments as well as a request for hearing or waiver of hearing, on or before April 24, 2017.
In response to the interim final rule, the DEA received 10 comments.
•
•
•
The DEA did not receive any requests for hearing or waiver. Based on the rationale set forth in the interim final rule, the DEA adopts the interim final rule, without change.
As DEA stated in the interim final rule, it should be noted as a preliminary matter that any form of dronabinol other than in an FDA-approved drug product remains a schedule I controlled substance, and those who handle such material remain subject to the regulatory controls, and administrative, civil, and criminal sanctions, applicable to schedule I controlled substances set forth in the CSA and DEA regulations. However, for those who handle dronabinol oral solution exclusively in the form of an FDA-approved drug product, the following is a summary of the schedule II regulatory requirements that remain in effect as a result of this final rule.
FDA-approved products containing dronabinol in an oral solution have been controlled as a schedule II controlled substance since March 23, 2017. With publication of this final rule, such products remain subject to the CSA's schedule II regulatory controls and administrative, civil, and criminal sanctions applicable to the manufacture, distribution, reverse distribution, dispensing, importing, exporting, research, and conduct of instructional activities and chemical analysis with, and possession involving schedule II substances, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
This final rule, without change, affirms the amendment made by the interim final rule that is already in effect. Section 553 of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553) generally requires notice and comment for rulemakings. However, Public Law 114-89 was signed into law, amending 21 U.S.C. 811. This amendment provides that in cases where a new drug is (1) approved by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and (2) HHS recommends control in CSA schedule II-V, the DEA shall issue an interim final rule scheduling the drug within 90 days. This action was taken March 23, 2017. Additionally, the law specifies that the rulemaking shall become immediately effective as an interim final rule without requiring the DEA to demonstrate good cause.
In accordance with 21 U.S.C. 811(j), this scheduling action is subject to formal rulemaking procedures performed “on the record after opportunity for a hearing,” which are conducted pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 556 and 557. The CSA sets forth the procedures and criteria for scheduling a drug or other substance. Such actions are exempt from review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to section 3(d)(1) of Executive Order 12866 and the principles reaffirmed in Executive Order 13563.
This regulation meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988 to eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity, minimize litigation, provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct, and promote simplification and burden reduction.
This rulemaking does not have federalism implications warranting the application of Executive Order 13132. The rule does not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This rule does not have tribal implications warranting the application of Executive Order 13175. It does not have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal government and Indian tribes.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601-612) applies to rules that are subject to notice and comment under section 553(b) of the APA. As noted in the above discussion regarding applicability of the Administrative Procedure Act, the DEA was not required to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking prior to this final rule. Consequently, the RFA does not apply.
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not impose a new collection of information requirement under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521. This action would not impose recordkeeping or reporting requirements on State or local governments, individuals, businesses, or organizations. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
This rule is not a major rule as defined by section 804 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Congressional Review Act (CRA)). This rule will not result in: An annual effect on the economy of $100,000,000 or more; a major increase in costs or prices for consumers, individual industries, Federal, State, or local government agencies, or geographic regions; or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of U.S.-based companies to compete with foreign based companies in domestic and export markets. However, pursuant to the CRA, the DEA has submitted a copy of this final rule to both Houses of Congress and to the Comptroller General.
Administrative practice and procedure, Drug traffic control, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department of Labor; Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury.
Extension of time frames.
This document announces the extension of certain time frames under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and the Internal Revenue Code for group health plans, disability and other welfare plans, pension plans, participants and beneficiaries of these plans, and group health insurance issuers directly affected by Hurricane Maria.
November 22, 2017.
Elizabeth Schumacher or Suzanne Adelman, Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department of Labor, at 202-693-8335; or Karen Levin, Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury, at 202-317-5500.
As a result of Hurricane Maria, participants and beneficiaries covered by group health plans, disability or other welfare plans, and pension plans may encounter problems in exercising their health coverage portability and continuation coverage rights, or in filing or perfecting their benefit claims. Recognizing the numerous challenges already facing affected participants and beneficiaries, it is important that plans and the Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department of Labor and Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury (the Agencies) take steps to minimize the possibility of individuals losing benefits because of a failure to comply with certain pre-established time frames. Similarly, the Agencies recognize that affected group health plans may have difficulty in complying with certain notice obligations.
Accordingly, under the authority of section 518 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), and section 7508A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the Code), the Agencies are extending certain time frames otherwise applicable to group health plans, disability and other welfare plans, pension plans, and their participants and beneficiaries under ERISA and the Code.
The Agencies believe that such relief is immediately needed to preserve and protect the benefits of participants and beneficiaries in affected plans. Accordingly, the Agencies have determined, pursuant to section 553 of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 553(b) and (d), that there is good cause for granting the relief provided by this notice effective immediately upon publication and that notice and public participation may result in undue delay and, therefore, be contrary to the public interest.
This document has been reviewed by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), which concurs with the relief. HHS encourages plan sponsors of nonfederal governmental group health plans to provide the relief specified in this guidance. HHS also encourages States, and health insurance issuers, to enforce and operate, respectively, in a manner consistent with the relief provided in this guidance.
The relief provided by this Notice supplements other disaster relief guidance, which can be accessed on the Internet at:
Title I of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) provides portability of group health coverage by, among other things, requiring special enrollment rights. ERISA section 701, Code section 9801, 29 CFR 2590.701-6, 26 CFR 54.9801-6. Title X of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) permits qualified beneficiaries who lose coverage under a group health plan to elect continuation health coverage. ERISA section 601, Code section 4980B, 26 CFR 54.4980B-1. Section 503 of ERISA and 29 CFR 2560.503-1 require employee benefit plans subject to Title I of ERISA to establish and maintain reasonable procedures governing the determination and appeal of claims for benefits under the plan. Section 2719 of the Public Health Service Act (PHS Act), incorporated into ERISA by ERISA section 715 and into the Code by Code section 9815, imposes additional rights and obligations with respect to claims, appeals, and external review for nongrandfathered group health plans and health insurance issuers offering nongrandfathered coverage. See also 29 CFR 2590.715-2719 and 26 CFR 54.9815-2719. All of the foregoing provisions include timing requirements for certain acts in connection with employee benefit plans, some of which are being modified by this notice.
In general, the HIPAA special enrollment provisions require that a special enrollment period must be provided in certain circumstance including circumstances in which an employee or dependent loses eligibility for any group health plan or other health insurance coverage in which the employee or the employee's dependents were previously enrolled (including coverage under Medicaid and the Children's Health Insurance Program), and upon certain life events such as when a person becomes a dependent of an eligible employee by birth, marriage, or adoption. ERISA section 701(f), Code section 9801(f), 29 CFR 2590.701-6, and 26 CFR 54.9801-6. Generally, group health plans must allow such individuals to enroll in the group health plan if they are otherwise eligible and if enrollment is requested within 30 days of the occurrence of the event (or
The COBRA continuation coverage provisions generally provide a qualified beneficiary a period of at least 60 days to elect COBRA continuation coverage under a group health plan. ERISA section 605 and Code section 4980B(f)(5). Plans are required to allow payment of premiums in monthly installments, and plans cannot require payment of premiums before 45 days after the day of the initial COBRA election. ERISA section 602(3) and Code section 4980B(f)(2)(C). COBRA continuation coverage may be terminated for failure to pay premiums timely. ERISA section 602(2)(C) and Code section 4980B(f)(2)(B)(iii). Under the COBRA rules, a premium is considered paid timely if it is made not later than 30 days after the first day of the period for which payment is being made. ERISA section 602(2)(C), Code section 4980B(f)(2)(B)(iii), and 26 CFR 54.4980B-8 Q&A-5(a). Notice requirements prescribe time periods for employers to notify the plan of certain qualifying events and for individuals to notify the plan of certain qualifying events or a determination of disability; notice requirements also prescribe a time period for plans to notify qualified beneficiaries of their rights to elect COBRA continuation coverage. ERISA section 606, Code section 4980B(f)(6), and 29 CFR 2590.606-3.
Section 503 of ERISA and 29 CFR 2560.503-1, as well as section 2719 of the PHS Act, incorporated into ERISA by ERISA section 715 and into the Code by Code section 9815, 29 CFR 2590.715-2719, and 26 CFR 54.9815-2719, require ERISA-covered employee benefit plans and nongrandfathered group health plans and health insurance issuers to establish and maintain a procedure governing the filing and initial disposition of benefit claims, and to provide claimants with a reasonable opportunity to appeal an adverse benefit determination to an appropriate named fiduciary. Plans may not have provisions that unduly inhibit or hamper the initiation or processing of claims for benefits. Further, group health plans and disability plans must provide claimants at least 180 days following receipt of an adverse benefit determination to appeal (60 days in the case of pension plans and other welfare benefit plans). 29 CFR 2560.503-1(h)(2)(i), 29 CFR 2560.503-1(h)(3)(i), 29 CFR 2590.715-2719(b)(2)(ii)(C), and 26 CFR 54.9815-2719(b)(2)(ii)(C).
PHS Act section 2719, incorporated into ERISA by ERISA section 715 and into the Code by Code section 9815, sets out standards for external review that apply to nongrandfathered group health plans and health coverage and provides for either a State external review process or a Federal external review process. Standards for external review processes and timeframes for submitting claims to the independent reviewer for group health plans or health insurance issuers may vary depending on whether a plan uses a State external review process or a Federal external review process. For plans or issuers that use the Federal external review process, the process must allow at least four months after the receipt of a notice of an adverse benefit determination or final internal adverse benefit determination for a request for an external review to be filed. 29 CFR 2590.715-2719(d)(2)(i) and 26 CFR 54.9815-2719(d)(2)(i). The Federal external review process also provides for a preliminary review of a request for external review. The regulation provides that if such request is not complete, the Federal process must provide for a notification that describes the information or materials needed to make the request complete, and the plan or issuer must allow a claimant to perfect the request for external review within the four-month filing period or within the 48 hour period following the receipt of the notification, whichever is later. 29 CFR 2590.715-2719(d)(2)(ii)(B) and 26 CFR 54.9815-2719(d)(2)(ii)(B).
With respect to plan participants, beneficiaries, qualified beneficiaries, or claimants directly affected by Hurricane Maria (as defined in paragraph III.C.(1)), group health plans, disability and other welfare plans, pension plans, and health insurance issuers offering coverage in connection with a group health plan must disregard the period from September 17, 2017 through March 16, 2018 for such plan participants, beneficiaries, qualified beneficiaries, or claimants located in Puerto Rico, and must disregard the period from September 16, 2017 through March 15, 2018 for such plan participants, beneficiaries, qualified beneficiaries, or claimants located in the United States Virgin Islands, when determining any of the following time periods and dates—
(1) The 30-day period (or 60-day period, if applicable) to request special enrollment under ERISA section 701(f) and Code section 9801(f),
(2) The 60-day election period for COBRA continuation coverage under ERISA section 605 and Code section 4980B(f)(5),
(3) The date for making COBRA premium payments pursuant to ERISA section 602(2)(C) and (3) and Code section 4980B(f)(2)(B)(iii) and (C),
(4) The date for individuals to notify the plan of a qualifying event or determination of disability under ERISA section 606(a)(3) and Code section 4980B(f)(6)(C),
(5) The date within which individuals may file a benefit claim under the plan's claims procedure pursuant to 29 CFR 2560.503-1,
(6) The date within which claimants may file an appeal of an adverse benefit determination under the plan's claims procedure pursuant to 29 CFR 2560.503-1(h),
(7) The date within which claimants may file a request for an external review after receipt of an adverse benefit determination or final internal adverse benefit determination pursuant to 29 CFR 2590.715-2719(d)(2)(i) and 26 CFR 54.9815-2719(d)(2)(i), and
(8) The date within which a claimant may file information to perfect a request for external review upon a finding that the request was not complete pursuant to 29 CFR 2590.715-2719(d)(2)(ii) and 26 CFR 54.9815-2719(d)(2)(ii).
With respect to group health plans, and their sponsors and administrators, that are directly affected by Hurricane Maria (as defined in paragraph III.C.(3)), the period from September 17, 2017 through March 16, 2018 for those located in Puerto Rico, and the period from September 16, 2017 through March 15, 2018 for those located in the United States Virgin Islands, shall be disregarded when determining the date for providing a COBRA election notice under ERISA section 606(c) and Code section 4980B(f)(6)(D).
For purposes of this notice—
(1) A participant, beneficiary, qualified beneficiary, or claimant directly affected by Hurricane Maria means an individual who resided, lived, or worked in one of the disaster areas (as defined in paragraph III.C.(2)) at the time of the hurricane, or whose employee benefit plan was directly affected (as defined in paragraph III.C.(3)), but solely with respect to that employee benefit plan.
(2) The term “disaster areas” means the counties in Puerto Rico and the counties and county equivalents in the United States Virgin Islands that have been or are later designated as disaster areas eligible for Individual Assistance by the Federal Emergency Management Agency because of the devastation caused by Hurricane Maria.
(3) An employee benefit plan is directly affected by Hurricane Maria if the principal place of business of the employer that maintains the plan (in the case of a single-employer plan, determined disregarding the rules of section 414(b) and (c) of the Code); the principal place of business of employers that employ more than 50 percent of the active participants covered by the plan (in the case of a plan covering employees of more than one employer, determined disregarding the rules of section 414(b) and (c) of the Code); the office of the plan or the plan administrator; or the relevant office of the primary recordkeeper serving the plan was located in one of the disaster areas (as defined in paragraph III.C.(2)) at the time of the hurricane.
The Agencies will continue to monitor the effects of Hurricane Maria and may provide additional relief as warranted.
The following examples illustrate the timeframe for extensions required by this notice. In each example, assume that the individual described is directly affected by the hurricane.
(ii)
(ii)
(ii)
(ii)
(ii)
(ii)
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation; modification.
The Coast Guard has modified a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the I-64 (High Rise) Bridge across the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway, Southern Branch of the Elizabeth River, mile 7.1, at Chesapeake, VA. The deviation is necessary to facilitate routine maintenance. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position.
The modified deviation is effective without actual notice from November 22, 2017 through 11 p.m. on December 3, 2017. For purposes of enforcement, actual notice will be used from 11:01 p.m. on November 22, 2017, until November 22, 2017.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2017-0573] is available at
If you have questions on this modified temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Mickey Sanders, Bridge Administration Branch Fifth District, Coast Guard; telephone (757) 398-6587, email
On September 26, 2017, the Coast Guard published a temporary deviation entitled “Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Southern Branch of the Elizabeth River, Chesapeake, VA” in the
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed position may do so if at least 15 minutes notice is given. The bridge will not be able to open for emergencies and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels unable to pass through the bridge in the closed position. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterways through our Local and Broadcast Notice to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so that vessel operators can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by this temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of this effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Withdrawal of direct final rule.
Due to the receipt of an adverse comment, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is withdrawing the September 29, 2017 direct final rule (DFR) that approved a revision to the Maryland state implementation plan (SIP). The revision was in response to EPA's February 3, 2017 Findings of Failure to Submit for various requirements relating to the 2008 8-hour ozone national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS). This SIP revision was specific to nonattainment new source review (NNSR) requirements. EPA stated in the direct final rule that if EPA received adverse comments by October 30, 2017, the rule would be withdrawn and not take effect. EPA subsequently received an adverse comment. EPA will address the comment received in a subsequent final action based upon the proposed action also published on September 29, 2017. EPA will not institute a second comment period on this action. This withdrawal action is being taken under section 110 of the Clean Air Act.
The direct final rule published at 82 FR 45475, on September 29, 2017, is withdrawn as of November 22, 2017.
EPA has established docket number EPA-R03-OAR-2017-0398 for this action. The index to the docket is available electronically at
Mrs. Amy Johansen, (215) 814-2156, or by email at
On May 8, 2017, the Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE) submitted on behalf of the State of Maryland a formal revision, requesting EPA's approval for the SIP of its NNSR Certification for the 2008 Ozone Standard (Revision 17-01). The SIP revision is in response to EPA's final 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS Findings of Failure to Submit for NNSR requirements.
Please see additional information provided in the direct final action published in the
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Withdrawal of direct final rule.
Due to adverse comments received, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is withdrawing the October 3, 2017 direct final rule that approved a state implementation plan (SIP) revision submitted by the State of Maryland to add the 2011 base year inventory for the Baltimore, Maryland moderate nonattainment area for the 2008 8-hour ozone national ambient air quality standard (NAAQS) into Maryland's SIP. EPA stated in the direct final rule that if EPA received adverse comments by November 2, 2017, the rule would be withdrawn and not take effect. EPA subsequently received adverse comments. EPA will address the comments received in a subsequent final action based upon the proposed rulemaking action also published on October 3, 2017. EPA will not institute a second comment period on this action.
The direct final rule published at 82 FR 45997, on October 3, 2017, is withdrawn as of November 22, 2017.
Gavin Huang, (215) 814-2042, or by email at
On December 20, 2016, the State of Maryland submitted the 2011 base year emission inventory through the Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE) to meet the nonattainment requirements for moderate ozone nonattainment areas for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS. In the direct final rule published on October 3, 2017 (82 FR 45997), EPA stated that if EPA received adverse comments by November 2, 2017, the rule would be withdrawn and not take effect. EPA subsequently received adverse comments from anonymous commenters.
Because adverse comments were received, EPA is withdrawing the direct final rule approving the revisions to the Maryland SIP that approves the 2011 base year inventory for the Baltimore, Maryland moderate nonattainment area for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS on October 3, 2017 (82 FR 45997). EPA will respond to the adverse comments in a separate final rulemaking action.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Withdrawal of direct final rule.
Due to the receipt of an adverse comment, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is withdrawing the September 25, 2017, direct final rule that would have approved changes to the Georgia State Implementation Plan (SIP) to revise the Emission Reduction Credits (ERC) regulation. EPA will address the comment in a separate final action based upon the proposed rulemaking action, also published on September 25, 2017. EPA will not institute a second comment period on this action.
The direct final rule published at 82 FR 44519, on September 25, 2017, is withdrawn, effective November 22, 2017.
Sean Lakeman, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Mr. Lakeman can be reached via telephone at (404) 562-9043 or via electronic mail at
On September 25, 2017 (82 FR 44519), EPA published a direct final rule approving a SIP revision submitted by the State of Georgia to revise the State's ERCs regulation. EPA took direct final action to approve portions of the September 15, 2008, submission that expands the eligibility for sources in Barrow County that can participate in the ERC Program, adds a provision for reevaluation of the Certificates of ERC, changes the administrative fees, and eliminates an exemption for certain types of ERCs.
In the direct final rule, EPA explained that the Agency was publishing the rule without prior proposal because the Agency viewed the submittal as a non-controversial SIP amendment and anticipated no adverse comments. Further, EPA explained that the Agency was publishing a separate document in the proposed rules section of the
EPA received adverse comments from a single Commenter on the direct final rule concerning how revisions are recorded in the CFR. EPA will address the comments in a separate final action based on the proposed action also published on September 25, 2017 (82 FR 44543). EPA will not open a second comment period for this action.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
Accordingly, the amendment to 40 CFR 52.570(c) published on September 25, 2017 (82 FR 44519), are withdrawn effective November 22, 2017.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule; fishing season notification.
This final rule establishes the 2018 opening date for all Atlantic shark fisheries, including the fisheries in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean. This final rule also establishes the quotas for the 2018 fishing season based on over- and/or underharvests experienced during 2017 and previous fishing seasons. The large coastal shark (LCS) retention limit for directed shark limited access permit holders is 45 LCS other than sandbar sharks per trip in the Gulf of Mexico region and 25 LCS other than sandbar sharks per trip in the Atlantic region. These retention limits for directed shark limited access permit holders may decrease or increase during the year after considering the specified inseason action regulatory criteria to provide, to the extent practicable, equitable fishing opportunities for commercial shark fishermen in all regions and areas. These actions could affect fishing opportunities for commercial shark fishermen in the northwestern Atlantic Ocean, including the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea.
This rule is effective on January 1, 2018. The 2018 Atlantic commercial shark fishing season opening dates and quotas are provided in Table 1 under
Highly Migratory Species (HMS) Management Division, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910.
Guý DuBeck, Karyl Brewster-Geisz, or Gray Redding at (301) 427-8503.
The Atlantic commercial shark fisheries are managed under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act). The 2006 Consolidated HMS Fishery Management Plan (FMP) and its amendments are implemented by regulations at 50 CFR part 635. For the Atlantic commercial shark fisheries, the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments established, among other things, commercial shark retention limits, commercial quotas for species and management groups, accounting measures for under- and overharvests for the shark fisheries, and adaptive management measures such as flexible opening dates for the fishing season and inseason adjustments to shark trip limits, which provide management flexibility in furtherance of equitable fishing opportunities, to the extent practicable, for commercial shark fishermen in all regions and areas.
On August 22, 2017 (82 FR 39735), NMFS published a proposed rule for the 2018 opening dates for the Atlantic commercial shark fisheries, commercial shark fishing quotas based on shark landings information reported as of July 14, 2017, and the commercial shark retention limits for each region and sub-region. The August 2017 proposed rule (82 FR 39735; August 22, 2017) for the 2018 season contains details about the action that are not repeated here. The comment period on the proposed rule ended on September 21, 2017.
During the comment period, NMFS received approximately 13 written and oral comments on the proposed rule. Those comments, along with the Agency's responses, are summarized below. As further detailed in the Response to Comments section below, after considering all the comments, NMFS is opening the fishing seasons for all shark management groups on January 1, 2018, as proposed. For directed shark limited access permit holders, the blacktip, aggregated LCS, and hammerhead management groups in the entire Gulf of Mexico region will start the fishing season with a retention limit of 45 LCS other than sandbar sharks per vessel per trip, which is a change from the proposed rule's retention limit of 50 LCS other than sandbar sharks per vessel per trip. The aggregated LCS and hammerhead shark management groups in the Atlantic region will start the fishing season with a retention limit of 25 LCS other than sandbar sharks per vessel per trip for directed shark limited access permit holders, as proposed. The retention limit for incidental shark
This final rule serves as notification of the 2018 opening dates for the Atlantic commercial shark fisheries and 2018 retention limits and quotas, based on shark landings data updated as of October 23, 2017, and considering the “opening commercial fishing season” criteria at § 635.27(b)(3). Criteria considered include available annual quotas for the current fishing season, estimated season length and average weekly catch rates from previous years, length of the season and fishermen participation in past years, impacts to accomplishing objectives of the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments, temporal variation in behavior or biology of target species (
NMFS received approximately 13 written and oral comments on the proposed rule from fishermen, dealers, and other interested parties. All written comments can be found at
Regarding the comment about adequate enforcement and falsified reporting, NMFS takes enforcement of these regulations seriously. If suspected illegal activities are observed in any fishery and/or region, specific information regarding such incidents can be reported to NOAA Office of Law Enforcement Division (
Regarding comments that requested a closure of all sharks fisheries or that raised concerns regarding the scientific justification of the range of allowable retention limits adopted in an earlier rulemaking (Amendment 6 to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP) and the mortality of prohibited sharks and other bycatch, the comments are outside the scope of this rulemaking because the purpose of this rulemaking is to adjust quotas for the 2018 shark seasons based on over- and underharvests from the previous years and set opening dates and commercial retention limits for the 2018 shark seasons. The quotas and general management measures were established in previous rulemakings, which were the final rules to implement Amendment 2 to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP (73 FR 35778, June 24, 2008; corrected on 73 FR 40658; July 15, 2008), Amendment 5a to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP (78 FR 40318; July 3, 2013), Amendment 6 to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP (80 FR 50073; August 18, 2015), Amendment 9 to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP (80 FR 73128; November 24, 2015), and Amendment 5b to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP (82 FR 16478; April 4, 2017). In Amendment 6 to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP, NMFS analyzed, among other things, the impacts and justification for increasing the LCS retention limit to a maximum of 55 LCS other than sandbar sharks per vessel per trip. In Amendment 5b to the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP, NMFS implemented management measures to end overfishing of dusky sharks, which is a prohibited species, and clarified the annual catch limits (ACLs) for the prohibited shark species complex. Management of the Atlantic shark fisheries is based on the best available science to achieve optimum yield while rebuilding overfished shark stocks and preventing overfishing.
Regarding the concerns about shark finning, the United States by federal law has prohibited shark finning since 2000. The Shark Finning Prohibition Act of 2000 amended the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) to prohibit any person under U.S. jurisdiction from engaging in the finning of sharks, possessing shark fins aboard a fishing vessel without the corresponding carcass, or landing shark fins without the corresponding carcass. Since 2008 in Atlantic HMS fisheries and then in 2011 nationally via the Shark Conservation Act, fishermen have been required to land sharks with fins
Regarding the concerns about violating international agreements, NMFS management of the Atlantic shark fisheries is undertaken consistent with applicable international agreements and both international and domestic legal requirements are considered in our development of FMPs. NMFS continues to work with the International Commission for the Conservation of Atlantic Tunas (ICCAT) and other international entities such as CITES to appropriately and effectively manage the stocks throughout their range. Although the commenter did not specify the international agreement provisions about which they were concerned, there are no international agreement provisions that would directly affect the actions undertaken in this rulemaking related to LCS and SCS quotas, allocations, or fishing mortality levels. NMFS will continue to work with the international community to promote conservation in fisheries that span international jurisdictions.
NMFS made one change to the proposed rule. Specifically, NMFS changed the retention limit for directed shark limited access permit holders at the start of the commercial shark fishing season for the blacktip, aggregated LCS, and hammerhead shark management groups in the eastern Gulf of Mexico region from 50 LCS other than sandbar sharks per vessel per trip to 45 LCS other than sandbar sharks per vessel per trip. As explained above, NMFS changed the retention limit after considering the “opening commercial fishing season” criteria (§ 635.27(b)(3)), public comment, and the 2017 landings data in order to promote equitable fishing opportunities throughout the sub-region. We clearly noted in the proposed rule that retention limits might change in response to public comment, and this level is within the allowable range and consistent with the range established in recent years. Thus, the regulated community had sufficient notice of this possible change between the proposed and final rule.
This final rule adjusts the 2018 commercial quotas due to over- and/or underharvests in 2017 and previous fishing seasons, based on landings data through October 23, 2017. The 2018 annual quotas by species and management group are summarized in Table 1. Any dealer reports that are received by NMFS after October 23, 2017, will be used to adjust the 2019 quotas, if necessary. A description of the quota calculations is provided in the proposed rule and is not repeated here. Any changes are described in the “Changes from the Proposed Rule” section.
NMFS considered the seven “opening commercial fishing season” criteria listed in § 635.27(b)(3), as discussed above and as described in the proposed rule (82 FR 39735; August 22, 2017). These include, among other things: The available annual quotas based on any over- and/or underharvests experienced during the previous seasons; the estimated season length based on available quotas and catch rates from previous years; the length of the season in the previous years and whether fishermen were able to participate in the fishery in those years; and the effects of catch rates in one part of a region precluding vessels in another part of that region from having a reasonable opportunity to harvest a portion of the different species and/or management quotas.
Regarding the LCS retention limit, as shown in Table 2, for directed shark limited access permit holders, the Gulf of Mexico blacktip shark, aggregated LCS, and hammerhead shark management groups will start the commercial fishing season at 45 LCS other than sandbar sharks per vessel per trip, and the Atlantic aggregated LCS and hammerhead shark management groups will start the commercial fishing season at 25 LCS other than sandbar sharks per vessel per trip. These retention limits could be changed throughout the year based on consideration of the inseason trip limit adjustment criteria at 50 CFR 635.24(a)(8). In the Atlantic region specifically, as described above, NMFS will closely monitor the quota at the beginning of the year. If it appears that either the quota for the Atlantic aggregated LCS or the hammerhead shark management groups is being harvested too quickly to allow fishermen throughout the entire region an opportunity to fish (
All of the shark management groups will remain open until December 31, 2018, or until NMFS determines that the fishing season landings for any shark management group has reached, or is projected to reach, 80 percent of the available quota; however, consistent with § 635.28(b)(5), NMFS may close the Gulf of Mexico blacktip shark management group before landings reach, or are expected to reach, 80 percent of the quota. Additionally, NMFS has previously established non-linked and linked quotas; linked quotas are explicitly designed to concurrently close multiple shark management groups that are caught together to prevent incidental catch mortality from exceeding the total allowable catch. The linked and non-linked quotas are shown in Table 2. NMFS will file for publication with the Office of the Federal Register a notice of closure for that shark species, shark management group including any linked quotas, and/or region that will be effective no fewer than 5 days from date of filing. From the effective date and time of the closure until NMFS announces, via the publication of a notice in the
The NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that the final rule is consistent with the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments, other provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law.
This final rule is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
In compliance with section 604 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), NMFS prepared a Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (FRFA) for this final rule. The FRFA analyzes the anticipated economic impacts of the final actions and any significant economic impacts on small entities. The FRFA is below.
Section 604(a)(1) of the RFA requires an explanation of the purpose of the rulemaking. The purpose of this final rulemaking is, consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments, to establish the 2018 Atlantic commercial shark fishing quotas, retention limits, and fishing seasons. Without this rule, the Atlantic commercial shark fisheries would close on December 31, 2017, and would not reopen until another action was taken. This final rule will be implemented according to the regulations implementing the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments. Thus, NMFS expects few, if any, economic impacts to fishermen other than those already analyzed in the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments. While there may be some direct negative economic impacts associated with the opening dates for fishermen in certain areas, there could also be positive effects for other fishermen in the region. The opening dates were chosen to allow for an equitable distribution of the available quotas among all fishermen across regions and states, to the extent practicable.
Section 604(a)(2) of the RFA requires NMFS to summarize significant issues raised by the public in response to the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA), provide a summary of NMFS' assessment of such issues, and provide a statement of any changes made as a result of the comments. The IRFA was done as part of the proposed rule for the 2018 Atlantic Commercial Shark Season Specifications. NMFS did not receive any comments specific to the IRFA. However, NMFS received comments related to the overall economic impacts of the proposed rule, and those comments and NMFS' assessment of and response to them are summarized previously in the preamble (see Comment 1). As described in the responses to those comments relating to the season opening dates, consistent with § 635.27(b)(3), the opening date for all of the commercial shark fisheries will be implemented as proposed (January 1, 2018).
Section 604(a)(3) of the RFA requires NMFS to provide an estimate of the number of small entities to which the rule would apply. The Small Business Administration (SBA) has established size criteria for all major industry sectors in the United States, including fish harvesters. Provision is made under SBA's regulations for an agency to develop its own industry-specific size standards after consultation with Advocacy and an opportunity for public comment (see 13 CFR 121.903(c)). Under this provision, NMFS may establish size standards that differ from those established by the SBA Office of Size Standards, but only for use by NMFS and only for the purpose of conducting an analysis of economic effects in fulfillment of the agency's obligations under the RFA. To utilize this provision, NMFS must publish such size standards in the
As of October 2017, the final rule would apply to the approximately 222 directed commercial shark permit holders, 269 incidental commercial shark permit holders, 148 smoothhound shark permit holders, and 113 commercial shark dealers. Not all permit holders are active in the fishery in any given year. Active directed commercial shark permit holders are defined as those with valid permits that landed one shark based on HMS electronic dealer reports. Of the 491 directed and incidental commercial shark permit holders, only 36 permit holders landed sharks in the Gulf of Mexico region and only 97 landed sharks in the Atlantic region. Of the 148 smoothhound shark permit holders, only 77 permit holders landed smoothhound sharks in the Atlantic region and none landed smoothhound sharks in the Gulf of Mexico region. NMFS has determined that the final rule would not likely affect any small governmental jurisdictions.
Section 604(a)(4) of the RFA requires NMFS to describe the projected reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements of the final rule, including an estimate of the classes of small entities which would be subject to the requirements of the report or record. None of the actions in this final rule would result in additional reporting, recordkeeping, or compliance requirements beyond those already analyzed in the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments.
Section 604(a)(5) of the RFA requires NMFS to describe the steps taken to minimize the economic impact on small entities, consistent with the stated objectives of applicable statutes. Additionally, the RFA (5 U.S.C. 603(c)(1)-(4)) lists four general categories of “significant” alternatives that would assist an agency in the development of significant alternatives that would accomplish the stated objectives of applicable statutes and minimize any significant economic impact of the rule on small entities. These categories of alternatives are: (1) Establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and reporting requirements under the rule for such small entities; (3) use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) exemptions from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small entities.
In order to meet the objectives of this rule, consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act, NMFS cannot exempt small entities or change the reporting requirements only for small entities because all the entities affected are small entities. Thus, there are no alternatives discussed that fall under the first, second, and fourth categories described above. NMFS does not know of any performance or design standards that would satisfy the aforementioned objectives of this rulemaking while, concurrently, complying with the Magnuson-Stevens Act; therefore, there are no alternatives considered under the third category.
This rulemaking does not establish management measures to be implemented, but rather implements previously adopted and analyzed measures as adjustments, as specified in the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments and the Environmental Assessment (EA) for the 2011 shark quota specifications rule (75 FR 76302; December 8, 2010). Thus, in this rulemaking, NMFS adjusted the baseline quotas established and analyzed in the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments by subtracting the underharvest or adding the overharvest, as specified and allowable in existing regulations. Under current regulations (§ 635.27(b)(2)), all shark fisheries close on December 31 of each year, or when NMFS determines that the fishing season landings for any shark management group has reached, or is projected to reach, 80 percent of the available quota, and do not open until NMFS takes action, such as this rulemaking to re-open the fisheries. Thus, not implementing these management measures would negatively affect shark fishermen and related small entities, such as dealers, and also would not provide management flexibility in furtherance of equitable fishing opportunities, to the extent practicable, for commercial shark fishermen in all regions and areas.
Based on the 2016 ex-vessel price, fully harvesting the unadjusted 2018 Atlantic shark commercial baseline quotas could result in total fleet revenues of $7,779,285 (see Table 3). For the Gulf of Mexico blacktip shark management group, NMFS will increase the baseline sub-regional quotas due to the underharvests in 2017. The increase for the western Gulf of Mexico blacktip shark management group would result in a $218,647 gain in total revenues for fishermen in that sub-region, while the increase for the eastern Gulf of Mexico blacktip shark management group would result in a $32,902 gain in total revenues for fishermen in that sub-region. For the Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic smoothhound shark management groups, NMFS will increase the baseline quotas due to the underharvest in 2017. This would cause a potential gain in revenue of $581,718 for the fleet in the Gulf of Mexico region and a potential gain in revenue of $1,084,557 for the fleet in the Atlantic region.
All of these changes in gross revenues are similar to the changes in gross revenues analyzed in the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments. The FRFAs for those amendments concluded that the economic impacts on these small entities are expected to be minimal. In the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments and the EA for the 2011 shark quota specifications rule, NMFS stated it would be conducting annual rulemakings and considering the potential economic impacts of adjusting the quotas for under- and overharvests at that time.
For this final rule, NMFS reviewed the “opening commercial fishing season” criteria at § 635.27(b)(3)(i) through (vii) to determine when opening each fishery will provide equitable opportunities for fishermen while also considering the ecological needs of the different species. Over- and/or underharvests of 2017 and previous fishing season quotas were examined for the different species/complexes to determine the effects of the 2018 final quotas on fishermen across regional fishing areas. The potential season lengths and previous catch rates were examined to ensure that equitable fishing opportunities would be provided to fishermen. Lastly, NMFS examined the seasonal variation of the different species/complexes and the effects on fishing opportunities. In addition to these criteria, NMFS also considered updated landings data and public comments on the proposed rule before arriving at the final opening dates for the 2018 Atlantic shark management groups. For the 2018 fishing season, NMFS is opening the shark management groups on January 1, 2018. The direct and indirect economic impacts will be neutral on a short- and long-term basis for the Gulf of Mexico blacktip shark, Gulf of Mexico aggregated LCS, Gulf of Mexico hammerhead shark, Gulf of Mexico non-blacknose shark SCS, Atlantic non-blacknose shark SCS, Atlantic blacknose shark, sandbar shark, blue shark, porbeagle shark, and pelagic shark (other than porbeagle or blue sharks) management groups, because NMFS did not change the opening dates of these fisheries from the status quo of January 1.
Opening the aggregated LCS and hammerhead shark management groups in the Atlantic region on January 1 will result in short-term, direct, moderate, beneficial economic impacts, as fishermen and dealers in the southern portion of the Atlantic region will be able to fish for and sell aggregated LCS and hammerhead sharks starting in January. These fishermen will be able to fish earlier in the 2018 fishing season compared to the 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, and 2015 fishing seasons, which did not start until June or July. The opening date and retention limits finalized in this rule for the Atlantic region are the same as those for the current season and similar to those for the 2016 and 2017 seasons. For both 2016 and 2017, the fishery remained open all year with some modifications to the retention limit throughout the year.
Based on public comment on past season rules, some Atlantic fishermen in the southern and northern parts of the region prefer a January 1 opening for the fishery as long as the majority of the quota is available later in the year. With the implementation of the HMS electronic reporting system in 2013, NMFS now monitors the quota on a more real-time basis compared to the paper reporting system that was in place before 2013. This ability, along with the inseason retention limit adjustment criteria in § 635.24(a)(8), allows NMFS the flexibility to further provide equitable fishing opportunities for fishermen across all regions, to the extent practicable. Depending on how quickly the quota is being harvested, as was done in 2016 and 2017, NMFS will consider reducing the commercial retention limit, then consider raising it later in the season to ensure that fishermen farther north have sufficient quota for a fishery later in the 2018 fishing season. The direct impacts to shark fishermen in the Atlantic region of reducing the trip limit depend on the needed reduction in the trip limit and the timing of such a reduction. Therefore, such a reduction in the trip limit for directed shark limited access permit holders is only anticipated to have minor adverse direct economic impacts to fishermen in the short-term; long-term impacts are not anticipated as these reductions would not be permanent.
In the northern portion of the Atlantic region, a January 1 opening for the aggregated LCS and hammerhead shark management groups, with inseason trip limit adjustments to ensure quota is available later in the season, will have direct, minor, beneficial economic impacts in the short-term for fishermen as they will potentially have access to the aggregated LCS and hammerhead shark quotas earlier than in past seasons. Fishermen in this area have stated that, depending on the weather, some aggregated LCS species might be available to retain in January. Thus, fishermen will be able to target or retain aggregated LCS while targeting non-blacknose SCS. There will be indirect, minor, beneficial economic impacts in the short- and long-term for shark dealers and other entities that deal with shark products in this region as they will also have access to aggregated LCS products earlier than in past seasons. Thus, opening the aggregated LCS and hammerhead shark management groups
Section 212 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 states that, for each rule or group of related rules for which an agency is required to prepare a FRFA, the agency shall publish one or more guides to assist small entities in complying with the rule, and shall designate such publications as “small entity compliance guides.” The agency shall explain the actions a small entity is required to take to comply with a rule or group of rules. As part of this rulemaking process, NMFS has prepared a listserv summarizing fishery information and regulations for Atlantic shark fisheries for 2018. This listserv also serves as the small entity compliance guide. Copies of the compliance guide are available from NMFS (see
16 U.S.C. 971
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; inseason bluefin tuna quota transfer (Harpoon category to General category).
NMFS is transferring 25.6 metric tons (mt) of Atlantic bluefin tuna (BFT) quota from the Harpoon category to the General category for the remainder of the 2017 fishing year, to account for overharvests of the September and October through November subquotas, and utilize the unused portion of the adjusted Harpoon category quota. This action results in an adjusted General category subquota of 12.7 mt for the December subquota period. It is intended to preserve the opportunity for General category fishermen to participate in the December General category fishery, which reopens on December 1, 2017, and is based on consideration of the regulatory determination criteria regarding inseason adjustments and applies to Atlantic tunas General category (commercial) permitted vessels and Highly Migratory Species (HMS) Charter/Headboat category permitted vessels when fishing commercially for BFT.
The quota transfer is effective December 1, 2017, through December 31, 2017.
Sarah McLaughlin or Brad McHale, 978-281-9260.
Regulations implemented under the authority of the Atlantic Tunas Convention Act (ATCA; 16 U.S.C. 971
The base quota for the General category is 466.7 mt, as established in the 2015 BFT quota final rule (80 FR 52198, August 28, 2015). See § 635.27(a). Each of the General category time periods (January, June through August, September, October through November, and December) is allocated a “subquota” or portion of the annual General category quota. Although it is called the “January” subquota, the regulations allow the General category fishery under this quota to continue until the subquota is reached or March 31, whichever comes first. The subquotas for each time period are as follows: 24.7 mt for January; 233.3 mt for June through August; 123.7 mt for September; 60.7 mt for October through November; and 24.3 mt for December. Any unused General category quota rolls forward within the fishing year, which coincides with the calendar year, from one time period to the next, and is available for use in subsequent time periods.
On December 19, 2016, NMFS published an inseason action transferring 16.3 mt of quota from the December 2017 subquota to the January 2017 subquota period, resulting in a subquota of 41 mt for the January 2017 period and a subquota of 8 mt for the December 2017 period (81 FR 91873). For 2017, NMFS also transferred 40 mt from the Reserve to the General category effective March 2, resulting in an adjusted General category quota of 506.7 mt (82 FR 12747, March 7, 2017). In advance of the October 1 General category reopening, NMFS published an inseason action transferring 156.4 mt from the Reserve category to the General category to account for overharvests of the January, June through August, and September subquotas, resulting in an adjusted 2017 General category quota of 663.1 mt (82 FR 46000, October 3, 2017). NMFS closed the General category fishery when the October through November subquota (60.7 mt) was met, effective October 5, 2017 (82 FR 46934, October 10, 2017). The Harpoon category fishery automatically closed for the year on November 15, 2017. Once re-opened on December 1, the 2017 General category fishery would be open until December 31, 2017, or until the General category quota is reached, whichever comes first.
Under § 635.27(a)(9), NMFS has the authority to transfer quota among fishing categories or subcategories, after considering regulatory determination criteria at § 635.27(a)(8). NMFS has considered all of the relevant determination criteria and their applicability to the General category fishery. These considerations include, but are not limited to, the following:
NMFS considered the catches of the General category quota to date (including during the summer/fall and winter fisheries in the last several years), and the likelihood of closure of that segment of the fishery if no adjustment is made (§ 635.27(a)(8)(ii) and (ix)). Preliminary landings data as of October 31, 2017, indicate that the General category has landed 676 mt this year, which exceeds the adjusted
Regarding the projected ability of the vessels fishing under the particular category quota (here, the General category) to harvest the additional amount of BFT quota transferred before the end of the fishing year (§ 635.27(a)(8)(iii)), NMFS considered General category landings over the last several years and landings to date this year. Landings are highly variable and depend on access to commercial-sized BFT and fishing conditions, among other factors. A portion of the transferred quota covers overharvests in the category as prosecuted to date (
NMFS also considered the estimated amounts by which quotas for other gear categories of the fishery might be exceeded (§ 635.27(a)(8)(iv)) and the ability to account for all 2017 landings and dead discards. In the last several years, total U.S. BFT landings have been below the total available U.S. quota such that the United States has carried forward the maximum amount of underharvest allowed by ICCAT from one year to the next. NMFS will need to account for 2017 landings and dead discards within the adjusted U.S. quota, consistent with ICCAT recommendations, and NMFS anticipates having sufficient quota to do that.
Regarding the usefulness of information obtained from catches in the particular category for biological sampling and monitoring of the status of the stock (§ 635.27(a)(8)(i)), biological samples collected from BFT landed by General category fishermen and provided by BFT dealers continue to provide NMFS with valuable data for ongoing scientific studies of BFT age and growth, migration, and reproductive status. Additional opportunity to land BFT over the longest time-period allowable would support the collection of a broad range of data for these studies and for stock monitoring purposes.
This transfer would be consistent with the current U.S. quota, which was established and analyzed in the 2015 BFT quota final rule, and with objectives of the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and amendments. (§ 635.27(a)(8)(v) and (vi)). Another principal consideration is the objective of providing opportunities to harvest the full annual U.S. BFT quota without exceeding it based on the goals of the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and Amendment 7, including to achieve optimum yield on a continuing basis and to optimize the ability of all permit categories to harvest their full BFT quota allocations (related to § 635.27(a)(8)(x)).
Based on the considerations above, NMFS is transferring all of the remaining 25.6 mt of Harpoon category quota to the General category with the objective of accounting for underharvests of the September and October through November subquotas, providing the previously announced 8 mt of BFT quota for the December subquota period, and also utilizing the remainder of the unused Harpoon category quota. Therefore, NMFS adjusts the General category quota to 688.7 mt for the 2017 General category fishing season (
NMFS will continue to monitor the BFT fishery closely. Dealers are required to submit landing reports within 24 hours of a dealer receiving BFT. Late reporting by dealers compromises NMFS' ability to timely implement actions such as quota and retention limit adjustment, as well as closures, and may result in enforcement actions. Additionally, and separate from the dealer reporting requirement, General and HMS Charter/Headboat category vessel owners are required to report the catch of all BFT retained or discarded dead within 24 hours of the landing(s) or end of each trip, by accessing
NMFS reminds General category participants that when the fishery reopens December 1, 2017, the BFT General category daily retention limit will be one large medium or giant BFT (measuring 73” or greater) per vessel per day/trip.
The Assistant Administrator for NMFS (AA) finds that it is impracticable and contrary to the public interest to provide prior notice of, and an opportunity for public comment on, this action for the following reasons:
The regulations implementing the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and amendments provide for inseason retention limit adjustments to respond to the unpredictable nature of BFT availability on the fishing grounds, the migratory nature of this species, and the regional variations in the BFT fishery. Affording prior notice and opportunity for public comment to implement the quota transfer for the remainder of 2017 is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as such a delay would result in continued closure of the General category fishery (because the available quota has been met) and the need to re-open the fishery later in the
This action is being taken under § 635.27(a)(9) (Inseason adjustments) and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 971
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Interim final rule.
This rule withdraws approval of the 2017 and 2018 Northeast Fishery Sector IX operations plan. The Regional Administrator determined that the sector and its participants are not complying with the requirements of the approved operations plan, and that the continuation of the operations plan will undermine achievement of conservation and management objectives of the Northeast Multispecies Fishery Management Plan. This rule is intended to ensure that sector operations are consistent with approved plans for accurately monitoring and reporting sector catch to ensure that overages of a sector's allocation do not occur.
Approval of the Northeast Fishery Sector IX Operations Plan for Fishing Years 2017 and 2018 (May 1, 2017, through April 30, 2019) is withdrawn, effective November 20, 2017. Written comments must be received on or before December 20, 2017.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2017-0016, by either of the following methods:
•
•
Liz Sullivan, Fishery Policy Analyst, (978) 282-8493.
To help achieve the fishing mortality and conservation objectives of the Fishery Management Plan (FMP), each sector is allocated annual catch entitlements (ACE) and must ensure that these ACEs are not exceeded. The Regional Administrator must approve sector operations plans in order for sectors to operate and be allocated ACE for specific groundfish stocks. A sector's operations plan includes a detailed plan for monitoring and reporting catch and the specific management rules sector participants will abide by in order to avoid exceeding the sector's allocation, as well as a plan for how the sector will operate if an ACE is exceeded. The operations plan also includes internal sector enforcement measures for operation plan breaches and remedies, such as a penalty schedule for non-compliance with the operations plan or other actions that would jeopardize the sector's continued approval. Penalties under the plan range from a written warning or fine to expulsion from the sector.
The Regional Administrator may withdraw approval of a sector, after consultation with the New England Fishery Management Council, at any time as authorized in 50 CFR 648.87(c)(3). Withdrawal may occur if sector participants are not complying with the requirements of the approved operations plan or if the continuation of the operations plan will undermine achievement of fishing mortality objectives of the Northeast Multispecies FMP.
On March 30, 2017, Carlos Rafael pleaded guilty to all counts in
On April 28, 2017, we published an interim final rule approving 19 sectors and their operations plans, including NEFS 9, for fishing years 2017 and 2018 (82 FR 19618). At the time, although Mr. Rafael had pleaded guilty, the criminal case was not complete and sentencing for the violations had not occurred. We provisionally approved the NEFS 9 operations plan for fishing years 2017 and 2018, and allocated ACE to the sector for 2017, pending Mr. Rafael's sentencing to allow for our consideration of any additional information regarding NEFS 9 operations. In the interim final rule, we noted that we intended to take
For fishing year 2017, there are 60 groundfish permits enrolled in NEFS 9, and Mr. Rafael is a major participant in the sector. All of Mr. Rafael's groundfish permits are enrolled in NEFS 9, and he does not have any other vessels enrolled in another sector. According to the current operations plan, 22 of the permits enrolled in NEFS 9 were expected to actively fish for groundfish. Of the remaining 38 permits in the sector, 18 are in Confirmation of Permit History (
Since fishing year 2011, NEFS 9 employed Mr. Rafael's daughter, Stephanie Rafael-DeMello as the Sector Manager. Prior to May 30, 2017, Mr. Rafael was the President of NEFS 9 and held a position on the Board of Directors. On May 30, 2017, the sector notified us that it had removed Mr. Rafael from the position of President, as well as from the Board of Directors. A new Board of Directors was identified, including the Board's elected officials, with only one individual in common with the Board from previous years.
Beyond the requirements described above to monitor and report catch, the NEFS 9 operations plan specifies that upon the Sector Manager becoming aware of an “apparent breach” in a member's compliance, the Manager will investigate. The Manager is also authorized to refer the matter to the sector's Enforcement Committee and take other actions as necessary, including potentially issuing a “Stop Fishing Order.” The Manager is required to submit a weekly Trip Issue Report to inform us of any enforcement, or reporting compliance issues in the sector.
Since Mr. Rafael's guilty plea in March 2017, we received a letter on May 30, 2017, from the newly elected president of NEFS 9 concerning matters related to Mr. Rafael's criminal acts. The letter outlined changes to the sector's Board of Directors, as described above, which is also included in the NEFS 9 operations plan. In the letter, the president stated that the Board notified all sector members that NEFS 9 vessels are prohibited from using Carlos Seafood, Inc. as the primary buyer and reporting dealer for any landings. The letter also indicated that the newly constituted Enforcement Committee intended to meet to further discuss Mr. Rafael's criminal violations.
On October 5, 2017, representatives of the sector requested a meeting with us to discuss the sector, and we met with the NEFS 9 Board of Directors, the Sector Manager, and representatives from the Northeast Seafood Coalition and the Northeast Sector Service Network (NESSN) on October 26, 2017. From that discussion, we learned that the Board of Directors, including those on the sector's newly formed Enforcement Committee, had met monthly since forming in May 2017. However, the Board of Directors indicated that no additional changes have been made to the operations of the sector beyond what was described in the May 30, 2017, letter. Similarly, the sector's annual Year-End Report for Fishing Year 2016, submitted on October 27, 2017, made reference to the steps laid out in the May 30 letter, but gave no indication that further steps had been taken. We have not received any other information from the sector.
While the steps taken that are identified in the May 30 letter are potentially positive measures, they are insufficient. The sector has not provided sufficient background information about the new Board members that would help us assess their independence or ability to govern the sector differently to ensure compliance. NEFS 9 has not provided us with any information, via the Trip Issue Report or other means, regarding any investigation by the sector to determine if any of its members or vessel operators breached the operations plan agreement. Nor has there been any indication that the Board, Enforcement Committee, or Manager have taken any sector operations plan measures to address any breach such as imposing or putting in place any liquidated damages, fine, stop fishing order, expulsion, or a requirement to post a security bond, which are potential actions included in NEFS 9's operations plan. There has been no indication of whether any measures have been put in place to ensure compliance by any vessel operators who may have assisted in the misreporting. Additionally, the sector has not provided to us any accounting of any of the potential ACE overages or misallocations. Although the new Board does provide a more independent group to which the Manager is required to report potential violations, it is not clear if the sector personnel changes fully address the Manager's responsibility for the sector's reporting requirements, ACE monitoring, and monitoring sector members' compliance with the operations plan. Last, there have been no substantial changes in the NEFS 9 operations plan for fishing years 2017 and 2018 to prevent further misreporting by any of its members or vessel operators; however, we recognize that the Board prohibited NEFS 9 vessels from using Carlos Seafood as the primary buyer and reporting dealer for any landings.
If a sector exceeds its ACE in any fishing year, the regulations require that the overage be deducted from the sector's ACE in the following fishing year. Based on publically available information from the criminal case, NEFS 9 likely exceeded its ACE for multiple groundfish stocks in multiple years potentially beginning in the 2012 fishing year. Because Mr. Rafael operated as both the dealer and vessel owner with no independent oversight, he was able to coordinate the misreporting, allowing these potential overages to go undetected until now. The repeated ACE overages we are now aware of indicate that the initial allocations made to the sector at the start of the 2017 fishing year and likely other fishing years were artificially high. As a result, the sector's catch to date may already exceed what would have been an accurate allocation for this fishing year.
Based on initial analysis of the misreported catch for American plaice and witch flounder, the magnitude of some of the ACE overages could be extensive. The misreported catch information for cod and yellowtail flounder is at a species level, and additional analysis is required to apportion this catch by stock area. We intend to complete this analysis as soon as possible to determine the full extent of any overages for cod and yellowtail flounder stocks. Any accountability measures, such as assessing and deducting ACE overages incurred by the sector, would be determined in a future action. Other than the public information we have access to from Mr. Rafael's plea agreement, NEFS 9 has not provided any information about the nature and scope of misreporting that would help us to accurately administer its ACEs.
The Council discussed Mr. Rafael's violations and the conditional approval of NEFS 9 at both its June and September 2017 meetings and was encouraged to comment on this issue. On September 29, 2017, we received a letter from the Council requesting that we immediately implement the sector regulations and the NEFS 9 operations plan.
Based on our review, NEFS 9 has failed to uphold sector operations plan requirements to a degree and extent that undermines foundational principles necessary for successful sector operations. Further, the sector's corrective measures to date are insufficient. We need more information and further measures are necessary to ensure that the sector operates in a manner that does not undermine the sector program.
Accurate reporting, internal accountability, and organizational integrity are core principles of the sector system. The systematic sector and vessel misreporting over a long period of time was facilitated by an internal structure and control by a single, dominant participant combined with a lack of oversight. The weakness and vulnerability of this sector's structure was underscored by NEFS 9's lack of an adequate response once the scope and nature of these violations were revealed. To date, there appears to be persistent non-compliance with fundamental operations plan requirements along with a significantly compromised structure and lack of NEFS 9 oversight. NEFS 9's failures to manage its operations effectively appear to have led to repeated ACE overages, some of which may be extensive. These overages may be continuing this fishing year, which threatens to continue undermining the sector system and its fishing mortality and conservation controls.
Without further information or revisions to its operations plan, we are not confident that the operations plan contains measures that would provide us with current accurate information or ensure compliance with the operations plan to prevent and address future misreporting or ACE overages. The sector has not provided us with information of any action it has taken to investigate its members' compliance with the sector operations plan or any measures to address breaches of its plan. The sector has not provided any information to help us corroborate the nature and scope of the false information provided to us and its effect on the sector's ACEs. The sector has not provided us with any information about the nature and scope of vessel operator cooperation with the non-compliance, or how the sector can be assured the operators are acting in compliance with the operations plan now. The sector has made no new proposals about any new compliance measures or provided any information about actions taken by their new Enforcement Committee.
NEFS 9 has failed its primary responsibility of accurately reporting and tracking its catch and has taken only minimal, insufficient steps to ensure accurate reporting and compliance with its operations plan. This includes addressing the fraudulent catch within the sector over multiple years and for multiple stocks to ensure the sector has proper ACE allocations, which may require deducting ACE overages the sector has incurred. As a result, continuation of the sector operations plan will undermine achievement of fishing mortality and management objectives of the Northeast Multispecies FMP. Therefore, we are withdrawing approval of the NEFS 9 sector operations plan until a complete and successful accounting of what happened is provided and steps are taken to ensure the sector will operate within its operations plan. We intend to work with NEFS 9 to address their operations plan issues, which we expect will take considerable time and will require additional correspondence and meetings after publication of this rule.
Effective November 20, 2017, approval of the NEFS 9 operation plan is withdrawn. The sector ACE remains allocated to NEFS 9, and this action does not reallocate the ACE to other sectors or to the common pool. Without an approved operations plan, NEFS 9 is prohibited from transferring ACE to or from other sectors. Vessels that were enrolled in NEFS 9 during this fishing year are prohibited from: (1) Fishing on a sector trip and harvesting sector ACE; (2) fishing on a common pool trip; or (3) joining another sector. If a vessel enrolled in NEFS 9 has declared a sector trip, and is at sea on November 20, 2017, it must return to port immediately; the vessel is permitted to offload its catch for sale. Also, we will work with individual vessels that had previously set gillnet gear, to haul the gear as soon as practicable. Vessels that are able to fish under other permits, without declaring a sector trip or using a multispecies day-at-sea, can continue to do so.
If NEFS 9 submits a new operations plan, we would attempt to conduct a review and complete a rulemaking as expeditiously as practicable. Before we could approve a new operations plan for NEFS 9, the sector must provide us with critical information about steps taken to comply with operations plan requirements and ensure steps are taken to address the organizational and operational issues that facilitated the false reporting. Vessels currently enrolled in NEFS 9 may opt to participate in the common pool or enroll in a different sector for the 2018 fishing year, as sector rosters are set annually.
We are accepting comments on this interim final rule. In response to the previous interim final rule approving 19 sectors (April 28, 2017; 82 FR 19618), we received eight comments relating to the provisional approval of NEFS 9 for the 2017 and 2018 fishing years. The comments came from Associated Fisheries of Maine (AFM), NEFS 9, NESSN, Portland Fish Exchange (PFEX), Sustainable Harvest Sector (SHS), two industry members, and one anonymous commenter.
Other comments from AFM, PFEX, SHS, two industry members, and one anonymous commenter disagreed, stating that NEFS 9's operations plan should not have been approved for Fishing Years 2017 and 2018 given the admitted crimes of NEFS 9 sector member, Mr. Rafael. Several of these commenters elaborated on measures included in the sector operations plan that the sector may not have complied with or enforced after it learned of Mr. Rafael's actions, and that the sector should be held accountable to the actions outlined in their plan. Some also stated that NMFS' actions were inadequate in this case and that 100 percent monitoring for NEFS 9 may be appropriate.
Based on all of the available information, and now that sentencing is complete, we have determined that NEFS 9 failed and continues to fail to uphold the requirements of its operations plan. This non-compliance likely contributed to extensive overages of the sector's allocation for multiple groundfish stocks in multiple fishing years. The degree and extent of NEFS 9's failure to uphold its operations plan requirements undermines the foundational principles necessary for successful sector operations. As a result, we determined that NEFS 9 cannot continue to operate until and unless we receive sufficient information concerning the scope and nature of the operations plan breaches, actions taken by the sector in response to the breaches in accordance with operations plan requirements, and actions that will ensure the sector currently is operating in compliance with its operations plan and within its ACEs. This includes addressing the fraudulent catch within the sector over multiple years and for multiple stocks to ensure the sector has proper ACE allocations, which may require deducting ACE overages the sector has incurred. We intend to work with NEFS 9 to address its operations plan issues and will determine the measures necessary for ensuring that the sector's operations are appropriate and sufficient for accurately monitoring and reporting sector catch.
Accurate reporting, accountability, and organizational integrity are core principles of the sector system. In this case, NEFS 9 failed its primary responsibilities. Systematic misreporting over multiple fishing years, a failure to abide by, and enforce, sector operations plan requirements, and the internal structure of NEFS 9 were all contributing factors to the persistent non-compliance of NEFS 9 operations plan requirements and likely to extensive ACE overages. Because NEFS 9 has not sufficiently addressed all of these contributing factors, its continued approval under the current operations plan is likely not adequate to prevent and address continued, or future, misreporting, or non-compliance by any of its members, and would undermine the conservation and management objectives of the Northeast Multispecies FMP.
This is not an enforcement action, and does not impose civil penalties, permit sanctions, or forfeitures. Any civil penalties or permit sanctions may be imposed only after adequate notice and an opportunity for a hearing before an administrative law judge in accordance with NOAA's civil procedure regulations. This rule withdrawing approval of the NEFS 9 operations plan is administrative in nature, and addresses the sector requirements of the FMP and the sector's operations plan. If NEFS 9 continues to operate under its current operations plan with only the minimal changes it has proposed, it will undermine conservation and management objectives of the FMP.
This disapproval of the current NEFS 9 operations plan in this action relates only to the sector operations plan and the sector's ability to operate without undermining the sector system. Without an approved operations plan, all of the vessels currently enrolled in NEFS 9 will be unable to operate in the groundfish fishery for the remainder of the 2017 fishing year. Unless there is an additional enforcement action that affects the vessels' permits, the sector vessels may continue to operate in accordance with their non-groundfish permits. For the 2018 fishing year, these vessels could opt to fish in the common pool, or enroll in a sector with an approved operations plan. If NEFS 9 submits, and we approve, a new operations plan that addresses the serious management concerns discussed throughout this rule and that ensures the sector could operate without undermining the objectives of the Northeast Multispecies FMP, the vessels could re-enroll in NEFS 9.
The NMFS Assistant Administrator (AA) has determined that this interim final rule is consistent with the Northeast Multispecies FMP, other provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law.
This interim final rule is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866 because this action contains no implementing regulations.
The interim final rule approving 19 sectors, including NEFS 9, provided an opportunity for the public to comment on the provisional approval of the NEFS 9 operations plan. The interim final rule specified that we would consider further action, including consideration of further management or monitoring requirements and continued approval of the sector. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the AA finds that prior notice and the opportunity for public comment would be contrary to the public interest. The purpose of this action is to withdraw approval for a previously approved and currently operating sector. We have determined that NEFS 9 and its members are not complying with the requirements of the operations plan, and that the operations plan is not sufficient to address the serious management issues described earlier in this preamble. The time it would take for prior notice and opportunity for public comment would allow the sector to continue to operate under a failed operations plan that is not consistent with the management and conservation objectives of the FMP. We need further information to determine the full nature and extent of any ACE overages and how they will affect NEFS 9 operations. The likely ACE overages that occurred, possibly beginning in the 2012 fishing year, suggest that the initial allocations made to NEFS 9 at the start of this fishery year may be artificially high. As a result, the sector's catch to date may already exceed what would have been an accurate allocation for this fishing year. Allowing the sector to proceed without an accurate accounting of known misreporting will undermine effective management of the sector program and could further undermine fishing mortality objectives of the FMP.
Additionally, the AA finds there is good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness so that the purpose of this rule is not undermined. As stated above, the purpose of this action is prevent a sector from fishing under a sector operations plan that has been determined to undermine the objectives of the FMP, and that may be fishing under allocations that are artificially high considering the potential ACE overages that have occurred since 2012. A delay in the implementation of this rule would allow the sector to continue to operate under an operations plan that is determined to have not adequately ensured accurate reporting or compliance, and that the sector has failed to enforce. A delay in implementation would also increase the likelihood of additional ACE overages for NEFS 9 since its initial allocations for the 2017 fishing year does not include any adjustments for previous overages. As a result, continued operation of the sector further jeopardizes the objectives of the FMP and increases the likelihood that additional quota overages may occur.
This interim final rule does not contain policies with Federalism or “takings” implications as those terms are defined in E.O. 13132 and E.O. 12630, respectively.
This interim final rule is exempt from the procedures of the Regulatory Flexibility Act because the rule is issued without opportunity for prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for various aircraft equipped with a BRP-Rotax GmbH & Co. KG (formerly BRP-Powertrain GmbH & Co. KG; Bombardier-Rotax GmbH & Co. KG; Bombardier-Rotax GmbH) 912 A series engine. This proposed AD results from mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as defective valve push-rod assemblies manufactured from June 8, 2016, through October 2, 2017. We are issuing this proposed AD to require actions to address the unsafe condition on these products.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by January 8, 2018.
You may send comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact BRP-Rotax GmbH & Co. KG, Rotaxstrasse 1, A-4623 Gunskirchen, Austria; phone: +43 7246 601 0; fax: +43 7246 6370; Internet:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Jim Rutherford, Aerospace Engineer, FAA, Small Airplane Standards Branch, 901 Locust, Room 301, Kansas City, Missouri 64106; telephone: (816) 329-4165; fax: (816) 329-4090; email:
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Community, has issued AD No. 2017-0208, dated October 13, 2017 (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:
Power loss and engine RPM drop have been reported on Rotax 912/914 engines in service. It has been determined that, due to a quality control deficiency in the manufacturing process of certain valve push-rod assemblies, manufactured between 08 June 2016 and 02 October 2017 inclusive, partial wear on the rocker arm ball socket may occur, which may lead to malfunction of the valve train.
This condition, if not detected and corrected, may lead to rough engine operation and loss of power, possibly resulting in a forced landing, with consequent damage to the aeroplane and injury to occupants.
To address this potential unsafe condition, BRP-Rotax issued Service Bulletin (SB) SB-912 i-008/SB-912-070/SB-914-052 (single document), providing applicable instructions.
For the reason described above, this [EASA] AD requires a one-time inspection and, depending on findings, replacement of affected parts. This [EASA] AD also prohibits installation of affected parts on an engine.
You may examine the MCAI on the Internet at
BRP-Rotax GmbH & Co KG has issued Rotax Aircraft Engines BRP Service Bulletin SB-912 i-008 R1/SB-912-070 R1/SB-914-052 R1 (co-published as one document), Revision 1, dated October 12, 2017. The service information describes procedures for inspecting and, if necessary, replacing the valve push-rod assembly on the left and/or right rocker arms. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with this State of Design Authority, they have notified us of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all information and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
We estimate that this proposed AD will affect 63 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 1 work-hour per product to comply with the basic inspection requirement of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $70 per product.
Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $9,765, or $155 per product.
In addition, we estimate that any necessary follow-on actions would take about 2 work-hours to replace all 8 valve push-rod assemblies and associated parts on all 4 cylinders and require parts costing $3,093, for a cost of $3,263 per product. We have no way of determining the number of products that may need these actions.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD is issued in accordance with authority delegated by the Executive Director, Aircraft Certification Service, as authorized by FAA Order 8000.51C. In accordance with that order, issuance of ADs is normally a function of the Compliance and Airworthiness Division, but during this transition period, the Executive Director has delegated the authority to issue ADs applicable to small airplanes, gliders, and domestic business jet transport airplanes to the Director of the Policy and Innovation Division.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by January 8, 2018.
None.
This AD applies to all serial numbers of the airplanes listed in table 1 to paragraph (c) of this AD, that are:
(1) equipped with a BRP-Rotax GmbH & Co. KG (formerly BRP-Powertrain GmbH & Co. KG; Bombardier-Rotax GmbH & Co. KG; Bombardier-Rotax GmbH) 912 A series engine (Rotax 912 A series engine) with a serial number (S/N) listed in table 2 of paragraph (c) to this AD; or
(2) equipped with a Rotax 912 A series engine with any S/N that has had a part number (P/N) 854861 valve push-rod assembly replaced in-service (
(3) certificated in any category.
Air Transport Association of America (ATA) Code 85: Reciprocating Engine.
This AD was prompted by mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as defective valve push-rod assemblies manufactured from June 8, 2016, through October 2, 2017. We are issuing this AD to prevent rough engine operation, which could cause loss of power and result in loss of control.
Unless already done, do the following actions:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
Refer to MCAI EASA AD No. 2017-0208, dated October 13, 2017, for related information. You may examine the MCAI on the Internet at
Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS), National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce (DOC).
Proposed rule.
With this proposed rule, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) considers allowing the United States Coast Guard (USCG or Coast Guard) to carry out certain otherwise prohibited activities within waters of Greater Farallones National Marine Sanctuary (GFNMS) and Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (CBNMS) approximately 3 nautical miles (nm) from the shore, in the areas of the sanctuaries that were expanded in 2015. The discharges under consideration are: Untreated vessel sewage, vessel graywater as defined by the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (FWPCA), that does not meet the definition of “clean” as defined by the GFNMS and CBNMS regulations, and ammunition and pyrotechnic (warning projectile, flare, smoke float and marine marker) materials used in USCG training exercises for use of force (live fire or gunnery) and training exercises for search and rescue (SAR) of vessels or persons in distress. No change is proposed to the regulatory prohibitions or exceptions applicable to the pre-expansion boundaries of the two sanctuaries. A draft environmental assessment (DEA) under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) has been prepared for this proposed action. NOAA is soliciting public comment on the proposed rule and DEA.
Comments will be considered if received by January 16, 2018. Public hearings will be held on December 5 and 13, 2017, from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m.
You may submit comments on this document and/or on the DEA, identified by NOAA-NOS-2017-0140, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Copies of the DEA and proposed rule can be downloaded or viewed on the internet at
Public hearings will be held in the following locations:
• December 5, 2017. 6-8 p.m. Bay Model, 2100 Bridgeway, Sausalito, CA 94965.
• December 13, 2017. 6-8 p.m. Gualala Community Center, 47950 Center Street, Gualala, CA 95445.
Maria Brown, Greater Farallones National Marine Sanctuary Superintendent, at
On March 12, 2015, NOAA expanded the boundaries of GFNMS and CBNMS to an area north and west of their previous boundaries. In that rule, pursuant to a request from the USCG, NOAA announced that it would postpone the effective date for the discharge requirements in both expansion areas (defined as the areas that were added to the existing 1981 and 1989 boundaries for GFNMS and CBNMS, respectively) with regard to USCG activities. NOAA stated the purpose of the postponement was to look at ways to address Coast Guard's concerns that the discharge regulations would impair the operations of Coast Guard vessels in, and aircraft over, the sanctuaries, and to consider, among other things, whether to exempt Coast Guard activities in both sanctuary expansion areas. This proposed rule considers allowing the USCG to carry out otherwise prohibited discharges within waters of the GFNMS and CBNMS expansion areas seaward of approximately 3 nm from the shore, as described in more detail below. In formulating this proposed rule, NOAA considered a number of factors discussed more fully in the DEA, including the ability of the USCG to complete its mission requirements and the policy of facilitating uses of the sanctuaries to the extent compatible with resource protection.
NOAA is charged with managing areas of the marine environment which are of special national significance as the National Marine Sanctuary System (16 U.S.C. 1431 (b)(1)). The Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS) is the federal office within NOAA that manages the National Marine Sanctuary System. The mission of ONMS is to identify, protect, conserve, and enhance the natural and cultural resources, values, and qualities of the National Marine Sanctuary System (System) for this and future generations throughout the nation. This System includes 13 national marine sanctuaries, among them GFNMS and CBNMS, and Papahānaumokuākea and Rose Atoll marine national monuments. GFNMS was designated in 1981 and protects approximately 3,295 square miles (2,488 square nautical miles). CBNMS was designated in 1989 and protects approximately 1,286 square miles (971 square nautical miles). NOAA expanded both sanctuaries to their current size on March 12, 2015 (80 FR 13078). When referring to the expansion areas of the sanctuaries, NOAA means the areas that were added to the existing 1981 and 1989 boundaries for GFNMS and CBNMS, respectively.
Both GFNMS and CBNMS' regulations prohibit discharging or depositing, from within or into the sanctuary, any material or other matter (15 CFR 922.82(a)(2) and (3) and 15 CFR 922.112(a)(2)(i) and (ii)). Both the GFNMS and CBNMS regulations also prohibit discharging or depositing, from beyond the boundary of the sanctuary, any material or other matter that subsequently enters the sanctuary and injures a sanctuary resource or quality (15 CFR 922.82(a)(4); 15 CFR 922.112(a)(2)(iii)). Most national marine sanctuaries also have similar regulatory prohibitions. The discharge prohibitions are aimed at maintaining and improving water quality within national marine sanctuaries to enhance conditions for their living marine resources. The discharge prohibitions include the following exceptions relevant to the proposed action:
• For a vessel less than 300 gross registered tons (GRT), or a vessel 300 GRT or greater without sufficient holding tank capacity to hold sewage while within the sanctuary, clean effluent generated incidental to vessel use by an operable Type I or II marine sanitation device that is approved in accordance with section 312 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act,
• For a vessel less than 300 GRT, or a vessel 300 GRT or greater without sufficient holding tank capacity to hold graywater while within the sanctuary, clean graywater as defined by section 312 of the FWPCA (15 CFR 922.82(a)(2)(iv) and 922.112(a)(2)(i)(D));
• Activities necessary to respond to an emergency threatening life, property or the environment (15 CFR 922.82(c) and 922.112(b)).
The following definitions apply to these exceptions:
• “Clean” means not containing detectable levels of a harmful matter (15 CFR 922.81 and 922.111); and,
• “Graywater” means galley, bath, and shower water (33 U.S.C. 1322(a)(11)).
The first two existing discharge exceptions listed above apply to all vessels other than cruise ships. Therefore, they would apply to USCG vessels and would continue to apply if the regulatory changes proposed in this rulemaking were finalized.
The USCG, part of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, is a military service and a branch of the armed forces (14 U.S.C. 1), charged with carrying out eleven maritime safety, security and stewardship missions (6 U.S.C. 468(a)).
One of the missions of the USCG is to enforce or assist in the enforcement of all applicable federal laws on, under, and over the high seas and waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. As part of this mission, the USCG supports resource protection efforts within GFNMS and CBNMS by providing surveillance of activities within the sanctuaries and enforcement of the National Marine Sanctuaries Act (NMSA) and other laws and their implementing regulations. The USCG has the authority to enforce the NMSA under 14 U.S.C. 2 and 14 U.S.C. 89. Law enforcement activities for the two sanctuaries are also conducted by other agencies, primarily NOAA's Office of Law Enforcement and the California Department of Fish and Wildlife. In GFNMS, the National Park Service and several local agencies also conduct law enforcement activities.
The USCG also leads incident planning and response activities for oil
According to the USCG Environmental Vessel Manual, USCG practices allow for discharges of untreated sewage and non-clean graywater from USCG vessels in waters beyond 3 nm from shore. USCG vessels have continued these discharges beyond 3 nm from shore in the expansion areas of GFNMS and CBNMS, due to NOAA's decision to temporarily delay the effective date of applying sanctuary discharge prohibitions with respect to USCG activities in the expansion areas of GFNMS and CBNMS while NOAA assesses these activities and their potential environmental effects.
According to other regulatory requirements and USCG guidance and practices, discharges are not allowed to take place within approximately 3 nm of the shore. The FWPCA requires (in Section 312) that vessels with installed toilets must only discharge sewage through a Type I or II marine sanitation device within three miles
In the course of the rulemaking to expand GFNMS and CBNMS, NOAA received a letter dated February 4, 2013, from the USCG stating that the prohibitions proposed for the GFNMS and CBNMS expansion areas had the potential to impair USCG surface and airborne use of force training activities, SAR training activities, and the ability of Coastal Patrol Boats to conduct any mission within the sanctuaries. Of specific concern to the USCG were the proposed prohibitions on discharges made during these training activities: Vessel sewage discharges, particularly with respect to law enforcement and SAR missions, and the ability of the USCG to operate and remain “mission ready.”
To accommodate the need for these USCG activities to take place after the expansion rule entered into effect, NOAA postponed, for six months from the effective date of the rule, the applicability of the discharge requirements to Coast Guard activities in both expanded areas. NOAA published the final rule for the expansion of GFNMS and CBNMS on March 12, 2015 (80 FR 13078), in the
Of primary concern to USCG are the discharge regulations in both expanded sanctuaries and USCG compliance with these regulations. USCG vessels have limited capacity to treat sewage and some have limited capacity to hold sewage and graywater, and are without Type I or II marine sanitation devices onboard to treat the wastewater prior to discharge; accordingly, the discharges from such vessels would not fit within the existing regulatory exemptions for discharge within GFNMS and CBNMS. Training exercises designed to make USCG personnel ready for missions involving use of force and SAR involve discharging live ammunition and pyrotechnic materials. NOAA is concerned with protecting sanctuary resources and habitats, resolving any conflicts that could occur among sanctuary user groups (
Prior to the expansion of GFNMS and CBNMS, the USCG was able to comply with the sanctuaries' vessel discharge regulations by discharging untreated vessel sewage and non-clean graywater in ocean waters outside GFNMS and CBNMS or by pumping it out at shoreside pump-out facilities. The expansion of GFNMS and CBNMS, with the resulting larger sizes of the sanctuaries and extension of discharge prohibitions to the expanded portions of the sanctuaries, would make it difficult for the USCG to both fulfill its missions and comply with the vessel discharge prohibitions. The USCG vessels have constraints for treating and holding sewage and non-clean graywater, and crews would have to plan for the extra time required to travel from the GFNMS and CBNMS expansion areas to USCG shoreside pump-out facilities in Bodega and San Francisco bays or to ocean waters outside national marine sanctuary boundaries to discharge vessel holding tanks (where allowed by state and federal regulations).
Similarly, with regard to training activities, prior to the expansion of GFNMS and CBNMS, the USCG planned and conducted these exercises outside the sanctuaries' boundaries and within relatively short distances from USCG stations without violating sanctuary discharge regulations. Because the USCG maritime enforcement, defense readiness, and SAR capabilities are enhanced by conducting live-fire and SAR exercises in the areas in which its personnel normally operate, the expansion of GFNMS and CBNMS and extension of discharge prohibitions to the expanded portions of the sanctuaries have the potential to impair the ability of USCG to operate and train to remain “mission ready.”
Prior to the expansion of the two sanctuaries' boundaries, GFNMS and USCG had been discussing potentially allowing USCG to make discharges within the sanctuary during live fire and SAR training exercises. In 2012 and 2013, USCG District 11 and GFNMS held a series of meetings focused on discharges of flares, ammunition, and targets related to live fire and SAR training. During this time, GFNMS and USCG identified several areas for potentially allowing seasonal training-related discharges as well as possible operating protocols. The intention was to consider allowing USCG training discharges via a national marine sanctuary permit, if the activities could be conducted in a way that would minimize potential impacts to marine mammals and other living marine resources. The USCG did not submit an application for a permit, and therefore NOAA did not issue a permit.
After receiving the USCG's February 4, 2013 letter, the USCG and NOAA initiated discussions to address the full range of USCG discharges from training activities, and untreated vessel sewage and graywater discharges in both GFNMS and CBNMS. As part of these discussions, the USCG and NOAA reviewed potential environmental effects and various approaches to mitigate potential harm to sanctuary resources from these USCG discharges, including NMS permits and best practices for USCG discharge activities. In January 2015, prior to the publication of the final rule to expand GFNMS and CBNMS, NOAA and the USCG entered into interagency consultations to address both agencies' concerns. The details of this ongoing consultation are described above under “Need for Action.”
From April 21 to May 31, 2016 (81 FR 23445), NOAA accepted public comments and information to determine the relevant scope of issues and range of alternatives for NOAA to address in the environmental assessment and proposed rule. Public and agency comments were received via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal, by mail, and at three public meetings that were held in Sausalito, Bodega Bay and Gualala on May 10, 11 and 12, respectively. Comments received are available at
The process for this action is composed of four major stages: (1) Information collection and characterization and public scoping (scoping was completed on May 31, 2016); (2) preparation and release of a draft environmental assessment under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), and any proposed amendments to the regulations if appropriate; (3) public review and comment of the proposed amendments and the draft environmental assessment; (4) preparation and release of a final environmental review document, and any final amendments to the GFNMS and CBNMS regulations, if appropriate. With the publication of this proposed rule, NOAA enters the third phase of this process.
NOAA will fulfill its responsibilities to complete required consultations and/or receive necessary authorizations under the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361
With this proposed rule, NOAA would amend the GFNMS and CBNMS regulations to allow USCG vessels to discharge untreated sewage and non-clean graywater only in the waters of the expansion areas of GFNMS and CBNMS seaward of approximately 3.5 miles (3 nautical miles (nm)) from the shoreline. USCG discharges of untreated sewage and non-clean graywater from vessels that are not equipped with a Type I or II marine sanitation device (MSD) and without sufficient holding tank capacity would continue, as per historic and current routine USCG operational practices in waters of both expansion areas beyond 3 nm from shore. As previously described, these discharges have continued since June 2015 due to NOAA's decision to temporarily delay the effective date of applying sanctuary discharge prohibitions with respect to USCG activities while NOAA assesses these activities and their potential environmental effects.
The current GFNMS and CBNMS discharge prohibitions provide an exception for clean sewage discharge (“clean effluent”) through a Type I or II MSD for: (1) A vessel less than 300 GRT, or (2) a vessel 300 GRT or greater without sufficient holding tank capacity to hold sewage while within the Sanctuary (15 CFR 922.82(a)(2)(ii) and 922.112(a)(2)(i)(B)). They also provide an exception for clean graywater to be discharged: (1) A vessel less than 300 GRT, or (2) a vessel 300 GRT or greater without sufficient holding tank capacity to hold graywater while within the Sanctuary (15 CFR 922.82(a)(2)(iv) and 922.112(a)(2)(i)(D)). According to the USCG, most of its vessels operating in GFNMS and CBNMS do not have capacity to treat sewage and graywater; they are without Type I or II MSD onboard to treat the wastewater prior to discharge. Some classes of USCG vessels also have limited capacity to hold sewage and non-clean graywater until it may be discharged outside GFNMS and CBNMS. Thus, if the regulations were to take effect in the expansion areas of GFNMS and CBNMS, the vessels would not be able to legally discharge in those portions of the sanctuaries in a manner consistent with these existing regulatory exceptions. The proposed exceptions to the GFNMS and CBNMS prohibitions for the USCG would be in addition to the current exceptions noted earlier.
The areas within GFNMS and CBNMS in which these USCG vessel discharges would be excepted from the sanctuaries' discharge prohibitions correspond to the waters seaward of 3 nm from shore in the expansion areas of GFNMS and CBNMS (
NOAA would amend the GFNMS and CBNMS regulations to allow USCG discharges of ammunition and pyrotechnic materials (including warning projectiles, flares, smoke floats and marine markers) during live ammunition and search and rescue training exercises only in the federal waters of the expansion areas of GFNMS and CBNMS, seaward of approximately 3.5 miles (3 nautical miles (nm)) from the shoreline. The geographic coordinates of this designated area, where training discharges would be excepted from the sanctuary discharge prohibition within GFNMS and CBNMS, would be listed in an appendix to each sanctuary's regulations (appendix G of subpart H and appendix C of subpart K).
The USCG would also continue to comply with all other existing prohibitions, aside from the previously described proposed exceptions for USCG vessel discharges of untreated sewage and graywater, provided in 15 CFR 922.82 and 922.112 in both the pre-expansion areas and the expanded sanctuaries' boundaries and comply with the prohibitions for vessel discharges within the pre-expansion boundaries of the two sanctuaries. No changes to the regulatory prohibitions or exceptions applicable to the pre-expansion areas of the sanctuaries are proposed.
Based on a request by USCG, this proposed rule focuses on a regulatory exception to the GFNMS and CBNMS general discharge prohibition for the specified USCG discharges. However, NOAA presents in the DEA a variety of alternatives for protecting sanctuary resources while addressing the USCG's request to allow for USCG's routine discharges of untreated sewage and graywater from vessels and training discharges in GFNMS and CBNMS, allowing the USCG to fulfill its missions and comply with the sanctuaries' regulations. The DEA also lays out in more detail NOAA's consideration and analysis of factors pertinent to this proposed rule, including the ability of USCG to complete its mission operations and in the expansion areas of the sanctuaries, constraints in certain USCG vessel capabilities to treat and hold sewage and graywater, the role that USCG live fire and search and rescue trainings in the expansion areas of the sanctuaries play in USCG mission readiness, and the extent to which such USCG activities may be conducted to the maximum extent feasible in a manner consistent with the sanctuaries' primary objective of resource protection. No final decision or final rulemaking will be made until completion of the public comment period, satisfaction of permitting and consultation requirements, and completion of the NEPA analysis process.
NOAA has prepared a draft environmental assessment (DEA) to evaluate the potential impacts on the human environment of this proposed rulemaking, which is the preferred action analyzed in the DEA, as well as alternative actions. No significant adverse impacts to resources and the human environment are expected, and accordingly, under NEPA (43 U.S.C. 4321
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant within the meaning of Executive Order 12866.
This proposed rule is not expected to be an Executive Order 13771 regulatory action because this proposed rule is not significant under Executive Order 12866.
NOAA has concluded this regulatory action does not have federalism implications sufficient to warrant preparation of a federalism assessment under Executive Order 13132.
The purpose of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA; 5 U.S.C. 601
This proposed rule does not create any new information collection requirement, nor does it revise the information collection requirement that was approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB Control Number 0648-0141) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, 44 U.S.C. 3501
In fulfilling its responsibility under the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) and NEPA, NOAA intends to determine whether the proposed rule is the type of activity that could affect historic properties. If so, NOAA intends to identify consulting parties; identify historic properties and assess the effects of the undertaking on such properties; assess potential adverse effects; and resolve adverse effects. If applicable, NOAA will initiate formal consultation with the State Historic Preservation Officer/Tribal Historic Preservation Officer, the Advisory Council of Historic Preservation, and other consulting parties as appropriate; involve the public in accordance with NOAA's NEPA procedures, and develop in consultation with identified consulting parties alternatives and proposed measures that might avoid, minimize or mitigate any adverse effects on historic properties as appropriate and describe them in the environmental assessment.
Consultation requirements for the effects of the actual USCG training activities and vessel discharges on historic properties remain the responsibility of USCG, as USCG would be the lead agency performing these activities.
The Endangered Species Act (ESA) of 1973 as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531,
Consultation requirements for the effects of the actual USCG training activities and vessel discharges on threatened and endangered species remain the responsibility of USCG, as USCG would be the lead agency performing the training activities. USCG communicated to NOAA its intent to fulfil the consultation requirements under the ESA, specific to their training activities and vessel discharges, with (OPR).
The Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1361
Satisfying MMPA requirements for the effects of the actual training activities and vessel discharges on marine mammals remain the responsibility of USCG, as USCG would be the federal agency performing these activities. Moreover, USCG communicated to NOAA its intent to fulfill the consultation requirements under the MMPA, specific to their training activities and vessel discharges, with OPR.
The principal objective of the CZMA is to encourage and assist states in developing coastal management programs, to coordinate State activities, and to preserve, protect, develop and, where possible, to restore or enhance the resources of the nation's coastal zone. Section 307(c) of the CZMA requires federal activity affecting the land or water uses or natural resources of a state's coastal zone to be consistent with that state's approved coastal management program, to the maximum extent practicable. NOAA will provide a copy of this proposed rule, the DEA, and a consistency determination to the California Coastal Commission (Commission) upon publication. NOAA will wait for concurrence from the Commission prior to publication of the final rule.
Consultation requirements for the effects of the actual USCG training activities and vessel discharges on land or water uses or natural resources of California's coastal zone remain the responsibility of USCG, as USCG would be the lead agency performing these activities.
NOAA requests comments on this proposed rule and the DEA. The comment period will remain open until January 16, 2018.
Administrative practice and procedure, Coastal zone, Fishing gear, Marine resources, Natural resources, Penalties, Recreation and recreation areas, Wildlife.
Accordingly, for the reasons set forth above, NOAA proposes amending part 922, title 15 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1431
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) For a vessel less than 300 GRT or a vessel 300 GRT or greater without sufficient holding capacity to hold graywater while within the Sanctuary, clean graywater as defined by section 312 of the FWPCA;
(v) Vessel engine or generator exhaust; or
(vi) For a United States Coast Guard vessel that is without sufficient holding tank capacity and is without a Type I or II marine sanitation device, and that is
(4) Discharging or depositing, from beyond the boundary of the Sanctuary, any material or other matter that subsequently enters the Sanctuary and injures a Sanctuary resource or quality, except for the material or other matter excepted in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (vi) and (a)(3) of this section.
Coordinates listed in this appendix are unprojected (Geographic Coordinate System) and based on the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83).
The portion of the Greater Farallones National Marine Sanctuary area where the exception for discharges from United States Coast Guard activities applies is defined as follows. Beginning with Point 1 identified in the coordinate table in this appendix, the boundary extends from Point 1 to Point 2 in a straight line arc, and continues from Point 2 to Point 3 in a straight line arc, and from Point 3 to Point 4 in a straight line arc. From Point 4 the boundary extends east and north along a straight line arc towards Point 5 until it intersects the fixed offshore boundary between the United States and California (approximately 3 NM seaward of the coast as defined in
(a) * * *
(2)(i) * * *
(D) For a vessel less than 300 GRT or a vessel 300 GRT or greater without sufficient holding capacity to hold graywater while within the Sanctuary, clean graywater as defined by section 312 of the FWPCA;
(E) Vessel engine or generator exhaust; or
(F) For a United States Coast Guard vessel that is without sufficient holding tank capacity and is without a Type I or II marine sanitation device, and that is operating within the designated area defined in appendix C of this subpart, sewage and non clean graywater as defined by section 312 of the FWPCA generated incidental to vessel use, and ammunition, pyrotechnics or other materials directly related to search and rescue and live ammunition training activities conducted by United States Coast Guard vessels and aircraft in the designated areas defined in appendix C of this subpart.
Coordinates listed in this appendix are unprojected (Geographic Coordinate System) and based on the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83).
The portion of the Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary area where the exception for discharges from United States Coast Guard activities applies is defined as follows. Beginning with Point 1, identified in the coordinate table in this appendix, the boundary extends from Point 1 to Point 2 in a straight line arc and continues in numerical order through each subsequent point to Point 38. From Point 38 the boundary extends west along the northern boundary of Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary to Point 39 where it ends.
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, DOE.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) proposes to approve Reliability Standards PRC-027-1 (Coordination of Protection Systems for Performance
Comments are due January 22, 2018.
Comments, identified by docket number, may be filed in the following ways:
• Electronic Filing through
• Mail/Hand Delivery: Those unable to file electronically may mail or hand-deliver comments to: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Secretary of the Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
1. Pursuant to section 215 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), the Commission proposes to approve proposed Reliability Standards PRC-027-1 (Coordination of Protection Systems for Performance During Faults) and PER-006-1 (Specific Training for Personnel), which were submitted for approval by the North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC), the Commission-certified Electric Reliability Organization (ERO).
2. The Commission also proposes to approve the associated violation risk factors, violation severity levels, implementation plans, and effective dates proposed by NERC for Reliability Standards PRC-027-1 and PER-006-1. The Commission further proposes to approve the retirement of currently-effective Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1(ii) (System Protection Coordination).
3. In addition, the Commission proposes to approve new and revised definitions submitted by NERC for incorporation in the NERC Glossary of Terms Used in NERC Reliability Standards (“NERC Glossary”) for the following terms: (1) “Protection system coordination study;” (2) “operational planning analysis;” and (3) “real-time assessment.”
4. Section 215 of the FPA requires a Commission-certified ERO to develop mandatory and enforceable Reliability Standards, subject to Commission review and approval.
5. On March 16, 2007, the Commission issued Order No. 693, approving 83 of the 107 Reliability Standards filed by NERC, including Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.
(1) Correct the references for Requirements, and [
6. On September 2, 2016, NERC submitted a petition seeking Commission approval of proposed Reliability Standards PRC-027-1 and PER-006-1.
7. NERC states that proposed Reliability Standard PER-006-1 requires generator operators to use a systematic approach to develop and implement training for dispatch personnel at centrally-located dispatch centers.
8. NERC asserts that proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1:
9. NERC states that proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1, Requirement R2 mandates that every six years, applicable entities must either: (1) Perform a protection system coordination study to determine whether the protection systems continue to operate in the intended sequence during faults; (2) compare present fault current values to an established fault current baseline and, only if the comparison identifies a 15 percent or greater deviation in fault current values (either three phase or phase to ground) at a bus to which the bulk electric system is connected, perform a protection system coordination study; or (3) use a combination of options 1 and 2.
10. NERC explains that proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1, Requirement R3 will require applicable entities to use the process established under proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1, Requirement R1 for the development of any new or revised protection system settings.
11. NERC states that Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1(ii) includes six requirements that are either addressed by Reliability Standards approved by the Commission or by the proposed Reliability Standards. Specifically, NERC explains that Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1(ii), Requirement R1 has been partially replaced by currently-effective Reliability Standards PER-003-1 and PER-005-2. NERC continues that proposed Reliability Standard PER-006-1 and the proposed revised definitions of operational planning analysis and real-time assessment will replace the remaining portions of Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1(ii), Requirement R1. NERC asserts that Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1(ii), Requirement R2 has been addressed by Reliability Standards IRO-001-4, IRO-008‐2, IRO‐010‐2, TOP‐001‐3, and TOP‐003‐3, which the Commission approved in Order No. 817.
12. Pursuant to section 215(d)(2) of the FPA, we propose to approve proposed Reliability Standards PER-006-1 and PRC-027-1 as just, reasonable, not unduly discriminatory or preferential, and in the public interest, as both proposed Reliability Standards improve upon currently-effective Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1(ii) in important ways.
13. In addition, we propose to approve NERC's associated violation risk factors, violation severity levels, implementation plans, and effective dates. We also propose to approve the revised definitions for inclusion in the NERC Glossary. Further, we propose to approve the retirement of Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1(ii), as requested by NERC.
14. Pursuant to 215(d)(5) of the FPA, we propose to direct that NERC develop modifications to proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1 addressing our concern that applicable entities that choose Requirement R2, Option 2 perform (or have already performed) an initial baseline study demonstrating proper coordination of their protection systems. Any additional protection system coordination studies would be
15. Proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1, Requirement R2 does not require an initial protection system coordination study if an applicable entity elects Option 2. Unlike Option 1, which requires performance of protection system coordination studies every six years, Option 2 requires applicable entities to “[c]ompare present Fault current values to an established Fault current baseline and perform a Protection System Coordination Study when the comparison identifies a 15 percent or greater deviation.” The proposed Reliability Standard and NERC's petition do not indicate that the “Fault current baseline” must be established through an initial protection system coordination study. Instead, NERC's petition states that the baseline must be established “by the effective date of the standard based on short-circuit studies.”
16. While they are related terms, we understand there to be a difference between short-circuit studies and protection system coordination studies. NERC defines protection system coordination study as an “analysis to determine whether Protection Systems operate in the intended sequence during Faults.”
17. While we generally support permitting flexibility in the Reliability Standards to achieve required performance goals, the possibility that some bulk electric system elements may never undergo a protection system coordination study raises reliability concerns. In past serious Bulk-Power System events, mis-coordination was a contributing factor to misoperations and outages. For example, the Arizona Southern California September 8, 2011 Outage Report identified an instance where a transmission owner did not perform a protection system coordination study prior to the implementation of a protection system.
18. Over the past eleven years, several NERC reports have addressed the importance of protection system coordination to Bulk-Power System reliability. Proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1 addresses some of the issues raised in these reports; but without requiring an initial protection system coordination study, the proposed Reliability Standard does not address all of them. In 2006, for example, the NERC System Protection Control Task Force assessed Reliability Standard PRC-001.
19. In 2009, in a letter from the NERC President to the NERC Board of Trustees and stakeholders, NERC identified generation and transmission mis-coordination as responsible for 30 percent of the misoperations that occurred between 2005 and 2008.
20. In 2013, NERC issued a Misoperations Report prepared by the Protection System Misoperations Task Force.
Incorrect short circuit values and coordination errors. The incorrect short circuit values included outdated or incorrect data used to calculate relay settings. The coordination errors in these cases all involved pilot protection either of insufficient carrier blocking trip delays or of improper choice of ground pickup values used in a blocking scheme.
The State of Reliability 2015 report found that protection system misoperations continued to be a significant contributor to automatic transmission outage severity. In general, transmission system events with protection system misoperations were more impactful than other transmission events. They were also a significant contributor to transmission outage severity, indicating that a reduction in protection system misoperations would lead to an improvement in system reliability.
21. In 2014, a NERC “lessons learned” document on “Generation Relaying—Underfrequency Protection Coordination” identified a 2014 incident where underfrequency relay trip settings were installed on the system unnecessarily and were not coordinated with a generator's relay trip setting.
22. The 2016 State of Reliability Report noted that while protection system misoperations declined in 2015, misoperations showed a “statistically significant positive correlation with transmission outage severity and show[ed] a higher relative transmission risk.”
23. The 2017 State of Reliability Report recognized the significance of protection system misoperations to Bulk-Power System reliability by observing that “[p]rotection system misoperations should remain an area of focus as it continues to be one of the largest contributors to the severity of transmission outages.”
24. For the reasons discussed above, we propose to direct that NERC develop modifications to proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1 to address our concern by requiring that applicable entities perform an initial protection coordination study under Requirement R2, Option 2. We propose that applicable entities would have six years from the effective date of a modified Reliability Standard to complete the analysis. An applicable entity could use pre-existing protection system coordination studies to satisfy the proposed requirement provided it was reasonable (
25. Separately, we seek comment from NERC and other interested entities explaining the technical basis for employing a 15 percent deviation threshold in proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1, Requirement R2, Option 2. We seek to better understand the basis for this threshold to ensure an adequate record in the proceeding on this matter.
26. The collection of information addressed in this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
27. The Commission will submit the information collection requirement to OMB for its final review and approval. We solicit public comments on the need for this information, whether the information will have practical utility, the accuracy of the burden estimates, ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected or retained, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondents' burden, including the use of automated information techniques.
28. The information collection requirements in this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in Docket No. RM16-22-000 are associated with FERC-725A,
29.
30. Interested persons may obtain information on the reporting requirements by contacting the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Office of the Executive Director, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426 [Attention: Ellen Brown, email:
31. Comments concerning the information collection proposed in this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking and the associated burden estimates should be sent to the Commission in this docket and may also be sent to the Office of Management and Budget, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs [Attention: Desk Officer for the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission]. For security reasons, comments should be sent by email to OMB at the following email address:
32. The Commission is required to prepare an Environmental Assessment or an Environmental Impact Statement for any action that may have a significant adverse effect on the human environment.
33. The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA) generally requires a description and analysis of proposed rules that will have significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
34. The proposed Reliability Standard PRC-027-1 (included in FERC-725G6) will apply to approximately 1,612 entities (334 transmission owners, 913 generator owners, and 365 distribution providers) in the United States.
35. The proposed Reliability Standard PER-006-1 (included in FERC-725Y) will apply to approximately 875 generator operators in the United States. Pursuant to SBA regulations the employment threshold for generator operators is between 250 and 750 employees (depending on the fuel source). We estimate that the annual cost for each generator operator will be $719.
36. In addition, this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposes the retirement of Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1(ii) (included in FERC-725A). That retirement would decrease the annual estimated cost for 875 generator operators by $4,585 each, for 177 transmission operators by $6,681 each, and for 99 balancing authorities by $2,885 each. For the generator operators affected by this retirement and the proposed Reliability Standard PER-006-1, the net annual effect would be a decrease of $3,866 each. We estimate the net annual cost of this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking would vary, by type of entity, from an annual decrease of $6,681 (for each transmission operator) to an annual increase of $5,507 (for each transmission owner). We view this as a minimal economic impact for each entity. Accordingly, we certify that the proposed Reliability Standards PRC-027-1 and PER-006-1 and retirement of Reliability Standard PRC-001-1.1 (ii) will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
37. The Commission invites interested persons to submit comments on the matters and issues proposed in this notice to be adopted, including any related matters or alternative proposals that commenters may wish to discuss. Comments are due January 22, 2018. Comments must refer to Docket No. RM16-22-000, and must include the commenter's name, the organization they represent, if applicable, and their address in their comments.
38. The Commission encourages comments to be filed electronically via the eFiling link on the Commission's Web site at
39. Commenters that are not able to file comments electronically must send an original of their comments to: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Secretary of the Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
40. All comments will be placed in the Commission's public files and may be viewed, printed, or downloaded remotely as described in the Document Availability section below. Commenters on this proposal are not required to serve copies of their comments on other commenters.
41. In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the
42. From the Commission's Home Page on the Internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number of this document, excluding the last three digits, in the docket number field.
43. User assistance is available for eLibrary and the Commission's Web site during normal business hours from the Commission's Online Support at (202) 502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or email at
By direction of the Commission.
Department of the Army, Corps of Engineers, Department of Defense; and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of the Army (“the agencies”) are proposing to add an applicability date to the “Clean Water Rule: Definition of `Waters of the United States'” (the “2015 Rule”) to two years from the date of final action on this proposal. On October 9, 2015, the Sixth Circuit stayed the 2015 Rule nationwide pending further action of the court, but the Supreme Court is currently reviewing the question of whether the court of appeals has original jurisdiction to review challenges to the 2015 Rule. On February 28, 2017, the President signed an Executive Order, “Restoring the Rule of Law, Federalism, and Economic Growth by Reviewing the `Waters of the United States' Rule.” With this proposed rule, the agencies intend to maintain the
Comments must be received on or before December 13, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2017-0644, at
Ms. Donna Downing, Office of Water (4504-T), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 566-2428; email address:
The Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of the Army (“the agencies”) are proposing to add an applicability date to the 2015 Clean Water Rule of two years from the date of final action on this proposal. The effective date of the 2015 Rule was August 28, 2015. On July 27, 2017, the agencies published a proposed rule to initiate the first step in a comprehensive, two-step process intended to review and revise, as appropriate and consistent with law, the definition of “waters of the United States” under with Executive Order 13778 signed on February 28, 2017, “Restoring the Rule of Law, Federalism, and Economic Growth by Reviewing the `Waters of the United States' Rule.” The first step in the process (the “Step One rule”) proposed to rescind the definition of “waters of the United States” promulgated by the agencies in 2015 in the Code of Federal Regulations and to re-codify the previous definition of “waters of the United States,” which defines the scope of the Clean Water Act. The previous definition is currently in effect pursuant to a decision issued by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit staying the 2015 definition of “waters of the United States.” In a second step (the “Step Two rule”), the agencies intend to pursue a public notice-and-comment rulemaking in which the agencies would conduct a substantive re-evaluation of the definition of “waters of the United States.” With this proposed rule to add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule, the agencies intend to provide, for an interim period, greater regulatory certainty about the definition of “waters of the United States” in effect while they continue to work on the two-step rulemaking process.
The addition of the applicability date to the 2015 Rule to two years after the date of a final rule under this proposed rulemaking effort would ensure that the regulatory definition of “waters of the United States” that existed prior to promulgation of the rule in 2015 and that has been in effect nationwide since the 2015 Rule was stayed on October 9, 2015, would remain in effect during the ongoing actions undertaken in response to the Executive Order. This proposed rule to add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule would maintain the legal
State, tribal, and local governments have well-defined and longstanding relationships with the federal government in implementing CWA programs and these relationships are not altered by this proposed rule. This proposed rule would not establish any new regulatory requirements. Rather, this rule would simply add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule leaving in place the current legal
In 2015, the agencies published the “Clean Water Rule: Definition of `Waters of the United States'” (80 FR 37054, June 29, 2015), and on October 9, 2015, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit stayed the 2015 Rule nationwide pending further action of the court. The 2015 Rule had an effective date of August 28, 2015. The agencies propose to add an applicability date of two years from the date of final action on this proposal. The effective date of the 2015 Rule was established by a document published by the agencies in the
Congress enacted the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, Public Law 92-500, 86 Stat. 816, as amended, Public Law 95-217, 91 Stat. 1566, 33 U.S.C. 1251
The regulations defining the “waters of the United States” currently in effect were established in large part in 1977 (42 FR 37122, July 19, 1977). While EPA administers most provisions in the CWA, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) administers the permitting program under section 404. During the 1980s, both of these agencies adopted substantially similar definitions (51 FR 41206, Nov. 13, 1986, amending 33 CFR 328.3; 53 FR 20764, June 6, 1988, amending 40 CFR 232.2).
In 2015, following public notice and comment on a proposed rule, the agencies published a final rule defining the “waters of the United States” (80 FR 37054). Thirty-one States and other parties sought judicial review in multiple actions in Federal district courts and Circuit Courts of Appeal, raising concerns about the scope and legal authority of the 2015 Rule. One district court issued an order granting a motion for preliminary injunction one day prior to the rule's effective date that applies to the thirteen plaintiff States in that case,
On February 28, 2017, the President of the United States issued an Executive Order entitled “Restoring the Rule of Law, Federalism, and Economic Growth by Reviewing the `Waters of the United States' Rule.” Section 1 of the Order states, “[i]t is in the national interest to ensure that the Nation's navigable waters are kept free from pollution, while at the same time promoting economic growth, minimizing regulatory uncertainty, and showing due regard for the roles of the Congress and the States under the Constitution.” The Executive Order directed the EPA and the Army to review the 2015 Rule for consistency with the policy outlined in section 1 of the Order, and to issue a proposed rule rescinding or revising the 2015 Rule as appropriate and consistent with law. Section 2. The Executive Order also directed the agencies to consider interpreting the term “navigable waters” in a manner consistent with Justice Scalia's plurality opinion in
On July 27, 2017, the agencies proposed a rule to rescind the 2015 Rule and replace it with a recodification of the regulatory text that governed the legal regime prior to the 2015 Rule (82 FR 34899), and that the agencies are currently implementing under the court stay, informed by applicable guidance documents (
In this proposed rule, the agencies would add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule such that it is not implemented until two years from the date of a final action on this proposal. During that time, the agencies will continue to implement nationwide the previous regulatory definition of “waters of the United States” as they are currently doing under the Sixth Circuit's stay, informed by applicable guidance documents (
The scope of CWA jurisdiction is an issue of great national importance and therefore the agencies will provide for robust deliberations to re-evaluate the definition of “waters of the United States.”. While engaging in such deliberations, however, the agencies recognize the need to provide an interim step for regulatory continuity and clarity for the many stakeholders affected by the definition of “waters of the United States.” The pre-2015 Rule regulatory regime is in effect as a result of the Sixth Circuit's stay of the 2015 Rule but that regime depends upon the pendency of the Sixth Circuit's order and could be altered at any time by factors beyond the control of the agencies. The Supreme Court's resolution of the question as to which courts have original jurisdiction over challenges to the 2015 Rule could impact the Sixth Circuit's exercise of jurisdiction and its stay. If, for example, the Supreme Court were to decide that the Sixth Circuit lacks original jurisdiction over challenges to the 2015 Rule, the Sixth Circuit case would be dismissed and its nationwide stay would expire, leading to possible inconsistencies, uncertainty, and confusion as to the regulatory regime that could be in effect pending substantive rulemaking under the Executive Order.
As noted previously, prior to the Sixth Circuit's stay order, the District Court for North Dakota had preliminarily enjoined the rule in 13 States (North Dakota, Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado, Idaho, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, South Dakota, Wyoming and New Mexico). Therefore, if the Sixth Circuit's nationwide stay were to expire, the 2015 Rule would be enjoined under the North Dakota order in States covering a large geographic area of the country, but the rule would be in effect in the rest of the
In addition, if the Supreme Court were to decide that the courts of appeal do have original jurisdiction over challenges to the 2015 Rule, the litigation in the Sixth Circuit could resume and therefore control over which regulatory definition of “waters of the United States” is in effect while the agencies engage in deliberations on the ultimate regulation could remain outside of the agencies. The proposed interim rule would establish a clear regulatory framework that could avoid the possible inconsistencies, uncertainty and confusion that could result from a Supreme Court ruling while the agencies reconsider the 2015 Rule. It would ensure that, during this interim period, the scope of CWA jurisdiction will be administered exactly the way it is now, and as it has been for many years prior to the promulgation of the 2015 Rule.
The agencies are proposing an applicability date two years after the date of publication of the final rule in order to ensure that there is sufficient time for the regulatory process for reconsidering the definition of “waters of the United States” to be fully completed. The agencies are undertaking an extensive outreach effort to gather information and recommendations from States and tribes, regulated entities, academia, and the public. The geographic scope of the Clean Water Act is of great national interest and there were more than 680,000 public comments on the Step One proposed rule. The agencies continue to work as expeditiously as possible to complete the two-step rulemaking process. However, in light of the great interest in this rulemaking, the agencies are proposing an applicability date for the 2015 Rule that is two years after the publication date of the final rule to ensure that there is sufficient time for a consideration of the results of the outreach process, robust discussion with other federal agencies, an appropriate public comment period, and consideration of the resulting comments during the Step Two rulemaking.
The agencies recognize that there may be some confusion because there is an existing proposal to rescind the 2015 Rule and replace it with the previous definition of “waters of the United States,” as well as ongoing pre-proposal stakeholder outreach and engagement about the scope of the Step Two rulemaking that would substantively reconsider the definition of “waters of the United States.” The comment period for the July Step One proposed rule is now closed and the agencies are considering those comments and developing the Step Two proposal. In light of the public interest in these rules and the length of time involved in these rulemakings, the agencies today are proposing this more narrowly targeted and focused interim rule to ensure the consistency of implementation of the definition of “waters of the United States” during this interim period. Because the request for comment is on such a narrow topic, and because a Supreme Court ruling could come at any time, the agencies believe that a short comment period is reasonable.
1.
2.
The authority for this action is the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251,
The agencies have determined that there are no economic costs or benefits associated with this action. In light of the ongoing, complex litigation over the 2015 Rule, the agencies believe it is reasonable and appropriate for purposes of considering economic impacts for this proposal to presume that the legal
The agencies solicit comment as to whether it is desirable and appropriate to add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule. The agencies are proposing to establish an applicability date of two years after a final rule and seek comment on whether the time period should be shorter or longer, and whether adding the applicability date contributes to regulatory certainty. The agencies have prepared a memorandum to the record to provide the public with information about the activities envisioned in support of a comprehensive rulemaking process. A copy of the memorandum is available in the docket for this action.
Because the agencies propose to simply add the applicability date and ensure continuance of the legal
This action is a significant regulatory action because policy issues with respect to the definition of “waters of the United States” are novel for purposes of Executive Order 12866 and it was submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review. It is not an economically significant action. Any changes made in response to OMB recommendations have been documented in the docket.
In addition, the agencies prepared a memorandum to the record regarding analysis of the potential economic impacts associated with this action. The agencies have determined that there are no costs or benefits associated with this action. This action would simply add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule which is stayed nationwide and the legal
This action is not expected to be subject to Executive Order 13771 because this proposed rule is expected to result in no additional costs.
This proposed rule does not involve any information collection activities subject to the PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3501
We certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. In making this determination, the impact of concern is any significant adverse economic impact on small entities. An agency may certify that a rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities if the rule relieves regulatory burden, has no net burden or otherwise has a positive economic effect on the small entities subject to the rule. This action would simply add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule which is stayed nationwide and the legal
This action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or tribal governments or the private sector. The definition of “waters of the United States” applies broadly to all CWA programs.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have Tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175. This action would simply add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule which is stayed nationwide and the legal
The agencies interpret Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the agencies have reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not concern an environmental health risk or safety risk.
This action is not a “significant energy action” because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution or use of energy. This action would simply add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule which is stayed nationwide and the legal
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.
The agencies believe that this action is not subject to Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) because it does not establish an environmental health or safety standard. This is a proposal to add an applicability date to the 2015 Rule. The agencies believe it is more appropriate to consider the impact on minority and low-income populations in the context of possible substantive changes as part of any reconsideration of the 2015 Rule.
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Intergovernmental relations, Navigation, Water pollution control, Waterways.
Environmental protection, Water pollution control.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 33, chapter II of the Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1251
(e)
For reasons set out in the preamble, title 40, chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1251
(4)
33 U.S.C. 1251
(4)
33 U.S.C. 1251
(4)
33 U.S.C. 1251
(i) * * *
(4)
The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251
(4)
33 U.S.C. 1251
(o) * * *
(4)
33 U.S.C. 1251
(4)
33 U.S.C. 1321(d); 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657; E.O. 13626, 77 FR 56749, 3 CFR, 2013 Comp., p. 306; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; E.O. 12580, 52 FR 2923, 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 193.
(4)
1.5 * * *
(4)
33 U.S.C. 1251
(4)
33 U.S.C. 1251
(l) * * *
(4)
Department of Veterans Affairs.
Proposed rule.
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) proposes to amend its medical regulations to clarify that VA will not bill third party payers for care and services provided by VA under certain statutory provisions, which we refer to as “special treatment authorities.” These special treatment authorities direct VA to provide care and services to veterans based upon discrete exposures or experiences that occurred during active military, naval, or air service. VA is authorized, but not required by law, to recover or collect charges for care and services provided to veterans for non-service connected disabilities. This proposed rule would establish that VA would not exercise its authority to recover or collect reasonable charges from third party payers for care and services provided under the special treatment authorities.
Comments must be received by VA on or before January 22, 2018.
Written comments may be submitted by email through
Joseph Duran, Director, Policy and Planning VHA Office of Community Care (10D1A1), Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (303-370-1637). (This is not a toll-free number.)
Many veterans enrolled in VA's health care system also have private insurance. VA is authorized by law under 38 U.S.C. 1729 to recover or collect reasonable charges from third parties under certain situations for care and services provided for non-service-connected disabilities. For example, VA may recover or collect such charges when a veteran requires medical care following a motor vehicle accident or an injury at work. 38 U.S.C. 1729(a)(2)(A)-(B). These provisions are reflected in regulation at 38 CFR 17.101. VA does not have authority to recover or collect charges from third parties for care or services provided for service-connected disabilities.
Under the statutes referred to as the special treatment authorities, which are codified at 38 U.S.C. 1710(a)(2)(F) and (e), 1720D, and 1720E, VA provides care and services to veterans for conditions and disabilities that are related to certain exposures or experiences during active military, naval, or air service, regardless of whether such condition or disability is formally adjudicated by the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA) to be service-connected. Specifically, these statutory provisions do not expressly refer to the conditions or disabilities resulting from such exposures or experiences as service-connected. Therefore, if veterans meet the eligibility criteria of these discrete categories in law, they receive the health care benefits enumerated in the special treatment authorities. A brief description of each of the special treatment authorities follows.
Subject to the availability of appropriations, under 38 U.S.C. 1710(a)(2)(F), VA provides hospital care and medical services, and may furnish nursing home care, to veterans who were exposed to a toxic substance, radiation, or other conditions identified in 38 U.S.C. 1710(e) for the treatment of the disabilities described in subsection (e). More specifically, subject to the requirements in 38 U.S.C. 1710(e)(2)-(4), such care and services are available under 38 U.S.C. 1710(a)(2)(F) and 1710(e) (at no cost to the veteran) as follows:
• For the treatment of any disability of a Vietnam-era, herbicide-exposed veteran, notwithstanding that there is insufficient medical evidence to conclude that such disability may be associated with such exposure;
• For the treatment of any disease specified by 38 U.S.C. 1112(c)(2) or for which the Secretary, based on the
• For treatment of any disability of a veteran who served on active duty between August 2, 1990, and November 11, 1998, in the Southwest Asia theater of operations during the Persian Gulf War, notwithstanding that there is insufficient medical evidence to conclude that such disability may be associated with such service;
• For treatment of any illness suffered by a veteran who served on active duty in a theater of combat operations during a period of war after the Persian Gulf War or in combat against a hostile force during a period of hostilities after November 11, 1998, notwithstanding that there is insufficient medical evidence to conclude that such condition is attributable to such service;
• For treatment of any illness suffered by a veteran who participated in a test conducted by the Department of Defense Deseret Test Center as part of a program for chemical and biological warfare testing from 1962 through 1973 (including the program designated as “Project Shipboard Hazard and Defense (SHAD)” and related land-based tests) notwithstanding that there is insufficient medical evidence to conclude that such illness is attributable to such testing; and
• For treatment of certain illnesses or conditions identified by statute suffered by a veteran who served on active duty in the Armed Forces at Camp Lejeune, North Carolina, for not fewer than 30 days during the period beginning on August 1, 1953, and ending on December 31, 1987, notwithstanding that there is insufficient medical evidence to conclude that such illnesses or conditions are attributable to such service.
Under 38 U.S.C. 1720D, VA is authorized to provide counseling and appropriate care and services to help veterans overcome psychological trauma, which in the judgment of a mental health professional employed by VA, resulted from a physical assault of a sexual nature, battery of a sexual nature, or sexual harassment which occurred while the veteran was serving on active duty, active duty for training, or inactive duty training.
Under 38 U.S.C. 1720E, VA is authorized to provide any veteran, whose service records include documentation of nasopharyngeal radium irradiation treatments, a medical examination, hospital care, medical services, and nursing home care that is needed for the treatment of any cancer of the head or neck that the Secretary finds may be associated with the veteran's receipt of those treatments in active military, naval, or air service; additionally, notwithstanding the absence of such documentation, VA may provide such care to a veteran who served as an aviator in the active military, naval, or air service before the end of the Korean conflict or a veteran who underwent submarine training in active naval service before January 1, 1965.
The special treatment authorities do not require an adjudication of service-connection to establish eligibility for care. These veterans are eligible under those authorities for treatment of specific conditions, which although not adjudicated as service-connected, are the practical equivalent for medical care purposes. VA proposes, therefore, in the interest of equity, to add a new paragraph (a)(9) in § 17.101 to exclude from recovery or collections any reasonable charges from third parties for care and services provided under the special treatment authorities. This would conform the regulation to the current general practice of not seeking recovery or collection from third parties for medical care and services related to conditions and disabilities under the special treatment authorities.
Proposed paragraph (a)(9)(i) would state that, notwithstanding any other provision in this part authorizing VA to recover or collect such charges, VA will not seek to recover or collect reasonable charges from a third party payer for care and services when such care and services are being provided under any of the special treatment authorities discussed above. Proposed paragraphs (a)(9)(i)(A)-(C) would cite each of these authorities.
The special treatment authorities of 38 U.S.C. 1710(a)(2)(F) and (e) do not extend, however, to conditions and disabilities that the Under Secretary for Health determines, consistent with the terms of 38 U.S.C. 1710(e)(2)(A)-(B), have resulted from causes other than those described in the special treatment authorities. In these cases, needed treatment is still provided to the veteran but, depending on the facts, the veteran may be subject to copayment requirements in connection with the receipt of such treatment. In proposed § 17.101(a)(9)(ii), VA would clarify that we would continue to have the right to recover or collect reasonable charges from third parties, pursuant to 38 CFR 17.101, for the cost of care that VA provides to these same veterans for conditions and disabilities that VA determines are not covered by any of the special treatment authorities. For example, VA would not recover or collect charges from a third party payer for treatment of a veteran's lung cancer if that veteran served on active duty in the Armed Forces at Camp Lejeune, North Carolina, for not fewer than 30 days during the period beginning on August 1, 1953, and ending on December 31, 1987. However, VA could recover or collect reasonable charges from a third party payer for treatment of the same veteran's broken leg incurred in a post-deployment automobile accident. Similarly, VA would not recover or collect charges from a third party payer for treatment of a Vietnam-era herbicide-exposed veteran's disability found to be possibly related to such exposure, but VA could recover or collect reasonable charges from a third party payer for treatment of a condition determined by the Under Secretary for Health to have resulted from a cause other than such exposure. Continuing with this last example, the determination of whether a Vietnam-era herbicide-exposed veteran's disability may be related to that exposure is strictly a clinical judgment to be made by the responsible physician (acting in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Under Secretary of Health and a report issued in accordance with section 3 of the Agent Orange Act of 1991 by the National Academy of Sciences).
Finally, VA also proposes to amend the list of authorities appearing at the end of § 17.101 to include 38 U.S.C. 1720D and 1720E. These are two of the special treatment authorities previously discussed. The list of authorities already includes 38 U.S.C. 1710.
The Code of Federal Regulations, as proposed to be revised by this proposed rulemaking, would represent the exclusive legal authority on this subject. No contrary rules or procedures would be authorized. All VA guidance would be read to conform with this proposed rulemaking if possible or, if not possible, such guidance would be superseded by this rulemaking.
Although this action contains provisions constituting collections of information at 38 CFR 17.101, under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), no new or proposed collections of information are associated with this proposed rule.
The information collection requirements for § 17.101 are currently approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and have been
The Secretary hereby certifies that this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities as they are defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612. The Secretary certifies that this proposed rule will not result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. We have not proposed any new requirements that would have such an effect. Our proposed standards would almost entirely conform to the existing statutory requirements and existing practices in the program. Therefore, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b), this rule is exempt from the initial and final regulatory flexibility analysis requirements of sections 603 and 604.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, when regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity). Executive Order 13563 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review) emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, reducing costs, harmonizing rules, and promoting flexibility. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review) defines a “significant regulatory action,” requiring review by OMB, unless OMB waives such review, as “any regulatory action that is likely to result in a rule that may: (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities; (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency; (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in this Executive Order.”
The economic, interagency, budgetary, legal, and policy implications of this proposed rule have been examined, and it has been determined not to be a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866. VA's impact analysis can be found as a supporting document at
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires, at 2 U.S.C. 1532, that agencies prepare an assessment of anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule that may result in an expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any one year. This proposed rule would have no such effect on State, local, and tribal governments, or on the private sector.
The Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance program numbers and titles for this rule are as follows: 64.005, Grants to States for Construction of State Home Facilities; 64.007, Blind Rehabilitation Centers; 64.008, Veterans Domiciliary Care; 64.009, Veterans Medical Care Benefits; 64.010, Veterans Nursing Home Care; 64.011, Veterans Dental Care; 64.012, Veterans Prescription Service; 64.013, Veterans Prosthetic Appliances; 64.014, Veterans State Domiciliary Care; 64.015, Veterans State Nursing Home Care; 64.016, Veterans State Hospital Care; 64.018, Sharing Specialized Medical Resources; 64.019, Veterans Rehabilitation Alcohol and Drug Dependence; 64.022, Veterans Home Based Primary Care.
Administrative practice and procedure, Alcohol abuse, Alcoholism, Claims, Day care, Dental health, Drug abuse, Foreign relations, Government contracts, Grant programs-health, Grant programs-veterans, Health care, Health facilities, Health professions, Health records, Homeless, Medical and dental schools, Medical devices, Medical research, Mental health programs, Nursing home care, Philippines, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, scholarships and fellows, travel, and transportation expenses, veterans.
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs. Gina S. Farrisee, Deputy Chief of Staff, Department of Veterans Affairs, approved this document on November 6, 2017, for publication.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, VA proposes to amend 38 CFR part 17 as follows:
38 U.S.C. 501, and as noted in specific sections.
The revisions read as follows:
(a) * * *
(9)
(i) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this section, VA will not seek recovery or collection of reasonable charges from a third party payer for:
(A) Hospital care, medical services, and nursing home care provided by VA or at VA expense under 38 U.S.C. 1710(a)(2)(F) and (e).
(B) Counseling and appropriate care and services furnished to veterans for psychological trauma authorized under 38 U.S.C. 1720D.
(C) Medical examination, and hospital care, medical services, and nursing home care furnished to veteran for cancer of the head or neck as authorized under 38 U.S.C. 1720E.
(ii) VA may continue to exercise its right to recover or collect reasonable charges from third parties, pursuant to 38 CFR 17.101, for the cost of care that VA provides to these same veterans for conditions and disabilities that VA determines are not covered by any of the special treatment authorities.
38 U.S.C. 101, 501, 1701, 1705, 1710, 1720D, 1720E, 1721, 1722, 1729.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), Interior.
Regulatory review; request for comments.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), announce the intention to review and potentially revise the regulations concerning enhancement-of-survival permits issued under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA), associated with Candidate Conservation Agreements with Assurances. In a separate document published in today's
We will accept comments that we receive on or before January 22, 2018. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
You may submit comments by one of the following methods:
•
•
We will post all comments on
Jeff Newman, Chief, Division of Recovery and Restoration, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Headquarters, MS: ES, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803; telephone 703-358-2171. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf may call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
Through its Candidate Conservation Program, one of the FWS's goals is to encourage the public to voluntarily develop and implement conservation agreements for declining species prior to them being listed under the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
To participate in a CCAA, non-Federal property owners agree to implement specific conservation actions on their land that reduce or eliminate threats to the species that are covered under the agreement. An ESA section 10(a)(1)(A) enhancement-of-survival permit is issued to the agreement participant providing a specific level of incidental take coverage should the property owner's agreed-upon conservation actions and routine property management actions (
Based on our past 16 years of experience with CCAAs, on December 27, 2016, we revised the CCAA policy (81 FR 95164) and made necessary amendments to the CCAA regulations (81 FR 95053) to conform to the revised policy. Those revisions to the regulations clarify the level of conservation effort each agreement needs to include in order for the FWS to approve an agreement and issue a permit. We revised the issuance criteria at 50 CFR 17.22(d)(2)(ii) and 17.32(d)(2)(ii) to include language indicating that a CCAA must provide a net conservation benefit consistent with the 2016 CCAA policy. The conservation criteria required for permit issuance were not included in the previous version of the regulations. Instead, they specifically referred to compliance with the CCAA policy, which established the criteria. Our intent was to be more clear and transparent about the level of conservation effort required for each CCAA to be approved and make it consistent with the criteria for Safe Harbor Agreements; this change also better aligned the regulations with the CCAA policy. The other major change we made to the regulations was to the duration language at 50 CFR 17.22(d)(8) and 17.32(d)(8), where we stated that the duration of a CCAA must be sufficient to provide a net conservation benefit to the covered species. The full definition of “net conservation benefit (for CCAA)” is included in part 2 of the 2016 CCAA policy. The Services are committed to strengthening the delivery of our voluntary conservation tools, such as CCAAs, by making it easier to work with us on proactive conservation efforts, thus we are soliciting public review and comment on whether to revise the 2016 CCAA regulations (and accompanying policy).
During the comment period (see
The authority for this action is the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Proposed rule; request for comments.
NMFS issues this proposed rule to implement Amendment 16 of the Coastal Pelagic Species (CPS) Fishery Management Plan (FMP). The purpose of this proposed rule is to amend the CPS regulations to allow for very small amounts of directed, non-live bait fishing on CPS finfish to occur when a fishery is otherwise closed to directed fishing. Currently, when directed fishing closures are enacted, a small sector of the CPS fishery that is not part of the primary commercial directed fishery has been precluded from fishing and/or harvesting even minor amounts because this activity does not fall under the existing exemptions during closures for incidental harvest or for harvesting CPS to be sold as live bait. NMFS is proposing changes to the CPS regulations to allow this sector to continue directed fishing after other directed fisheries are closed, unless otherwise specified or if an applicable annual catch limit (ACL) is anticipated to be exceeded. As a further restriction, to ensure this minor directed fishing provision is not exploited to make large aggregate harvests, minor directed fishing would not be allowed to exceed landings of 1 metric ton (mt) per day per vessel or person or one fishing trip per day by any vessel.
Comments must be received by December 22, 2017.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2017-0135, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Copies of the draft CPS FMP as amended through Amendment 16, with notations showing how Amendment 16 would change the FMP, if approved, are available via the Federal eRulemaking Portal:
Joshua B. Lindsay, Sustainable Fisheries Division, NMFS, at 562-980-4034; or Kerry Griffin, Pacific Fishery Management Council, at 503-820-2280.
The CPS fishery in the U.S. exclusive economic zone (EEZ) off the West Coast is managed under the CPS FMP, which was developed by the Council pursuant to the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA), 16 U.S.C. 1801
The MSA requires each regional fishery management council to submit any amendment to a FMP to NMFS for review and approval, disapproval, or partial approval. The MSA also requires that NMFS, upon receiving an amendment to a FMP, publish notification in the
At its April 2017 meeting, the Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) voted to submit Amendment 16 to NMFS for review and approval; this proposed rule would revise the implementing regulations for the CPS FMP to implement Amendment 16 by allowing “minor directed” fishing for CPS finfish after a directed fishery has been closed. Current regulations provide for potential allowances of live bait fishing and incidental landings in the event of a directed fishery closure; this action would allow a small sector of the CPS fishery that is not part of the primary commercial directed fishery to harvest minor amounts of CPS. This sector of the fishery intentionally targets CPS and typically sells the catch as specialty dead bait to recreational and commercial fisheries, or as fresh fish to restaurants and the public. Total landings from this sector typically make up less than one percent of the total landings of any particular CPS stock. Currently, when directed fishing closures are enacted, these very small-scale fisheries have been precluded from fishing and/or harvesting these minor amounts because they do not fall under the existing exemptions during closures.
If this proposed rule is approved, minor directed fishing will be allowed to continue after a directed fishery is closed. Minor directed fishing will be allowed unless otherwise specified, or if an applicable ACL is anticipated to be exceeded. As a further restriction, to ensure the minor directed landing provision is not exploited to make large aggregate harvests, this action proposes regulations to limit this directed fishing exemption so that landings cannot exceed 1 mt per day per vessel or person, and which is limited to one fishing trip per day by any vessel. The intent of distinguishing between a “vessel” and “person” in these regulations is that some participants in
This rule also proposes to update the definition of “Regional Administrator” to reflect the absorption of the former NMFS Southwest Region into the West Coast Region, and to explicitly reference the fact that directed “live bait” fisheries may continue to operate after most other directed fishing is prohibited (which is an original provision of the FMP, not a change proposed in Amendment 16).
Pursuant to section 304 (b)(1)(A) of the MSA, the NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that this proposed rule is consistent with Amendment 16, other provisions of the MSA, and other applicable law, subject to further consideration after public comment.
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration that this proposed rule, if adopted, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, for the following reasons:
The purpose of this rule is to add an exemption to the CPS regulations that would allow very small levels of directed fishing to occur during times when directed fishing would normally be disallowed.
For Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) purposes only, NMFS has established a small business size standard for businesses, including their affiliates, whose primary industry is commercial fishing (see 50 CFR 200.2). A business primarily engaged in commercial fishing (NAICS code 11411) is classified as a small business if it is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in its field of operation (including its affiliates), and has combined annual receipts not in excess of $11 million for all its affiliated operations worldwide.
The primary entities that would be affected by the proposed action are the vessels and individuals that target very small levels of CPS finfish as part of a small sector of the CPS fishery that is not part of the primary commercial directed fishery and are all considered small businesses under the above size standards. This small sector of the fishery intentionally targets CPS and typically sells the catch as specialty dead bait to recreational and commercial fisheries, or as fresh fish to restaurants and the public. Total landings from this sector typically make up less than one percent of the total landings of any particular CPS stock. For example, the highest landing year for Pacific sardine from this sector between 2005 and 2015 included 134 landings by 12 vessels, totaling only 50 mt of sardines, with an average of 20 mt per year over this same time period. In comparison, the average total landings of Pacific sardine over this time period was around 69,000 mt. Although the landings from this sector are small in comparison to the primary directed fisheries for CPS, the revenue derived from these small landings make up an important revenue stream for the participants.
The proposed action is not expected to have direct or indirect adverse socioeconomic impacts as the primary function of this action is to provide relief for the small entities who harvest small amounts of CPS but are precluded from doing so under the existing directed fishery closure regulations. Although the CPS FMP requires prohibitions on directed fishing in certain situations, such as to protect the stock when biomass is low, any fishing done under the proposed minor harvest regulations would be accounted for and tracked under any applicable catch limit for that year thereby continuing to protect the stock and prevent overfishing. Additionally, because the landings from this sector are so small this action is not expected to indirectly negatively impact, through lost harvesting potential, those that are currently provided exemptions during closures, such as the live bait sector or the traditional purse seine vessels that utilize the incidental harvest provisions during closures.
Based on the analysis above, the proposed action, if adopted, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of these small entities. As a result, an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is not required, and none has been prepared.
Fisheries, Fishing, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 660 is proposed to be amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
(i) When a directed fishery has been closed, take and retain, possess, or land more than the incidental trip limit announced in the
(d) After the directed fishery for a CPS is closed under § 660.509, no person may take and retain, possess or land more of that species than the incidental trip limit set by the Regional Administrator, except the following directed fisheries may continue until the effective date of a
(1) Fishing exclusively for live bait;
(2) Minor directed fishing for finfish that does not exceed 1 mt per day per vessel or person, and which is limited to 1 fishing trip per day by any vessel.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by December 22, 2017 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission
The meeting will be held on Monday, December 4, 2017, at 3 p.m. EST.
Melissa Wojnaroski, DFO, at
Members of the public can listen to the discussion. This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 888-811-5448, conference ID: 1388168. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting.
An open comment period will be provided to allow members of the public to make a statement as time allows. The conference call operator will ask callers to identify themselves, the organization they are affiliated with (if any), and an email address prior to placing callers into the conference room. Callers can expect to incur regular charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, according to their wireless plan. The Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-977-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Members of the public are also entitled to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Midwestern Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 55 W. Monroe St., Suite 410, Chicago, IL 60615. They may also be faxed to the Commission at (312) 353-8324, or emailed to Carolyn Allen at
Records generated from this meeting may be inspected and reproduced at the Midwestern Regional Office, as they become available, both before and after the meeting. Records of the meeting will be available via
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act that the Louisiana Advisory Committee (Committee) will hold a meeting on Wednesday, December 6, 2017, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. CST, for the purpose of hearing public testimony regarding civil rights and voter access in the state.
The meeting will be held on Wednesday, December 6, 2017, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. CST.
David Barreras, DFO, at
This meeting is free and open to the public. Persons with disabilities requiring reasonable accommodations should contact the Midwest Regional Office prior to the meeting to make appropriate arrangements. Members of the public are invited to make statements during an open comment period. In addition, members of the public may submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office no later than December 31, 2017. Written comments may be mailed to the Midwestern Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 55 W. Monroe St., Suite 410, Chicago, IL 60615. They may also be faxed to the Commission at (312) 353-8324, or emailed to David Barreras at
Records generated from this meeting may be inspected and reproduced at the Midwestern Regional Office, as they become available, both before and after the meeting. Records of the meeting will be available via
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) that a meeting of the Oregon Advisory Committee (Committee) to the Commission will be held at 1:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held on Tuesday, December 5, 2017, at 1:00 p.m. PT.
Public call information:
Ana Victoria Fortes (DFO) at
This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 800-946-0716, conference ID number: 6754858. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-977-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Members of the public are entitled to make comments during the open period at the end of the meeting. Members of the public may also submit written comments; the comments must be received in the Regional Programs Unit within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Western Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 300 North Los Angeles Street, Suite 2010, Los Angeles, CA 90012. They may be faxed to the Commission at (213) 894-0508, or emailed Ana Victoria Fortes at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meetings.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission), and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), that planning meeting of the South Dakota Advisory Committee to the Commission will convene at 4:00 p.m. (CST) on Monday, December 4, 2017, via teleconference. The purpose of the meeting is to discuss next steps after the subtle racism briefing in March 2017.
Monday, December 4, 2017, at 4:00 p.m. (CST).
To be held via teleconference:
David Mussatt, DFO,
Members of the public may listen to the discussion by dialing the following Conference Call Toll-Free Number: 1-888-857-6930; Conference ID: 7342054. Please be advised that before being placed into the conference call, the operator will ask callers to provide their names, their organizational affiliations (if any), and an email address (if available) prior to placing callers into the conference room. Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free phone number.
Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the discussion by first calling the Federal Relay Service (FRS) at 1-800-977-8339 and provide the FRS operator with the Conference Call Toll-Free Number: 1-888-857-6930, Conference ID: 7342054. Members of the public are invited to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office by Thursday, January 4, 2017. Written comments may be mailed to the Rocky Mountain Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 1961 Stout Street, Suite 13-201, Denver, CO 80294, faxed to (303) 866-1050, or emailed to Evelyn Bohor at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing as they become available at
• Welcome and Roll-call.
• Brief update on Commission and Regional Activities.
• Discuss next steps after briefing held in Aberdeen, SD, on March 24, 2017.
Dr. Richard Braunstein, Chair, South Dakota Advisory Committee.
• Discuss Transcript, Sample Advisory Memorandums, Yankton Sioux Tribe Chairman testimony.
• Adjourn.
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Notice of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights and the Federal Advisory Committee Act that the South Carolina Advisory Committee will hold a meeting on Monday, November 27, 2018, for the purpose of beginning work on its project regarding civil rights issues and policing in the state.
The meeting will be held on Monday, November 27, 2017 at 3:00 p.m. EST.
The meeting will be by teleconference. Toll-free call-in number: 1-888-300-2343, conference ID: 3744301.
Jeff Hinton, DFO, at
Members of the public can listen to the discussion. This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 1-888-300-2343, conference ID: 3744301. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-977-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Members of the public are also entitled to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office by November 22, 2017. Written comments may be mailed to the Southern Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 61 Forsyth Street, Suite 16T126, Atlanta, GA 30303. They may also be faxed to the Commission at (404) 562-7005, or emailed to Regional Director, Jeffrey Hinton at
Records generated from this meeting may be inspected and reproduced at the Southern Regional Office, as they become available, both before and after the meeting. Records of the meeting will be available via
The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.
The Census Bureau will request survey participation from 100,000 RNs via one of two modes: Web survey or paper questionnaire. Half of respondents will receive a letter invitation with the Web URL and login ID included in the letter. The other half of respondents will be mailed a paper questionnaire with the Web URL and login ID included in the questionnaire package. Those RNs that receive a paper questionnaire in the first mailing will be randomized.
The 2018 NSSRN will include multiple contact strategy experiments to reduce both follow-up costs and nonresponse bias. There will be a non-monetary incentive experiment in the first mailing. Approximately half of the sample will be mailed an inscribed syringe pen and lanyard for the first contact attempt. Receiving a syringe pen and lanyard were discussed with the members of the nursing workforce and the feedback was that syringe pens are common in the nursing field due to the nature of the occupation. The syringe pen and lanyard will be experimentally tested again in the second follow-up mailing with a segment of the non-responding sampled RNs/NPs from the control group in strategy initial mailing. Half of the non-respondents will be mailed a syringe pen and lanyard.
Additionally, the 2018 NSSRN will include an experiment to test the efficacy of an infographic in the third contact attempt. Fifty percent of the RN sample will be randomly assigned the treatment group. Lastly, there will be logos of the several nursing groups that endorse the NSSRN. Higher response early in data collection can reduce follow-up costs and nonresponse.
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this
On July 19, 2017, Greater Maricopa Foreign Trade Zone, Inc., grantee of FTZ 277, submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board on behalf of CornellCookson, Inc., within Site 11, in Goodyear, Arizona.
The notification was processed in accordance with the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR part 400), including notice in the
On July 19, 2017, General Electric Transportation submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board for its facilities in Fort Worth and Haslet, Texas within Subzone 196B (Doc. B-51-2017) and Erie and Grove City, Pennsylvania, within Subzones 247A and 247B (Doc. B-52-2017).
The notification was processed in accordance with the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR part 400), including notice in the
An application has been submitted to the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board by the Salt Lake City Corporation, grantee of FTZ 30, requesting authority to reorganize the zone under the alternative site framework (ASF) adopted by the FTZ Board (15 CFR Sec. 400.2(c)). The ASF is an option for grantees for the establishment or reorganization of zones and can permit significantly greater flexibility in the designation of new subzones or “usage-driven” FTZ sites for operators/users located within a grantee's “service area” in the context of the FTZ Board's standard 2,000-acre activation limit for a zone. The application was submitted pursuant to the Foreign-Trade Zones Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 81a-81u), and the regulations of the Board (15 CFR part 400). It was formally docketed on November 16, 2017.
FTZ 30 was approved by the FTZ Board on May 26, 1977 (Board Order 119, 42 FR 29324, June 8, 1977) and expanded on February 13, 2009 (Board Order 1606, 74 FR 9384-9385, March 4, 2009).
The current zone includes the following site:
The grantee's proposed service area under the ASF would be Davis, Morgan, Salt Lake, Utah and Weber Counties, Utah and the cities of Brigham City, Corinne, Honeyville, Perry, Erda, Grantsville, Lake Point, Mills Junction, Rush Valley, Stansbury Park, Stockton, Terra, Tooele, Vernon, Heber City, Midway, Coalville, Deer Mountain, Echo, Francis, Henefer, Kamas, Kimball Junction, Oakley, Park City, Peoa, Samak, Silver Summit, Snyderville, Wanship, Woodland and Mantua, Utah, as described in the application. If approved, the grantee would be able to serve sites throughout the service area based on companies' needs for FTZ designation. The application indicates that the proposed service area is within and adjacent to the Salt Lake City U.S. Customs and Border Protection port of entry.
The applicant is requesting authority to reorganize its existing zone to include the existing site as a “magnet” site. No subzones/usage-driven sites are being requested at this time. The application would have no impact on FTZ 30's previously authorized subzones.
In accordance with the FTZ Board's regulations, Christopher Kemp of the FTZ Staff is designated examiner to evaluate and analyze the facts and information presented in the application and case record and to report findings and recommendations to the FTZ Board.
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the FTZ Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is January 22, 2018. Rebuttal comments in response to material submitted during the foregoing period may be submitted during the subsequent 15-day period to February 5, 2018.
A copy of the application will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the FTZ Board's Web site, which is accessible via
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) preliminarily determines that certain cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) from the Federal Republic of Germany (Germany) is being, or is likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is April 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
Applicable November 22, 2017.
Frances Veith, AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4295.
This preliminary determination is made in accordance with section 733(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). The Department published the notice of initiation of this investigation on May 16, 2017.
The product covered by this investigation is cold-drawn mechanical tubing from Germany. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation
In accordance with the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department is conducting this investigation in accordance with section 731 of the Act. Export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(a) of the Act. Constructed export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(b) of the Act. Normal value (NV) was calculated in accordance with section 773 of the Act. In addition, pursuant to sections 776(a) and (b) of the Act, the Department has preliminarily relied upon facts otherwise available, with adverse inferences for Mubea Fahrwerksfedern GmbH (Mubea) and Salzgitter Mannesmann Line Pipe GmbH (Salzgitter). Also, for certain BENTELER Steel/Tube GmbH (BENTELER) sales transactions, we preliminarily relied upon facts available pursuant to section 776(a) of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying the preliminary determination,
The Department calculated an individual estimated weighted-average dumping margin for BENTELER, the only individually examined exporter/producer that is participating in this investigation. Because the only individually calculated dumping margin is not zero,
The Department preliminarily determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margins exist:
In accordance with section 733(d)(2) of the Act, the Department will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to suspend liquidation of entries of subject merchandise, as described in Appendix I, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of this notice in the
The Department intends to disclose its calculations and analysis performed to interested parties in this preliminary determination within five days of any public announcement or, if there is no public announcement, within five days of the date of publication of this notice in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
As provided in section 782(i)(1) of the Act, the Department intends to verify the information relied upon in making its final determination with respect to BENTELER. Because mandatory respondents Mubea and Salzgitter did not respond to the Department's questionnaire and the Department preliminarily determined that they failed to cooperate by not acting to the best of their ability, the Department does not intend to conduct verification for these companies.
The Department is setting different deadlines for scope-related case and rebuttal briefs, and case and rebuttal briefs addressing all other issues.
Scope briefs may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than five days after the publication of the preliminary AD determinations for the PRC, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, and Switzerland in the
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing on the revised scope, limited to issues raised in the scope case and rebuttal briefs, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, separate from the hearing on issues raised in case briefs, within five days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number, the number of participants, whether any participant is a foreign national, and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, the Department intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, at a time and date to be determined. Parties should confirm by telephone the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.
Scope comments may only be included in the scope case brief and scope rebuttal brief. Should this investigation result in an order, interested parties may submit requests for a scope ruling after the issuance of any such order.
Case briefs or other non-scope written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the last verification report is issued in this investigation, unless the Secretary alters the time limit. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after the deadline date for case briefs.
Section 735(a)(2) of the Act provides that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of an affirmative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by exporters who account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise, or in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by the petitioner. Section 351.210(e)(2) of the Department's regulations requires that a request by exporters for postponement of the final determination be accompanied by a request for extension of provisional measures from a four-month period to a period not more than six months in duration.
On October 24, 2017, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.210(e), BENTELER requested that the Department postpone the final determination and that provisional measures be extended to a period not to exceed six months.
In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, the Department will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of its preliminary determination. If the final determination is affirmative, the ITC will determine before the later of 120 days after the date of this preliminary determination or 45 days after the final determination whether these imports are materially injuring, or threaten material injury to, the U.S. industry.
This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The scope of this investigation covers cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) of circular cross-section, 304.8 mm or more in length, in actual outside diameters less than 331 mm, and regardless of wall thickness, surface finish, end finish or industry specification. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is a tubular product with a circular cross-sectional shape that has been cold-drawn or otherwise cold-finished after the initial tube formation in a manner that involves a change in the diameter or wall thickness of the tubing, or both. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may be produced from either welded (
Subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is typically certified to meet industry specifications for cold-drawn tubing including but not limited to:
(1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) specifications ASTM A-512, ASTM A-513 Type 3 (ASME SA513 Type 3), ASTM A-513 Type 4 (ASME SA513 Type 4), ASTM A-513 Type 5 (ASME SA513 Type 5), ASTM A-513 Type 6 (ASME SA513 Type 6), ASTM A-519 (cold-finished);
(2) SAE International (Society of Automotive Engineers) specifications SAE J524, SAE J525, SAE J2833, SAE J2614, SAE J2467, SAE J2435, SAE J2613;
(3) Aerospace Material Specification (AMS) AMS T-6736 (AMS 6736), AMS 6371, AMS 5050, AMS 5075, AMS 5062, AMS 6360, AMS 6361, AMS 6362, AMS 6371, AMS 6372, AMS 6374, AMS 6381, AMS 6415;
(4) United States Military Standards (MIL) MIL-T-5066 and MIL-T-6736;
(5) foreign standards equivalent to one of the previously listed ASTM, ASME, SAE, AMS or MIL specifications including but not limited to:
(a) German Institute for Standardization (DIN) specifications DIN 2391-2, DIN 2393-2, DIN 2394-2);
(b) European Standards (EN) EN 10305-1, EN 10305-2, EN 10305-3, EN 10305-4, EN 10305-6 and European national variations on those standards (
(c) Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) JIS G 3441 and JIS G 3445; and
(6) proprietary standards that are based on one of the above-listed standards.
The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may also be dual or multiple certified to more than one standard. Pipe that is multiple certified as cold-drawn mechanical tubing and to other specifications not covered by this scope, is also covered by the scope of this investigation when it meets the physical description set forth above.
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; and (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less by weight.
For purposes of this scope, the place of cold-drawing determines the country of origin of the subject merchandise. Subject merchandise that is subject to minor working in a third country that occurs after drawing in one of the subject countries including, but not limited to, heat treatment, cutting to length, straightening, nondestruction testing, deburring or chamfering, remains within the scope of this investigation.
All products that meet the written physical description are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded or covered by the scope of an existing order. Merchandise that meets the physical description of cold-drawn mechanical tubing above is within the scope of the investigation even if it is also dual or multiple certified to an otherwise excluded specification listed below. The following products are outside of, and/or specifically excluded from, the scope of this investigation:
(1) Cold-drawn stainless steel tubing, containing 10.5 percent or more of chromium by weight and not more than 1.2 percent of carbon by weight;
(2) products certified to one or more of the ASTM, ASME or American Petroleum Institute (API) specifications listed below:
• ASTM A-53;
• ASTM A-106;
• ASTM A-179 (ASME SA 179);
• ASTM A-192 (ASME SA 192);
• ASTM A-209 (ASME SA 209);
• ASTM A-210 (ASME SA 210);
• ASTM A-213 (ASME SA 213);
• ASTM A-334 (ASME SA 334);
• ASTM A-423 (ASME SA 423);
• ASTM A-498;
• ASTM A-496 (ASME SA 496);
• ASTM A-199;
• ASTM A-500;
• ASTM A-556;
• ASTM A-565;
• API 5L; and
• API 5CT
The products subject to the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7304.31.3000, 7304.31.6050, 7304.51.1000, 7304.51.5005, 7304.51.5060, 7306.30.5015, 7306.30.5020, 7306.50.5030. Subject merchandise may also enter under numbers 7306.30.1000 and 7306.50.1000. The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) preliminarily determines that certain cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) from Italy is being, or is likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is April 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
Applicable November 22, 2017.
Carrie Bethea or Kabir Archuletta, AD/CVD Operations, Office V, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1491 or (202) 482-2593, respectively.
This preliminary determination is made in accordance with section 733(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). The Department published the notice of initiation of this investigation on May 16, 2017.
The product covered by this investigation is cold-drawn mechanical tubing from Italy. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department is conducting this investigation in accordance with section 731 of the Act. Export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(a) of the Act. Constructed export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(b) of the Act. Normal value (NV) was calculated in accordance with section 773 of the Act. In addition, the Department has relied on partial adverse facts available under sections 776(a) and (b) of the Act for Dalmine. For a full description of the methodology underlying the preliminary determination,
In accordance with section 733(e) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.206, the Department preliminarily finds that critical circumstances exist for Dalmine S.p.A. (Dalmine), and Metalfer S.p.A. (Metalfer), but not for all other exporters. For a full description of the methodology and results of the Department's critical circumstances analysis,
Sections 733(d)(1)(ii) and 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provide that in the preliminary determination the Department shall determine an estimated all-others rate for all exporters and producers not individually examined. This rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero and
In this investigation, the Department calculated estimated weighted-average dumping margins for Dalmine and Metalfer that are not zero,
The Department preliminarily determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margins exist:
In accordance with section 733(d)(2) of the Act, the Department will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to suspend liquidation of entries of subject merchandise, as described in Appendix I, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of this notice in the
Section 733(e)(2) of the Act provides that, given an affirmative determination of critical circumstances, any suspension of liquidation shall apply to unliquidated entries of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the later of (a) the date which is 90 days before the date on which the suspension of liquidation was first ordered, or (b) the date on which notice of initiation of the investigation was published. The Department preliminarily finds that critical circumstances exist for imports of subject merchandise produced or exported by Dalmine and Metalfer. In accordance with section 733(e)(2)(A) of the Act, the suspension of liquidation shall apply to unliquidated entries of shipments of subject merchandise from the producer(s) or exporter(s) identified in this paragraph that were entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date which is 90 days before the publication of this notice.
These suspension of liquidation instructions will remain in effect until further notice.
The Department intends to disclose its calculations and analysis performed to interested parties in this preliminary determination within five days of any public announcement or, if there is no public announcement, within five days of the date of publication of this notice in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
As provided in section 782(i)(1) of the Act, the Department intends to verify the information relied upon in making its final determination.
The Department is setting different deadlines for scope-related case and rebuttal briefs, and case and rebuttal briefs addressing all other issues.
Scope briefs may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than five days after the publication of the preliminary AD determinations for the PRC, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, and Switzerland in the
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing on the revised scope, limited to issues raised in the scope case and rebuttal briefs, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, separate from the hearing on issues raised in case briefs, within five days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number, the number of participants, whether any participant is a foreign national, and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, the Department intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, at a time and date to be determined. Parties should confirm by telephone the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.
Scope comments may only be included in the scope case brief and scope rebuttal brief. Should this investigation result in an order, interested parties may submit requests for a scope ruling after the issuance of any such order.
Case briefs or other non-scope written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the last verification report is issued in this investigation, unless the Secretary alters the time limit. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after the deadline date for case briefs.
Section 735(a)(2) of the Act provides that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of an affirmative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by exporters who account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise, or in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by the petitioner. Section 351.210(e)(2) of the Department's regulations requires that a request by exporters for postponement of the final determination be accompanied by a request for extension of provisional measures from a four-month period to a period not more than six months in duration.
On October 25, 2017, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.210(e), Dalmine and Metalfer requested that the Department postpone the final determination and that provisional measures be extended to a period not to exceed six months.
In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, the Department will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of its preliminary determination. If the final determination is affirmative, the ITC will determine before the later of 120 days after the date of this preliminary determination or 45 days after the final determination whether these imports are materially injuring, or threaten material injury to, the U.S. industry.
This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The scope of this investigation covers cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) of circular cross-section, 304.8 mm or more in length, in actual outside diameters less than 331mm, and regardless of wall thickness, surface finish, end finish or industry specification. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is a tubular product with a circular cross-sectional shape that has been cold-drawn or otherwise cold-finished after the initial tube formation in a manner that involves a change in the diameter or wall thickness of the tubing, or both. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may be produced from either welded (
Subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is typically certified to meet industry specifications for cold-drawn tubing including but not limited to:
(1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) specifications ASTM A-512, ASTM A-513 Type 3 (ASME SA513 Type 3), ASTM A-513 Type 4 (ASME SA513 Type 4), ASTM A-513 Type 5 (ASME SA513 Type 5), ASTM A-513 Type 6 (ASME SA513 Type 6), ASTM A-519 (cold-finished);
(2) SAE International (Society of Automotive Engineers) specifications SAE J524, SAE J525, SAE J2833, SAE J2614, SAE J2467, SAE J2435, SAE J2613;
(3) Aerospace Material Specification (AMS) AMS T-6736 (AMS 6736), AMS 6371, AMS 5050, AMS 5075, AMS 5062, AMS 6360, AMS 6361, AMS 6362, AMS 6371, AMS 6372, AMS 6374, AMS 6381, AMS 6415;
(4) United States Military Standards (MIL) MIL-T-5066 and MIL-T-6736;
(5) foreign standards equivalent to one of the previously listed ASTM, ASME, SAE, AMS or MIL specifications including but not limited to:
(a) German Institute for Standardization (DIN) specifications DIN 2391-2, DIN 2393-2, DIN 2394-2);
(b) European Standards (EN) EN 10305-1, EN 10305-2, EN 10305-3, EN 10305-4, EN 10305-6 and European national variations on those standards (
(c) Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) JIS G 3441 and JIS G 3445; and
(6) proprietary standards that are based on one of the above-listed standards.
The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may also be dual or multiple certified to more than one standard. Pipe that is multiple certified as cold-drawn mechanical tubing and to other specifications not covered by this scope, is also covered by the scope of this investigation when it meets the physical description set forth above.
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; and (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less by weight.
For purposes of this scope, the place of cold-drawing determines the country of origin of the subject merchandise. Subject merchandise that is subject to minor working in a third country that occurs after drawing in one of the subject countries including, but not limited to, heat treatment, cutting to length, straightening, nondestruction testing, deburring or chamfering, remains within the scope of the investigation.
All products that meet the written physical description are within the scope of this
(1) Cold-drawn stainless steel tubing, containing 10.5 percent or more of chromium by weight and not more than 1.2 percent of carbon by weight;
(2) products certified to one or more of the ASTM, ASME or American Petroleum Institute (API) specifications listed below:
• ASTM A-53;
• ASTM A-106;
• ASTM A-179 (ASME SA 179);
• ASTM A-192 (ASME SA 192);
• ASTM A-209 (ASME SA 209);
• ASTM A-210 (ASME SA 210);
• ASTM A-213 (ASME SA 213);
• ASTM A-334 (ASME SA 334);
• ASTM A-423 (ASME SA 423);
• ASTM A-498;
• ASTM A-496 (ASME SA 496);
• ASTM A-199;
• ASTM A-500;
• ASTM A-556;
• ASTM A-565;
• API 5L; and
• API 5CT
The products subject to the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7304.31.3000, 7304.31.6050, 7304.51.1000, 7304.51.5005, 7304.51.5060, 7306.30.5015, 7306.30.5020, 7306.50.5030. Subject merchandise may also enter under numbers 7306.30.1000 and 7306.50.1000. The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) preliminarily determines that certain cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (mechanical tubing) from the Republic of Korea (Korea) is being, or is likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is April 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
Applicable November 22, 2017.
Annathea Cook or Javier Barrientos, AD/CVD Operations, Office V, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0250 or (202) 482-2243, respectively.
This preliminary determination is made in accordance with section 733(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). The Department published the notice of initiation of this investigation on May 16, 2017.
The product covered by this investigation is mechanical tubing from Korea. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department is conducting this investigation in accordance with section 731 of the Act. Export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(a) of the Act. Normal value (NV) was calculated in accordance with section 773 of the Act. Furthermore, pursuant to section 776(a) and (b) of the Act, the Department has preliminarily relied upon facts otherwise available, with adverse inferences for Sang Shin Ind. Co., Ltd. (Sang Shin). For a full description of the methodology underlying the preliminary determination,
In accordance with section 733(e) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.206, we preliminarily find that critical circumstances do not exist for Yulchon Co., Ltd. (Yulchon) and for the companies subject to the “all others” rate. Additionally, because Sang Shin did not respond to the Department's questionnaire, we have determined pursuant to sections 776(a) and (b) of the Act, that critical circumstances exist for Sang Shin as adverse facts available (AFA). For a full description of the methodology and results of our critical circumstances analysis,
Sang Shin was selected as a mandatory respondent, but failed to respond to the Department's questionnaire. Accordingly, we preliminarily determine to base Sang Shin's dumping margin on AFA, in accordance with sections 776(a) and (b) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.308. As AFA, we applied the highest dumping margin calculated for Korean exports of subject merchandise contained in the petition,
Sections 733(d)(1)(A)(ii) and 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provide that in the preliminary determination the Department shall determine an estimated all-others rate for all exporters and producers not individually examined. This rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero and
The Department calculated an individual estimated weighted-average dumping margin for Yulchon, the only individually examined exporter/producer in this investigation. Because the only individually calculated dumping margin is not zero,
The Department preliminarily determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margins exist:
In accordance with section 733(d)(2) of the Act, the Department will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to suspend liquidation of entries of subject merchandise, as described in Appendix I, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of this notice in the
Section 733(e)(2) of the Act provides that, given an affirmative determination of critical circumstances, any suspension of liquidation shall apply to unliquidated entries of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the later of (a) the date which is 90 days before the date on which the suspension of liquidation was first ordered, or (b) the date on which notice of initiation of the investigation was published. The Department preliminarily finds that critical circumstances exist for imports of subject merchandise produced or exported by Sang Shin. In accordance with section 733(e)(2)(A) of the Act, the suspension of liquidation shall apply to unliquidated entries of shipments of subject merchandise from the producer or exporter identified in this paragraph that were entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date which is 90 days before the publication of this notice. These suspension of liquidation instructions will remain in effect until further notice.
The Department intends to disclose its calculations and analysis performed to interested parties in this preliminary determination within five days of any public announcement or, if there is no public announcement, within five days of the date of publication of this notice in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
As provided in section 782(i)(1) of the Act, the Department intends to verify the information relied upon in making its final determination.
The Department is setting different deadlines for scope-related case and rebuttal briefs, and case and rebuttal briefs addressing all other issues.
Scope briefs may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than five days after the publication of the preliminary AD determinations for the PRC, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, and Switzerland in the
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing on the revised scope, limited to issues raised in the scope case and rebuttal briefs, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, separate from the hearing on issues raised in case briefs, within five days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number, the number of participants, whether any participant is a foreign national, and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, the Department intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, at a time and date to be determined. Parties should confirm by telephone the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.
Scope comments may only be included in the scope case brief and scope rebuttal brief. Should this investigation result in an order, interested parties may submit requests for a scope ruling after the issuance of any such order.
Case briefs or other non-scope written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the last verification report is issued in this investigation, unless the Secretary alters the time limit. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after the deadline date for case briefs.
Section 735(a)(2) of the Act provides that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of an affirmative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by exporters who account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise, or in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by the petitioner. Section 351.210(e)(2) of the Department's regulations requires that a request by exporters for postponement of the final determination be accompanied by a request for extension of provisional measures from a four-month period to a period not more than six months in duration.
On November 13, 2017, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.210(e), ArcelorMittal Tubular Products, Michigan Seamless Tube, LLC, Plymouth Tube Co. USA, PTC Alliance Corp., Webco Industries, Inc., and Zekelman Industries, Inc., (the petitioners) and Yulchon requested that the Department postpone the final determination and that provisional measures be extended to a period not to exceed six months.
In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, the Department will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of its preliminary determination. If the final determination is affirmative, the ITC will determine before the later of 120 days after the date of this preliminary determination or 45 days after the final determination whether these imports are materially injuring, or threaten material injury to, the U.S. industry.
This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The scope of this investigation covers cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) of circular cross-section, 304.8 mm or more in length, in actual outside diameters less than 331mm, and regardless of wall thickness, surface finish, end finish or industry specification. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is a tubular product with a circular cross-sectional shape that has been cold-drawn or otherwise cold-finished after the initial tube formation in a manner that involves a change in the diameter or wall thickness of the tubing, or both. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may be
Subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is typically certified to meet industry specifications for cold-drawn tubing including but not limited to:
(1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) specifications ASTM A-512, ASTM A-513 Type 3 (ASME SA513 Type 3), ASTM A-513 Type 4 (ASME SA513 Type 4), ASTM A-513 Type 5 (ASME SA513 Type 5), ASTM A-513 Type 6 (ASME SA513 Type 6), ASTM A-519 (cold-finished);
(2) SAE International (Society of Automotive Engineers) specifications SAE J524, SAE J525, SAE J2833, SAE J2614, SAE J2467, SAE J2435, SAE J2613;
(3) Aerospace Material Specification (AMS) AMS T-6736 (AMS 6736), AMS 6371, AMS 5050, AMS 5075, AMS 5062, AMS 6360, AMS 6361, AMS 6362, AMS 6371, AMS 6372, AMS 6374, AMS 6381, AMS 6415;
(4) United States Military Standards (MIL) MIL-T-5066 and MIL-T-6736;
(5) foreign standards equivalent to one of the previously listed ASTM, ASME, SAE, AMS or MIL specifications including but not limited to:
(a) German Institute for Standardization (DIN) specifications DIN 2391-2, DIN 2393-2, DIN 2394-2);
(b) European Standards (EN) EN 10305-1, EN 10305-2, EN 10305-3, EN 10305-4, EN 10305-6 and European national variations on those standards (
(c) Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) JIS G 3441 and JIS G 3445; and
(6) proprietary standards that are based on one of the above-listed standards.
The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may also be dual or multiple certified to more than one standard. Pipe that is multiple certified as cold-drawn mechanical tubing and to other specifications not covered by this scope, is also covered by the scope of this investigation when it meets the physical description set forth above.
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; and (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less by weight.
For purposes of this scope, the place of cold-drawing determines the country of origin of the subject merchandise. Subject merchandise that is subject to minor working in a third country that occurs after drawing in one of the subject countries including, but not limited to, heat treatment, cutting to length, straightening, nondestruction testing, deburring or chamfering, remains within the scope of this investigation.
All products that meet the written physical description are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded or covered by the scope of an existing order. Merchandise that meets the physical description of cold-drawn mechanical tubing above is within the scope of the investigation even if it is also dual or multiple certified to an otherwise excluded specification listed below. The following products are outside of, and/or specifically excluded from, the scope of this investigation:
(1) Cold-drawn stainless steel tubing, containing 10.5 percent or more of chromium by weight and not more than 1.2 percent of carbon by weight;
(2) products certified to one or more of the ASTM, ASME or American Petroleum Institute (API) specifications listed below:
• ASTM A-53;
• ASTM A-106;
• ASTM A-179 (ASME SA 179);
• ASTM A-192 (ASME SA 192);
• ASTM A-209 (ASME SA 209);
• ASTM A-210 (ASME SA 210);
• ASTM A-213 (ASME SA 213);
• ASTM A-334 (ASME SA 334);
• ASTM A-423 (ASME SA 423);
• ASTM A-498;
• ASTM A-496 (ASME SA 496);
• ASTM A-199;
• ASTM A-500;
• ASTM A-556;
• ASTM A-565;
• API 5L; and
• API 5CT
The products subject to the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7304.31.3000, 7304.31.6050, 7304.51.1000, 7304.51.5005, 7304.51.5060, 7306.30.5015, 7306.30.5020, 7306.50.5030. Subject merchandise may also enter under numbers 7306.30.1000 and 7306.50.1000. The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) preliminarily determines that certain cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) from India is being, or is likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is April 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
Applicable November 22, 2017.
Susan Pulongbarit or Omar Qureshi, AD/CVD Operations, Office V, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4031 or (202) 482-5307, respectively.
This preliminary determination is made in accordance with section 733(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended
The product covered by this investigation is cold-drawn mechanical tubing from India. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department is conducting this investigation in accordance with section 731 of the Act. Export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(a) of the Act. Normal value (NV) was calculated in accordance with section 773 of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying the preliminary determination,
Sections 733(d)(1)(ii) and 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provide that in the preliminary determination the Department shall determine an estimated all-others rate for all exporters and producers not individually examined. This rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero and
In this investigation, the Department preliminarily found a zero rate for Goodluck. Therefore, the only rate that is not zero,
The Department preliminarily determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margins exist:
Consistent with section 733(b)(3) of the Act, the Department disregards
In accordance with section 733(d)(2) of the Act, the Department will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to suspend liquidation of entries of subject merchandise, as described in Appendix I, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of this notice in the
The Department normally adjusts cash deposits for estimated antidumping duties by the amount of export subsidies countervailed in a companion countervailing duty (CVD) proceeding, when CVD provisional measures are in effect. Accordingly, where the Department preliminarily made an affirmative determination for countervailable export subsidies, the Department offset the estimated weighted-average dumping margin by the appropriate CVD rate. The adjusted cash deposit rate may be found in the Preliminary Determination section above. Should provisional measures in the companion CVD investigation expire prior to the expiration of provisional measures in this LTFV investigation, the Department will direct CBP to begin collecting estimated antidumping duty cash deposits unadjusted for countervailed export subsidies at the time that the provisional CVD measures expire. These suspension of liquidation instructions will remain in effect until further notice.
Because the estimated weighted-average dumping margin for Goodluck India Limited is zero or
Should the final estimated weighted-average dumping margin be zero or
The Department intends to disclose its calculations and analysis performed to interested parties in this preliminary determination within five days of any public announcement or, if there is no public announcement, within five days of the date of publication of this notice in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
As provided in section 782(i)(1) of the Act, the Department intends to verify the information relied upon in making its final determination.
The Department is setting different deadlines for scope-related case and rebuttal briefs, and case and rebuttal briefs addressing all other issues.
Scope briefs may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than five days after the publication of the preliminary AD determinations for the PRC, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, and Switzerland in the
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing on the revised scope, limited to issues raised in the scope case and rebuttal briefs, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, separate from the hearing on issues raised in case briefs, within five days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number, the number of participants, whether any participant is a foreign national, and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, the Department intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, at a time and date to be determined. Parties should confirm by telephone the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.
Scope comments may only be included in the scope case brief and scope rebuttal brief. Should this investigation result in an order, interested parties may submit requests for a scope ruling after the issuance of any such order.
Case briefs or other nons-scope written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the last verification report is issued in this investigation. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after the deadline date for case briefs.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing, limited to issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number, the number of participants, whether any participant is a foreign national, and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, the Department intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce,
Section 735(a)(2) of the Act provides that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of an affirmative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by exporters who account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise, or in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by the petitioner. Section 351.210(e)(2) of the Department's regulations requires that a request by exporters for postponement of the final determination be accompanied by a request for extension of provisional measures from a four-month period to a period not more than six months in duration.
On October 31, 2017 and November 12, 2017 Goodluck and TPI, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.210(e) and 19 CFR 351.210(b)(2)(ii), respectively requested that the Department postpone the final determination.
In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, the Department will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of its preliminary determination. If the final determination is affirmative, the ITC will determine before the later of 120 days after the date of this preliminary determination or 45 days after the final determination whether these imports are materially injuring, or threaten material injury to, the U.S. industry.
This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The scope of this investigation covers cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) of circular cross-section, 304.8 mm or more in length, in actual outside diameters less than 331 mm, and regardless of wall thickness, surface finish, end finish or industry specification. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is a tubular product with a circular cross-sectional shape that has been cold-drawn or otherwise cold-finished after the initial tube formation in a manner that involves a change in the diameter or wall thickness of the tubing, or both. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may be produced from either welded (
Subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is typically certified to meet industry specifications for cold-drawn tubing including but not limited to:
(1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) specifications ASTM A-512, ASTM A-513 Type 3 (ASME SA513 Type 3), ASTM A-513 Type 4 (ASME SA513 Type 4), ASTM A-513 Type 5 (ASME SA513 Type 5), ASTM A-513 Type 6 (ASME SA513 Type 6), ASTM A-519 (cold-finished);
(2) SAE International (Society of Automotive Engineers) specifications SAE J524, SAE J525, SAE J2833, SAE J2614, SAE J2467, SAE J2435, SAE J2613;
(3) Aerospace Material Specification (AMS) AMS T-6736 (AMS 6736), AMS 6371, AMS 5050, AMS 5075, AMS 5062, AMS 6360, AMS 6361, AMS 6362, AMS 6371, AMS 6372, AMS 6374, AMS 6381, AMS 6415;
(4) United States Military Standards (MIL) MIL-T-5066 and MIL-T-6736;
(5) foreign standards equivalent to one of the previously listed ASTM, ASME, SAE, AMS or MIL specifications including but not limited to:
(a) German Institute for Standardization (DIN) specifications DIN 2391-2, DIN 2393-2, DIN 2394-2);
(b) European Standards (EN) EN 10305-1, EN 10305-2, EN 10305-3, EN 10305-4, EN 10305-6 and European national variations on those standards (
(c) Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) JIS G 3441 and JIS G 3445; and
(6) proprietary standards that are based on one of the above-listed standards.
The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may also be dual or multiple certified to more than one standard. Pipe that is multiple certified as cold-drawn mechanical tubing and to other specifications not covered by this scope, is also covered by the scope of this investigation when it meets the physical description set forth above.
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; and (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less by weight.
For purposes of this scope, the place of cold-drawing determines the country of origin of the subject merchandise. Subject merchandise that is subject to minor working in a third country that occurs after drawing in one of the subject countries including, but not limited to, heat treatment, cutting to length, straightening, nondestruction testing, deburring or chamfering, remains within the scope of this investigation.
All products that meet the written physical description are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded or covered by the scope of an existing order. Merchandise that meets the physical description of cold-drawn mechanical tubing above is within the scope of the investigation even if it is also dual or multiple certified to an otherwise excluded specification listed below. The following products are outside of, and/or specifically excluded from, the scope of this investigation:
(1) Cold-drawn stainless steel tubing, containing 10.5 percent or more of chromium by weight and not more than 1.2 percent of carbon by weight;
(2) products certified to one or more of the ASTM, ASME or American Petroleum Institute (API) specifications listed below:
The products subject to the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7304.31.3000, 7304.31.6050, 7304.51.1000, 7304.51.5005, 7304.51.5060, 7306.30.5015, 7306.30.5020, 7306.50.5030. Subject merchandise may also enter under numbers 7306.30.1000 and 7306.50.1000. The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) preliminarily determines that certain cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) from Switzerland is being, or is likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is April 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
Applicable November 22, 2017.
Laurel LaCivita, AD/CVD Operations, Office III or Amanda Brings, AD/CVD Operations, Office V, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4243 or (202) 482-3927, respectively.
This preliminary determination is made in accordance with section 733(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). The Department published the notice of initiation of this investigation on May 16, 2017.
The product covered by this investigation is cold-drawn mechanical tubing from Switzerland. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department is conducting this investigation in accordance with section 731 of the Act. Export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(a) of the Act. Constructed export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(b) of the Act. Normal value (NV) was calculated in accordance
Sections 733(d)(1)(ii) and 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provide that in the preliminary determination the Department shall determine an estimated all-others rate for all exporters and producers not individually examined. This rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero and
In this investigation, the Department calculated estimated weighted-average dumping margins for Benteler Rothrist and Mubea that are not zero,
The Department preliminarily determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margins exist:
In accordance with section 733(d)(2) of the Act, the Department will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to suspend liquidation of entries of subject merchandise, as described in Appendix I, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of this notice in the
The Department intends to disclose its calculations and analysis performed to interested parties in this preliminary determination within five days of any public announcement or, if there is no public announcement, within five days of the date of publication of this notice in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
As provided in section 782(i)(1) of the Act, the Department intends to verify the information relied upon in making its final determination.
The Department is setting different deadlines for scope-related case and rebuttal briefs, and case and rebuttal briefs addressing all other issues.
Scope briefs may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than five days after the publication of the preliminary AD determinations for the PRC, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, and Switzerland in the
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing on the revised scope, limited to issues raised in the scope case and rebuttal briefs, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, separate from the hearing on issues raised in case briefs, within five days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number, the number of participants, whether any participant is a foreign national, and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, the Department intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, at a time and date to be determined. Parties should confirm by telephone the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.
Scope comments may only be included in the scope case brief and scope rebuttal brief. Should this investigation result in an order, interested parties may submit requests for a scope ruling after the issuance of any such order.
Case briefs or other non-scope written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the last verification report is issued in this investigation, unless the Secretary alters the time limit. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after
Section 735(a)(2) of the Act provides that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of an affirmative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by exporters who account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise, or in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by the petitioner. Section 351.210(e)(2) of the Department's regulations requires that a request by exporters for postponement of the final determination be accompanied by a request for extension of provisional measures from a four-month period to a period not more than six months in duration.
On October 24, 2017, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.210(e), Benteler Rothrist requested the Department to postpone the final determination and that provisional measures be extended to a period not to exceed six months.
In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, the Department will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of its preliminary determination. If the final determination is affirmative, the ITC will determine before the later of 120 days after the date of this preliminary determination or 45 days after the final determination whether these imports are materially injuring, or threaten material injury to, the U.S. industry.
This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The scope of this investigation covers cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) of circular cross-section, 304.8 mm or more in length, in actual outside diameters less than 331 mm, and regardless of wall thickness, surface finish, end finish or industry specification. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is a tubular product with a circular cross-sectional shape that has been cold-drawn or otherwise cold-finished after the initial tube formation in a manner that involves a change in the diameter or wall thickness of the tubing, or both. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may be produced from either welded (
Subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is typically certified to meet industry specifications for cold-drawn tubing including but not limited to:
(1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) specifications ASTM A-512, ASTM A-513 Type 3 (ASME SA513 Type 3), ASTM A-513 Type 4 (ASME SA513 Type 4), ASTM A-513 Type 5 (ASME SA513 Type 5), ASTM A-513 Type 6 (ASME SA513 Type 6), ASTM A-519 (cold-finished);
(2) SAE International (Society of Automotive Engineers) specifications SAE J524, SAE J525, SAE J2833, SAE J2614, SAE J2467, SAE J2435, SAE J2613;
(3) Aerospace Material Specification (AMS) AMS T-6736 (AMS 6736), AMS 6371, AMS 5050, AMS 5075, AMS 5062, AMS 6360, AMS 6361, AMS 6362, AMS 6371, AMS 6372, AMS 6374, AMS 6381, AMS 6415;
(4) United States Military Standards (MIL) MIL-T-5066 and MIL-T-6736;
(5) foreign standards equivalent to one of the previously listed ASTM, ASME, SAE, AMS or MIL specifications including but not limited to:
(a) German Institute for Standardization (DIN) specifications DIN 2391-2, DIN 2393-2, DIN 2394-2);
(b) European Standards (EN) EN 10305-1, EN 10305-2, EN 10305-3, EN 10305-4, EN 10305-6 and European national variations on those standards (
(c) Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) JIS G 3441 and JIS G 3445; and
(6) proprietary standards that are based on one of the above-listed standards.
The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may also be dual or multiple certified to more than one standard. Pipe that is multiple certified as cold-drawn mechanical tubing and to other specifications not covered by this scope, is also covered by the scope of this investigation when it meets the physical description set forth above.
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; and (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less by weight.
For purposes of this scope, the place of cold-drawing determines the country of
All products that meet the written physical description are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded or covered by the scope of an existing order. Merchandise that meets the physical description of cold-drawn mechanical tubing above is within the scope of the investigation even if it is also dual or multiple certified to an otherwise excluded specification listed below. The following products are outside of, and/or specifically excluded from, the scope of this investigation:
(1) Cold-drawn stainless steel tubing, containing 10.5 percent or more of chromium by weight and not more than 1.2 percent of carbon by weight;
(2) products certified to one or more of the ASTM, ASME or American Petroleum Institute (API) specifications listed below:
• ASTM A-53;
• ASTM A-106;
• ASTM A-179 (ASME SA 179);
• ASTM A-192 (ASME SA 192);
• ASTM A-209 (ASME SA 209);
• ASTM A-210 (ASME SA 210);
• ASTM A-213 (ASME SA 213);
• ASTM A-334 (ASME SA 334);
• ASTM A-423 (ASME SA 423);
• ASTM A-498;
• ASTM A-496 (ASME SA 496);
• ASTM A-199;
• ASTM A-500;
• ASTM A-556;
• ASTM A-565;
• API 5L; and
• API 5CT
The products subject to the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7304.31.3000, 7304.31.6050, 7304.51.1000, 7304.51.5005, 7304.51.5060, 7306.30.5015, 7306.30.5020, 7306.50.5030. Subject merchandise may also enter under numbers 7306.30.1000 and 7306.50.1000. The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) preliminarily determines that certain cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) from the People's Republic of China (PRC) is being sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is October 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
Applicable November 22, 2017.
Keith Haynes or Paul Stolz, AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5139 or (202) 482-4474, respectively.
This preliminary determination is made in accordance with section 733(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). The Department published the notice of initiation of this investigation on May 16, 2017.
The product covered by this investigation is cold-drawn mechanical tubing from the PRC. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department is conducting this investigation in accordance with section 731 of the Act. Export prices were calculated in accordance with section 772(a) of the Act. Because the PRC is a non-market economy within the meaning of section 771(18) of the Act, normal value (NV) was calculated in accordance with section 773(c) of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying our determinations,
In accordance with section 733(e) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.206, the Department preliminarily determines that critical circumstances exist with respect to imports of cold-drawn mechanical tubing from the PRC for mandatory respondent Jiangsu Hongyi Steel Pipe Co., Ltd. (Hongyi), the separate-rate companies,
The Department preliminarily determines that Hongyi and the PRC-wide entity, which includes certain PRC exporters and/or producers that did not respond to the Department's requests for information, withheld information requested by the Department and significantly impeded this proceeding by not submitting requested information. Specifically, all companies within the PRC-wide entity that failed to respond to the Department's request for quantity and value (Q&V) information failed to provide requested information, impeding the Department's investigation.
Therefore, we preliminarily find that an adverse inference is warranted in selecting from among the facts otherwise available with respect to the PRC-wide entity and Hongyi in accordance with sections 776(a) and 776(b) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.308(a). As adverse facts available, we have preliminarily assigned the PRC-wide entity and Hongyi a rate of 186.89 percent. Further, with respect to critical circumstances, we have preliminarily determined, based on adverse facts available, that the PRC-wide entity and Hongyi dumped “massive imports” over a “relatively short period.” For further explanation and analysis,
In the
The Department preliminarily determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margins exist:
In accordance with section 733(d)(2) of the Act, the Department will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to suspend liquidation of subject merchandise as described in the scope of the investigation section entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of this notice in the
Section 733(e)(2) of the Act provides that, given an affirmative determination of critical circumstances, any suspension of liquidation shall apply to unliquidated entries of merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the later of (a) the date which is 90 days before the date on which the suspension of liquidation was first ordered, or (b) the date on which notice of initiation of the investigation was published. The Department preliminarily finds that critical circumstances exist for imports of cold-drawn mechanical tubing from the PRC from the following producer/exporter combinations: Jiangsu Hongyi Steel Pipe Co., Ltd./Jiangsu Hongyi Steel Pipe Co., Ltd., the separate rate respondents, and the PRC-wide entity. In accordance with section 733(e)(2)(A) of the Act, the suspension of liquidation shall apply to unliquidated entries of merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date which is 90 days before the publication of this notice.
To determine the cash deposit rate, the Department normally adjusts the estimated weighted-average dumping margin by the amount of domestic subsidy pass-through and export subsidies determined in a companion CVD proceeding when CVD provisional measures are in effect. Accordingly, where the Department has made a preliminary affirmative determination for domestic subsidy pass-through or export subsidies, the Department has offset the calculated estimated weighted-average dumping margin by the appropriate rate(s). Any such adjusted rates may be found in the Preliminary Determination Section's chart of estimated weighted-average dumping margins above.
Should provisional measures in the companion CVD investigation expire prior to the expiration of provisional measures in this LTFV investigation, the Department will direct CBP to begin collecting cash deposits at a rate equal to the estimated weighted-average dumping margins calculated in this preliminary determination unadjusted for the passed-through domestic subsidies or for export subsidies at the time the CVD provisional measures expire.
These suspension of liquidation instructions will remain in effect until further notice.
Section 735(a)(2) of the Act provides that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of an affirmative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by exporters who account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise, or in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by Petitioners. 19 CFR 351.210(e)(2) requires that requests by respondents for postponement of a final antidumping determination be accompanied by a request for extension of provisional measures from a four-month period to a period not more than six months in duration.
On October 27, 2017, and October 30, 2017, respectively, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.210(b) and (e), Hongyi and Huacheng requested that, contingent upon an affirmative preliminary determination of sales at LTFV for the respondents, the Department postpone the final determination and that provisional measures be extended to a period not to exceed six months.
In accordance with section 735(a)(2)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.210(b)(2)(ii), because (1) our preliminary determination is affirmative; (2) the requesting exporter accounts for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise; and (3) no compelling reasons for denial exist, we are postponing the final determination and extending the provisional measures from a four-month period to a period not greater than six months. Accordingly, we will make our final determination no later than 135 days after the date of publication of this preliminary determination, pursuant to section 735(a)(2) of the Act.
The Department intends to disclose to interested parties the calculations performed in connection with this preliminary determination within five days of its public announcement or, if there is no public announcement, within five days of the date of publication of this notice in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
The Department is setting different deadlines for scope-related case and rebuttal briefs, and case and rebuttal briefs addressing all other issues.
Scope briefs may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than five days after the publication of the preliminary AD determinations for the PRC, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, and Switzerland in the
Scope comments may only be included in the scope case brief and scope rebuttal brief. Should this investigation result in an order, interested parties may submit requests for a scope ruling after the issuance of any such order.
Case briefs or other non-scope written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the last verification report is issued in this investigation, unless the Secretary alters the time limit. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after the deadline date for case briefs.
In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, the Department will notify the ITC of our preliminary affirmative determination of sales at LTFV. If the final determination is affirmative, the ITC will determine before the later of 120 days after the date of this preliminary determination or 45 days after the date of this preliminary determination or 45 days after the final determination whether imports of the subject merchandise are materially injuring, or threaten material injury to, the U.S. industry.
This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The scope of this investigation covers cold-drawn mechanical tubing of carbon and alloy steel (cold-drawn mechanical tubing) of circular cross-section, 304.8 mm or more in length, in actual outside diameters less than 331 mm, and regardless of wall thickness, surface finish, end finish or industry specification. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is a tubular product with a circular cross-sectional shape that has been cold-drawn or otherwise cold-finished after the initial tube formation in a manner that involves a change in the diameter or wall thickness of the tubing, or both. The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may be produced from either welded (
Subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing is typically certified to meet industry specifications for cold-drawn tubing including but not limited to:
(1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) specifications ASTM A-512, ASTM A-513 Type 3 (ASME SA513 Type 3), ASTM A-513 Type 4 (ASME SA513 Type 4), ASTM A-513 Type 5 (ASME SA513 Type 5), ASTM A-513 Type 6 (ASME SA513 Type 6), ASTM A-519 (cold-finished);
(2) SAE International (Society of Automotive Engineers) specifications SAE J524, SAE J525, SAE J2833, SAE J2614, SAE J2467, SAE J2435, SAE J2613;
(3) Aerospace Material Specification (AMS) AMS T-6736 (AMS 6736), AMS 6371, AMS 5050, AMS 5075, AMS 5062, AMS 6360, AMS 6361, AMS 6362, AMS 6371, AMS 6372, AMS 6374, AMS 6381, AMS 6415;
(4) United States Military Standards (MIL) MIL-T-5066 and MIL-T-6736;
(5) foreign standards equivalent to one of the previously listed ASTM, ASME, SAE, AMS or MIL specifications including but not limited to:
(a) German Institute for Standardization (DIN) specifications DIN 2391-2, DIN 2393-2, DIN 2394-2);
(b) European Standards (EN) EN 10305-1, EN 10305-2, EN 10305-3, EN 10305-4, EN 10305-6 and European national variations on those standards (
(c) Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) JIS G 3441 and JIS G 3445; and
(6) proprietary standards that are based on one of the above-listed standards.
The subject cold-drawn mechanical tubing may also be dual or multiple certified to more than one standard. Pipe that is multiple certified as cold-drawn mechanical tubing and to other specifications not covered by this scope, is also covered by the scope of this investigation when it meets the physical description set forth above.
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; and (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less by weight.
For purposes of this scope, the place of cold-drawing determines the country of origin of the subject merchandise. Subject merchandise that is subject to minor working in a third country that occurs after drawing in one of the subject countries including, but not limited to, heat treatment, cutting to length, straightening, nondestruction testing, deburring or chamfering, remains within the scope of this investigation.
All products that meet the written physical description are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded or covered by the scope of an existing order. Merchandise that meets the physical description of cold-drawn mechanical tubing above is within the scope of the investigation even if it is also dual or multiple certified to
(1) Cold-drawn stainless steel tubing, containing 10.5 percent or more of chromium by weight and not more than 1.2 percent of carbon by weight;
(2) products certified to one or more of the ASTM, ASME or American Petroleum Institute (API) specifications listed below:
The products subject to the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7304.31.3000, 7304.31.6050, 7304.51.1000, 7304.51.5005, 7304.51.5060, 7306.30.5015, 7306.30.5020, 7306.50.5030. Subject merchandise may also enter under numbers 7306.30.1000 and 7306.50.1000. The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Suffolk County, grantee of FTZ 52, submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board on behalf of Advanced Optowave Corporation (Advanced Optowave), located in Ronkonkoma, New York. The notification conforming to the requirements of the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR 400.22) was received on November 8, 2017.
The Advanced Optowave facility is located within FTZ 52, Site 5. The facility will be used for the production of diode pumped solid state laser systems (including the controller and laser). Pursuant to 15 CFR 400.14(b), FTZ activity would be limited to the specific foreign-status materials and components and specific finished products described in the submitted notification (as described below) and subsequently authorized by the FTZ Board.
Production under FTZ procedures could exempt Advanced Optowave from customs duty payments on the foreign-status components used in export production. On its domestic sales, for the foreign-status materials/components noted below, Advanced Optowave would be able to choose the duty rates during customs entry procedures that apply to diode pumped solid state laser systems (including the controller) (duty-free). Advanced Optowave would be able to avoid duty on foreign-status components which become scrap/waste. Customs duties also could possibly be deferred or reduced on foreign-status production equipment.
The components and materials sourced from abroad include: Optics (laser crystal—neodymium-doped yttrium orthovanadate (ND:YV04); lithium triborate crystal; laser mirror; window optics; optical lens; optical fiber); laser diode; radio frequency driver; thermistor; thermal electric cooler; printed circuit board (populated); computer power supply unit; aluminum mechanical parts (second harmonic generation (SHG) top cover; SHG bottom cover; third harmonic generation (THG) top cover; THG bottom cover; SHG base; THG base; harmonic base; clamp; mirror mount; lens barrel mount; lens barrel mount T-base; lens barrel; lens barrel spacer; laser crystal cover; laser base; desiccant guard; shutter mount; aperture base small; aperture disc; aperture base wide; wire adapter; windows mount; Q switch mount; heat sink; housing body; housing main cover; housing end cover; housing box umbilical adapter; housing leg double slit; housing leg single slit; housing diode cooling plate; housing duel fan cooling plate) (duty rate ranges from duty-free to 5.5%).
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is January 2, 2018.
A copy of the notification will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the Board's Web site, which is accessible via
For further information, contact Juanita Chen at
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of permits and permit amendments.
Notice is hereby given that permits or permit amendments have been issued to the following entities under the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) and the Endangered Species Act (ESA), as applicable.
The permits and related documents are available for review upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427-8401; fax (301) 713-0376.
Shasta McClenahan (File No. 18786-02 and 21422) and Jennifer Skidmore (File No. 16305); at (301) 427-8401.
Notices were published in the
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
An environmental assessment (EA) was prepared for the original permit (No. 18786) in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
As required by the ESA, as applicable, issuance of these permit was based on a finding that such permits: (1) Were applied for in good faith; (2) will not operate to the disadvantage of such endangered species; and (3) are consistent with the purposes and policies set forth in Section 2 of the ESA.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.
In accordance with the regulations implementing the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) as amended, notification is hereby given that NMFS has issued an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to Venoco LLC (Venoco) to incidentally harass, by Level B harassment only, marine mammals during construction activities associated with a fender pile replacement project in Carpinteria, California.
This authorization is applicable from November 1, 2017 to October 31, 2018.
Sara Young, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
This action is consistent with categories of activities identified in CE B4 of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has determined that the issuance of the IHA qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review.
We reviewed all comments submitted in response to this notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the IHA request.
On June 13, 2017, NMFS received a request from Venoco for an IHA to take marine mammals incidental to replacement of fender piles at Casitas Pier in Carpinteria, California. Venoco's request is for take of harbor seal, California sea lions, and bottlenose dolphins by Level B harassment only. Neither Venoco nor NMFS expect mortality to result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
Venoco proposed to replace 13 fender piles during the fall of 2017 to minimize impact to the local harbor seal population which uses Carpinteria beach as a haulout. Work on the pier will take place over a period of 2 to 3 weeks during fall 2017. Any work that is not completed during this period will be deferred to late summer or fall 2018. Two and a half days of pile driving are needed to complete the work but these days may not be consecutive. The authorization effective dates are November 1, 2017 through October 31, 2018 to allow pile driving to occur when all of the necessary permits and permissions are acquired.
Up to 13 fender piles located on the end of the Pier will be replaced (six on west side, and seven on the east side). The replacement piles will consist of an upper section approximately 48 to 50 feet (15 meters) long consisting of 16-inch diameter x 0.50-inch wall thickness steel pipe pile with a 12-foot (4-meter) long driven lower section consisting of 14 inch x 73 pound H-pile spliced to the bottom of the upper pipe pile section. Epoxy coating will be used on the new fender piles. Installation will be accomplished utilizing impact and vibratory pile driving techniques supported from the Pier. The replacement piles will be installed slightly offset (about two feet) from the original fender pile positions. This spliced pile design has been in service for more than 60 years at the Pier.
Each pile will require approximately 25 minutes of vibratory driving, and up to 6 piles could be installed by this method in a single day (
A notice of NMFS's proposal to issue an IHA to Venoco was published in the
There are three marine mammal species that may likely transit through the waters nearby the project area, and are expected to potentially be taken by the specified activity. These include harbor seal (
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;
Table 1 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in coastal southern California and summarizes information related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS's SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as gross indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS's stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS's U.S. Pacific SARs (NMFS 2016). All values presented in Table 1 are the most recent available at the time of publication and are available in the 2016 SARs (NMFS, 2016).
All species that could potentially occur in the construction area are included in Table 1. However, the temporal and spatial occurrence of all but three of the species listed in Table 1 with respect to the timing and location of the specified activity is such that take is not expected to occur, and they are not discussed further beyond the explanation provided here.
Most of the species included in Table 1 above are unlikely to occur during the construction work because they are not resident to this part of California during the late summer and early fall months. For those species that may occur in coastal southern California during that time, they are unlikely to occur at such close proximity to the shoreline and the construction work is conducted from a pier connected to a beach with maximum water depths of 4-8 meters. The long-beaked common dolphin may occasionally venture within one nautical mile of the project site but is unlikely. The short-beaked common dolphin is much less likely to appear in the vicinity than the long-beaked common dolphin. The gray whale occurs within one nautical mile of the project site, but it does not migrate through the region until late December through May, with most gray whales sighted near the project area in the spring. The other species generally occur farther offshore and have not been reported in the vicinity of this area of the Southern California Bight (SCB), so they will not be discussed further in this document.
Of the MMPA-listed species of marine mammals summarized in Table 1, only the Pacific harbor seal, the California sea lion, and the coastal stock of bottlenose dolphin are anticipated to be found in the immediate vicinity of the project site and subsequently may be taken by pile driving. Below are descriptions of those species and the relevant stock, as well as information regarding population trends and threats, and describe any information regarding local occurrence.
A detailed description of the of the species likely to be affected by the Casitas pier project, including brief introductions to the species and relevant stocks as well as available information regarding population trends and threats, and information regarding local occurrence, were provided in the
The effects of underwater noise from pile driving activities for the Casitas pier project have the potential to result in behavioral harassment of marine mammals in the vicinity of the action area. The
The main impact associated with the Casitas pier construction project will be temporarily elevated sound levels and the associated direct effects on marine mammals. The project will not result in additional permanent impacts to habitats used directly by marine mammals, but may have potential short-term impacts to food sources such as forage fish, and minor impacts to the immediate substrate during installation and removal of piles, etc. The area is a known haulout with an existing pier, so temporary disturbance of the haulout may occur but the resulting structure will leave the same footprint as currently exists. These potential effects are discussed in detail in the
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes authorized through this IHA, which will inform both NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is “small” and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes will be by Level B harassment only, in the form of disruption of behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals resulting from exposure to pile driving. Based on the nature of the activity, Level A harassment is neither anticipated nor authorized. Below we describe how the take is estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and, (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these components in more detail and present the authorized take estimate.
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals will be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources—Though significantly driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the source (
Venoco's project includes the use of continuous (vibratory pile driving) and impulsive (impact pile driving) sources, and therefore the 120 and 160 dB re 1 μPa (rms) thresholds are applicable.
Level A harassment for non-explosive sources—NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance, 2016) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). Venoco's construction activity includes the use of impulsive (impact pile driving) and non-impulsive (vibratory pile driving) sources.
These thresholds were developed by compiling and synthesizing the best available science and soliciting input multiple times from both the public and peer reviewers to inform the final product, and are provided in the table below. The references, analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the acoustic thresholds.
Pile driving generates underwater noise that can potentially result in disturbance to marine mammals in the project area. Transmission loss (TL) is the decrease in acoustic intensity as an acoustic pressure wave propagates out from a source. TL parameters vary with frequency, temperature, sea conditions, current, source and receiver depth, water depth, water chemistry, and bottom composition and topography. The general formula for underwater TL is:
This formula neglects loss due to scattering and absorption, which is assumed to be zero here. The degree to which underwater sound propagates away from a sound source is dependent on a variety of factors, most notably the water bathymetry and presence or absence of reflective or absorptive conditions including in-water structures and sediments. Spherical spreading occurs in a perfectly unobstructed (free-field) environment not limited by depth or water surface, resulting in a 6 dB reduction in sound level for each doubling of distance from the source (20*log[range]). Cylindrical spreading occurs in an environment in which sound propagation is bounded by the water surface and sea bottom, resulting in a reduction of 3 dB in sound level for each doubling of distance from the source (10*log[range]). A practical spreading value of 15 is often used under conditions, such as at the Biorka Island dock, where water increases with depth as the receiver moves away from the shoreline, resulting in an expected propagation environment that will lie between spherical and cylindrical spreading loss conditions. Practical spreading loss (4.5 dB reduction in sound level for each doubling of distance) is assumed here.
Reference sound levels used by Venoco were based on underwater sound measurements documented for a number of pile driving projects with similar pile sizes and types at similar sites in California (
Venoco used the NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet, available at
Venoco used the Caltrans (2015) guidelines for selection of an appropriate pile driving sound source level for a composite 50-foot, 16-inch pipe/12-foot,14-inch H-pile configuration, for both vibratory and impact driving methods, taking into consideration that only the H-pile segment of the pile (the bottom portion) will be driven below the mudline, thus the predominant underwater noise source will emanate from the steel pipe segment.
For the impact hammer method, the average sound pressure level measured in dB is based on the 16-inch steel pipe sound levels (Caltrans 2015, Table I.2-1), adjusted upward for the composite 16-inch pipe/14-inch H-pile design because the sound level for the composite pile is anticipated to be greater than the Caltrans reference sound level for 16-inch steel pipe (158 dB), but less than the Caltrans reference sound level for 14-inch steel H-pile (177 dB). As described above, the replacement piles will be a composite of two materials, pre-welded into a single pile prior to driving. The upper section will consist of 48 to 50 feet (15 meters) of 16-inch diameter x 0.50- inch wall thickness pipe pile and the bottom segment will consist of a 12-foot (4-meter) long 14 inch x 73 pound H-pile. The water depth ranges from 13 to 27 feet (4 to 8 meters) at the end of the Pier, with seasonal variations due to beach sand withdraw and return between the winter and summer seasons. When impact driving is initiated the H-pile will partially enter the mud substrate (
Based on these factors, the reference sound level from composite pile was based on 16-inch steel pipe pile, with an upward adjustment of 6 dB (to 164 dB SEL). This 6 dB adjustment is divided into two parts: 3 dB (one doubling) adjustment for the H-pile itself (
For the vibratory driving method, the average sound pressure level measured in dB is based on the 12-inch H-pile sound levels (Caltrans 2015, Table I.2-2), adjusted upward by 4 dB for composite 16-inch pipe/14-inch H-pile design. Caltrans data do not include specific vibratory reference sound levels for the 14- inch H-pile. Therefore, it was assumed that doubling the reference sound level for 12-inch H-pile plus 1 dB (
When NMFS Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more technically challenging to predict because of the duration component in the new thresholds, we developed an Optional User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with marine mammal density or occurrence to help predict takes. We note that because of some of the assumptions included in the methods used for these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are typically going to be overestimates of some degree, which will result in some degree of overestimate of Level A take. However, these tools offer the best way to predict appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated 3D modeling methods are not available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine these tools, and will qualitatively address the output where appropriate. For stationary sources, NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which, if a marine mammal remained at that distance the whole duration of the activity, it will not incur PTS. Inputs used in the User Spreadsheet, and the resulting isopleths are reported below. The inputs Venoco used to obtain the isopleths discussed below are summarized in Table 3 above.
Using 173 dB RMS as the source level for impact pile driving and 154 dB RMS for vibratory driving, the Level B distance was calculated for both impact and vibratory driving, assuming practical spreading. For vibratory driving, the Level B isopleth extends out to 1,848 meters (1.15 miles; 6,063 feet) from the pile driving site. For impact driving, the Level B isopleth extends out to 74 meters (112 feet) from the pile driving site.
In this section we provide the information about the presence, density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take calculations.
At-sea densities for marine mammal species have not been determined for marine mammals in the coastal Carpinteria area; therefore, all estimates here are determined by using observational data from biologists, peer-reviewed literature, and information obtained from personal communication with other companies that have conducted activities on or near the Carpinteria beach area. Additionally, some harbor seal information was collected by the Carpinteria Seal Watch.
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
Level A take is not expected or authorized for this activity. Of the two types of pile driving, the largest Level A isopleth is from impact driving at 51.8 meters for harbor seals, 3.8 meters for California sea lion, and 3.45 meters for bottlenose dolphins. Neither bottlenose dolphins nor California sea lions are resident to this area and are not expected to remain in water near the beach for an extended duration of time. At 15 minutes per pile, this is equal to 90 minutes per day; however, those 90 minutes will be spread out over multiple hours to account for equipment re-sets, breaks, etc. Because dolphins and sea lions are not resident and not known to linger in the area, full exposure to all impact pile driving within a day is highly unlikely. It is even more unlikely that these species will remain within 4 meters of the sound source for a continuous period of two and a half hours in a day. Harbor seals are resident to the area and the beach at the base of the pier is a frequently used haulout. However, it is unlikely a harbor seal will remain in water during the total time of construction within a day, as they likely will be transiting out from the beach to forage and then returning to the beach. Therefore, it is estimated that no marine mammal of the three species most likely to occur will remain in close enough proximity for the duration of daily construction to be exposed to accumulated energy levels reaching the onset of PTS. Hence no Level A take is authorized.
Because of the lack of at-sea density information in the region of the project, estimated marine mammal takes were calculated using the following formula:
Level B exposure estimate = N (number of animals) in the ensonified area * Number of days of noise generating activities.
Harbor seals are the most abundant species found at the project site. This beach is a known rookery for the local population, although work will be conducted outside of the pupping season. Although a wealth of data exists from the Carpinteria Seal Watch, these data are sometimes incomplete and data from some periods are missing. Moreover, these data were gathered during the period the Carpinteria Seal Watch does its monitoring (about January 1 through May 30 of each year). From June 1 through December 30 of each year, such data are virtually absent. The project is scheduled to begin in the fall, when the seals have largely abandoned the beach because it is open to the public and disturbances are chronic. The seals switch to a nighttime haul-out pattern during this period, hauling out after sundown and before dawn, unless the tide is very high (Seagars 1988). In such cases, the amount of haul-out area is very restricted and the seals are largely absent during this season. Reliable density data are not available from which to calculate the expected number of harbor seals within the Level B harassment zone from pile driving. Based on review of the available observational data, similar past experience in the project vicinity, and project timing (fall season, daytime hours), an estimated range of 0 to 50 harbor seals is anticipated to be present within the project vicinity during work periods. Therefore, it is estimated that up to 50 seals may be taken per day by Level B harassment. Over two and a half days of activity, that results in a total of 125 instances of harbor seal takes during the project.
California sea lions are abundant throughout the SCB but do not regularly use Carpinteria as a haulout in large numbers. Individuals are usually observed hauled out on offshore structures approximately 0.75 miles southeast of the pier. Reliable density data are not available from which to calculate the expected number of sea lions within the Level B harassment impact zone for pile driving. Based on the available observational data and project timing (fall season), an estimated range of zero to 15 sea lions is anticipated to be present within the project vicinity during work periods. Therefore it is estimated that up to 15 California sea lions may be taken per day by Level B harassment in a day. Over two and a half days of activity, that results in a total of 38 California sea lions taken during the project as it is not known if the California sea lions that come to the beach are the same individuals.
Bottlenose dolphins may occur sporadically near the project area, but never in large numbers. Past projects have revealed anywhere from 2 to 32 animals present at any one time, with an average pod size of 8 (MMCG 1995; 1998a, b, d, and e; 2001a and b; 2006; 2011c, 2013b, and 2014b). Therefore, it is estimated that no more than 16 coastal bottlenose dolphins (two pods of average group size) may be taken by Level B harassment in a day. Over two and a half days of activity, that results in a total of 40 bottlenose dolphins taken during the project as it is not known if any of the animals sighted will be repeated individuals.
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS regulations require applicants for
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability implemented as planned). and;
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
The following measures will apply to Venoco's mitigation through shutdown and disturbance zones:
For all pile driving activities, Venoco will establish a shutdown zone intended to contain the area in which SELs equal or exceed the auditory injury criteria for cetaceans and pinnipeds. The purpose of a shutdown zone is to define an area within which shutdown of activity will occur upon sighting of a marine mammal (or in anticipation of an animal entering the defined area), thus further preventing injury of marine mammals (as described previously under Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals, serious injury or death are unlikely outcomes even in the absence of mitigation measures). Venoco proposed a shutdown zone for the largest Level A isopleth, which is the phocid Level A isopleth of 52 meters. NMFS requires a 10 m minimum shutdown zone for construction activities, however Venoco proposed a more conservative minimum shutdown zone of 52 meters that will be established during all pile driving activities. The 52-meter output is the threshold if an animal were to remain within that distance from the source for all of the day's pile driving, which is over many hours.
Disturbance zones are the areas in which SPLs equal or exceed 160 and 120 dB rms (for impact and vibratory pile driving, respectively). Disturbance zones provide utility for monitoring conducted for mitigation purposes (
Given the size of the disturbance zone for vibratory pile driving, it is impossible to guarantee that all animals will be observed or to make comprehensive observations of fine-scale behavioral reactions to sound, and only a portion of the zone (
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS has determined that the mitigation measures provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
The use of a soft start procedure provides additional protection to marine mammals by warning or providing a chance to leave the area prior to the hammer operating at full capacity, and typically involves a requirement to initiate sound from the hammer at reduced energy followed by a waiting period. It is difficult to specify the reduction in energy for any given hammer because of variation across drivers and, for impact hammers, the actual number of strikes at reduced energy will vary because operating the hammer at less than full power results in “bouncing” of the hammer as it strikes the pile, resulting in multiple “strikes.” For impact driving, we require an initial set of three strikes from the impact hammer at reduced energy, followed by a 30-second waiting period, then 2 subsequent 3 strike sets. This procedure is repeated two additional times. Soft start will be required at the beginning of each day's impact pile driving work and at any time following a cessation of impact pile driving of 30 minutes or longer.
Venoco will only conduct construction activities during daytime hours. Construction will also be restricted to the fall and late summer months (July through November) to avoid overlap with harbor seal pupping.
Based on our evaluation of the Venoco's proposed measures, NMFS has determined that the mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area in which take is anticipated (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
• Monitoring will be conducted before, during, and after pile driving activities., Observers shall record all instances of marine mammal occurrence, regardless of distance from activity, and shall document any apparent behavioral reactions in concert with distance from piles being driven. Observations made outside the shutdown zone will not result in shutdown; that pile segment will be completed without cessation, unless the animal approaches or enters the shutdown zone, at which point all pile driving activities will be halted. Monitoring will take place from 30 minutes prior to initiation through 30 minutes post-completion of pile driving activities. Pile driving activities include the time to install a single pile or series of piles, as long as the time elapsed between uses of the pile driving equipment is no more than 30 minutes. If pile driving ceases for more than 30 minutes, the 30 minute pre-pile driving monitoring effort will take place prior to onset of pile driving.
• Prior to the start of pile driving activity, the shutdown zone will be monitored for 30 minutes to ensure that it is clear of marine mammals. Pile driving will only commence once observers have declared the shutdown zone clear of marine mammals. If the shutdown zone is not clear of a marine mammals, pile driving will not commence until the shut-down zone is clear. Any animals in the shut down zone prior to commencement of pile driving will be allowed to remain in the shutdown zone and their behavior will be monitored and documented. If the 52-meter shutdown zone is not entirely visible (
• If a marine mammal approaches or enters the shutdown zone during the course of pile driving operations, activity will be halted and delayed until either the animal has voluntarily left and been visually confirmed beyond the shutdown zone or 30 minutes have passed without re-detection.
• If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or if a species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized takes are met, approaches or is observed within the Level B harassment zone, activities will shut down immediately and not restart until the animals have been confirmed to have left the area for 30 minutes. If pile driving has ceased for more than 30 minutes, the 30 minute pre- pile driving monitoring will begin.
• Venoco shall implement a minimum shutdown zone of 10 meter radius around each pile for all construction methods other than pile driving for all marine mammals.
Venoco will collect sighting data and behavioral responses to construction for marine mammal species observed in the region of activity during the period of activity. All marine mammal observers (MMOs) will be trained in marine mammal identification and behaviors and are required to have no other construction-related tasks while conducting monitoring. A minimum of two MMOs will be required for all pile driving activities. Venoco will monitor the shutdown zone and disturbance zone before, during, and after pile driving, with observers located at the best practicable vantage points. Based on our requirements, Venoco will implement the following procedures for pile driving:
• MMOs will be located at the best vantage point(s) in order to properly see the entire shutdown zone and as much of the disturbance zone as possible;
• During all observation periods, observers will use binoculars and the naked eye to search continuously for marine mammals;
• If the shutdown zones are obscured by fog or poor lighting conditions, pile driving at that location will not be initiated until that zone is visible. Should such conditions arise while impact driving is underway, the activity will be halted; and
• The shutdown zone (52 m) and observable portion of the disturbance zone around the pile will be monitored for the presence of marine mammals 30 min before, during, and 30 min after any pile driving activity.
If any species for which take is not authorized is observed within or approaching the Level B zone by a MMO during pile driving, all construction will be stopped immediately. Pile driving will commence if the animal has not been seen inside the Level B zone for at 30 minutes of observation.
The IHA requires that observers use approved data forms. Among other pieces of information, Venoco will record detailed information about any implementation of shutdowns, including the distance of animals to the pile and description of specific actions that ensued and resulting behavior of the animal, if any. In addition, Venoco will attempt to distinguish between the number of individual animals taken and the number of incidences of take. At a minimum, the following information will be collected on the sighting forms:
• Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
• Construction activities occurring during each observation period;
• Weather parameters (
• Water conditions (
• Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of marine mammals;
• Description of any observable marine mammal behavior patterns, including bearing and direction of travel, and if possible, the correlation to SPLs;
• Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
• Description of implementation of mitigation measures (
• Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
• Other human activity in the area.
A draft report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days of the completion of marine mammal monitoring, or 60 days prior to the requested date of issuance of any future IHA for projects at the same location, whichever comes first. The report will include marine mammal observations pre-activity, during-activity, and post-activity during pile driving days, and will also provide descriptions of any behavioral responses to construction activities by marine mammals and a complete description of all mitigation shutdowns and the results of those actions and an extrapolated total take estimate based on the number of marine mammals observed during the course of construction. A final report must be submitted within 30 days following resolution of comments on the draft report.
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
Pile driving activities associated from the Casitas Pier project, as outlined previously in the proposed IHA, have the potential to disturb or displace marine mammals. Specifically, the specified activities may result in take, in the form of Level B harassment (behavioral disturbance), from underwater sounds generated from pile driving. Potential takes could occur if individuals of these species are present in the ensonified zone when pile driving occurs.
No injury is anticipated given the nature of the activities and measures designed to minimize the possibility of injury to marine mammals. The potential for these outcomes is minimized through the implementation of the planned mitigation measures, as described in the Estimated Take section. Specifically, vibratory and impact hammers will be the primary methods of installation. Impact pile driving produces short, sharp pulses with higher peak levels and much sharper rise time to reach those peaks. If impact driving is necessary, implementation of soft start and shutdown zones significantly reduces any possibility of injury. Given sufficient “notice” through use of soft start (for impact driving), marine mammals are expected to move away from a sound source that is annoying prior to it becoming potentially injurious. Venoco will use a minimum of two MMOs stationed strategically to increase detectability of marine mammals, enabling a high rate of success in implementation of shutdowns to avoid injury.
Venoco's activities are localized and of relatively short duration (two and a half days of pile driving 16 piles). The project area is also very limited in scope spatially, as all work is concentrated on a single pier. These localized and short-term noise exposures may cause short-term behavioral modifications in harbor seals, California sea lions, and bottlenose dolphins. Moreover, the mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to further reduce the likelihood of injury, as it is unlikely an animal will remain in close proximity to the sound source with small Level A isopleths, as well as reduce behavioral disturbances. While the project area is known to be a rookery for harbor seals, the work will be conducted in seasons when few harbor seals are known to be present and no breeding activities occur.
The project also is not expected to have significant adverse effects on affected marine mammals' habitat. The project activities will not modify existing marine mammal habitat for a significant amount of time. The activities may cause some fish to leave the area of disturbance, thus temporarily impacting marine mammals' foraging opportunities in a limited portion of the foraging range. However, because of the short duration of the activities and the relatively small area of the habitat that may be affected, and the decreased potential of prey species to be in the Project area during the construction work window, the impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-term negative consequences.
Effects on individuals that are taken by Level B harassment, on the basis of reports in the literature as well as monitoring from other similar activities, will likely be limited to temporary reactions such as increased swimming speeds, increased surfacing time, flushing, or decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring) (
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily support our determination that the impacts resulting from this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No injury is anticipated or authorized;
• Level B harassment may consist of, at worst, temporary modifications in behavior (
• The lack of important feeding, pupping, or other areas in the action area during the construction window;
• The small impact area relative to species range size;
• The minimization of harassment likelihood and severity due to mitigation; and
• The small percentage of the stock that may be affected by project activities (< 9 percent for all stocks; Table 6).
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total marine mammal take from the construction activity will have a negligible impact on
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
Table 6 details the number of instances (harbor seals) or individuals (California sea lions and bottlenose dolphins) that animals could be exposed to received noise levels that could cause Level B harassment for the construction work at the project site relative to the total stock abundance. The numbers of animals authorized to be taken for all species will be considered small relative to the relevant stocks or populations even if each estimated instance of take occurred to a new individual. The total percent of the population (if each instance was a separate individual) for which take is requested is less than nine percent for all stocks (Table 6). Based on the analysis contained herein of the construction activity (including the mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C. 1531
No incidental take of ESA-listed species is authorized or expected to result from this activity. Therefore, NMFS has determined that formal consultation under section 7 of the ESA is not required for this action.
NMFS has issued an IHA to Venoco LLC for the potential harassment of small numbers of three marine mammal species incidental to the Casitas Pier fender pile replacement project in Carpinteria, CA, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring and reporting requirements are incorporated.
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Notice.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“Commission” or “CFTC”) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the extension of a proposed collection of certain information by the agency. In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments must be submitted on or before January 22, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by OMB Control No. 3038-0015 by any of the following methods:
• The Agency's Web site, at
•
•
•
Please submit your comments using only one method.
Adam Charnisky, Division of Market Oversight, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, 525 West Monroe, Chicago IL, 60661; (312) 596-0630; FAX: (312) 596-0711; email:
Under the PRA, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of Information” is defined
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for the CFTC's regulations were published on December 30, 1981. See 46 FR 63035 (Dec. 30, 1981).
The Commission would like to solicit comments to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information will have a practical use;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology;
All comments must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied by an English translation. Comments will be posted as received to
The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse, or remove any or all of your submission from
•
•
•
•
44 U.S.C. 3501
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Notice.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed renewal of a collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments must be submitted on or before January 22, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by OMB Control Number 3038-0026, by any of the following methods:
• The Agency's Web site, at
•
•
•
Please submit your comments using only one method.
Mark Bretscher, Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, (312) 596-0529; email:
Under the PRA,
With respect to the collection of information, the CFTC invites comments on:
• Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information will have a practical use;
• The accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Ways to enhance the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Ways to minimize the burden of collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology;
All comments must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied by an English translation. Comments will be posted as received to
The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or remove any or all of your submission from
•
•
•
•
•
•
There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection.
44 U.S.C. 3501
Defense Logistics Agency (DLA), Department of Defense.
Notice of availability (NOA).
On August 9, 2017, DLA published a NOA in the
Ira Silverberg at 703-767-0705 during normal business hours Monday through Friday, from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. (EDT) or by email:
DLA consulted with the Pennsylvania State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) at the Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Commission and the Absentee-Shawnee Tribe of Oklahoma, Cayuga Nation, Delaware Nation-Oklahoma, Eastern Shawnee Tribe of Oklahoma, Onondaga Nation, Seneca-Cayuga Tribe of Oklahoma, Shawnee Tribe, Tuscarora Nation, St. Regis Mohawk Tribe, Seneca Nation of Indians, Tonawanda Band of Seneca, and Osage Nation for this Proposed Action. The SHPO determined that the Proposed Action would have no effect on historic properties, as identified on the returned Project Review Form Request to Initiate SHPO Consultation on State and Federal Undertakings. The Shawnee Tribe provided a response concurring that no known historic properties would be adversely impacted by the Proposed Action. The Shawnee Tribe indicated they have no issues or concerns about the Proposed Action, but requested they be notified in the event that archaeological materials are encountered during construction, use, or maintenance at the MFH area at
This FONSI documents the decision of DLA to divest MFH at Defense Distribution Center, Susquehanna. DLA has determined the Proposed Action is not a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment within the context of NEPA and no significant impacts on the human environment are associated with this decision.
DLA completed an EA to address the potential environmental consequences associated with the proposed divestment of MFH at Defense Distribution Center, Susquehanna. This FONSI incorporates the EA by reference and summarizes the results of the analyses in the EA.
Deputy Chief Management Officer, Department of Defense.
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
The Department of Defense (DoD) is publishing this notice to announce that the following Federal Advisory Committee meeting of the Defense Business Board will take place.
Open to the public on Wednesday, December 6, 2017 from 11:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
The address for the open meeting is Room 3E928 in the Pentagon, Washington, DC.
Roma Laster, (703) 695-7563 (Voice), (703) 614-4365 (Facsimile),
This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.140 and 102-3.150.
For meeting information please contact Mr. Steven Cruddas, Defense Business Board, 1155 Defense Pentagon, Room 5B1088A, Washington, DC 20301-1155,
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, DoD.
Notice of intent.
Pursuant to the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, New York District (Corps) in partnership with the Town of Greenwich as the non-federal sponsor, is preparing an integrated Feasibility Report/Environmental Impact Statement (FR/EIS) for the proposed Byram River Basin Flood Risk Management Feasibility Study. The study is assessing the feasibility of flood risk management alternatives to be implemented within the congressionally authorized study area with a specific emphasis on the Town of Greenwich, Fairfield County, Connecticut and Port Chester, Westchester County, New York.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, New York District, Programs and Project Management Division, Civil Works Programs Branch, 26 Federal Plaza, Room 2127, New York, NY 10279-0090. Pertinent information about the study can be found at:
Questions about the overall Byram River Basin Flood Risk Management Feasibility Study should be directed to Rifat Salim, Project Manager, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, New York District, Programs and Project Management Division, Civil Works Programs Branch, 26 Federal Plaza, Room 2127, New York, NY 10279-0090; Phone: (917) 790-8215; email:
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps), in partnership with the Town of Greenwich as the non-Federal sponsor, is undertaking this study. The Town of Greenwich and Village of Port Chester have been subjected to repeated, severe flooding caused by overflow of the Byram River due to precipitation of high intensity, large amounts, or prolonged duration. The Byram River Basin study was authorized by a resolution of the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, Docket 2779, dated May 2nd, 2007.
A Feasibility Cost Sharing Agreement (FCSA) was executed on August 29, 2012 with the Town of Greenwich. The preliminary alternative analyses was completed early 2015 and identified Alternative #2a—Nonstructural Within the 10-yr Floodplain, and Alternative #5—Replacement of the Route 1 Highway Bridges, as each having a Benefit Cost Ratio over one and are being moved forward for further evaluation for eventual identification of the Tentatively Selected Plan.
The project area encompasses the portion of the Byram River located from southern section of the Pemberwick neighborhood to the Rt. 1 bridges in the Town of Greenwich, Fairfield County, Connecticut and Village of Port Chester, Westchester County, New York.
The Corps and the Town of Greenwich are currently anticipating hosting a NEPA Scoping Meeting in November 2017. Public notices announcing the meeting date, time, location and agenda will be published in the appropriate local newspapers, the Town of Greenwich Web page and on the Corps' New York District Web page (see the
A scoping comment period of 30 days will be established from the scheduled date of the meeting to allow agencies, organizations and individuals to submit comments, questions and/or concerns regarding the Feasibility Study. Comments, concerns and information submitted to the Corps will be evaluated and considered during the development of the Draft EIS.
The Corps is the lead federal agency for the preparation of the FR/EIS and meeting the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act and the NEPA Implementing Regulations of the President's Council on Environmental Quality (40 CFR 1500-1508). Federal agencies interested in participating as a Cooperating Agency are requested to submit a letter of intent to Colonel Thomas D. Asbery, District Engineer (see
Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, DoD.
Public meeting and extension of public comment period.
The Rock Island and Chicago Districts, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), will host a public meeting in New Orleans, Louisiana to discuss the draft report titled The Great Lakes and Mississippi River Interbasin Study—Brandon Road Draft Integrated Feasibility Study and Environmental Impact Statement—Will County, Illinois and receive input regarding this study.
The meeting will be held on December 5, 2017, from 1:00 to 4:00 p.m. in New Orleans, Louisiana. USACE is also extending the public comment period for the original notice that published in the
The meeting will be held at USACE, New Orleans District, 7400 Leake Ave, New Orleans, Louisiana, 70118.
Written comments are accepted until December 8, 2017. Written comments may be submitted in the following ways:
A Facebook Live participants can use the “Live Chat” feature. However, these comments will not be recorded in the official record.
The draft report/EIS and additional information regarding this meeting can be found at
This action is being undertaken pursuant to the Water Resources and Development Act of 2007, Section 3061(d), Public Law 110-114 and the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), 42 U.S.C. 4321,
Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, U.S. Department of Energy.
Record of decision.
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) announces its decision to issue a Presidential permit to Northern Pass Transmission LLC (Northern Pass or Applicant) to construct, operate, maintain, and connect an electric transmission line across the U.S./Canada international border in northern New Hampshire. The potential environmental impacts associated with the transmission line are analyzed in the
The final Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) and this Record of Decision (ROD) are available on the DOE National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Web site at
For further information on the Northern Pass Transmission Line Project EIS, contact Mr. Brian Mills as indicated in the
Executive Order (EO) 10485 (Sept. 3, 1953), as amended by EO 12038 (Feb. 3, 1978), delegates to DOE the authority to issue Presidential permits for the construction, operation, maintenance, or connection of electricity transmission facilities at the U.S. international borders. DOE may issue a permit if it determines that the permit is in the public interest and after obtaining favorable recommendations from the U.S. Departments of State and Defense. In determining whether issuance of a permit would be in the public interest, DOE assesses the potential environmental impacts of the proposed project, the potential impact of the proposed project on electric reliability, and any other factors that DOE considers relevant to the public interest. Issuance of a Presidential permit is a Presidential action, carried out by DOE pursuant to delegated Presidential authority. Accordingly, DOE has no legal obligation to prepare an EIS when it considers a Presidential permit application, since NEPA does not apply to acts of the President. Nonetheless, DOE opts to comply with NEPA and other Federal statutes as part of its “public interest” review of Presidential permit applications, pursuant to DOE's long-standing Presidential permit regulations.
On October 14, 2010, Northern Pass applied to the DOE for a Presidential permit to construct, operate, maintain, and connect a high voltage direct current (HVDC) electric transmission
As proposed, the Project would include both overhead and underground line along with six aboveground transition stations, one new converter station, and substation upgrades.
Consistent with Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act, DOE has consulted with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) regarding the potential impacts on federally listed threatened or endangered species in the area of the proposed Northern Pass Project, and DOE has prepared a Biological Assessment (BA). On April 14, 2017, DOE sent USFWS a letter requesting initiation of formal Section 7 consultation under the Endangered Species Act. DOE prepared a final BA and submitted it to USFWS on June 16, 2017. The USFWS on October 19, 2017, submitted a Biological Opinion (BO) to DOE which concluded formal consultation. In the BO, USFWS concurred with DOE's determination that the proposed Northern Pass Project “may affect, but is not likely to adversely affect the federally threatened small whorled pogonia (
Consistent with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), DOE consulted with the New Hampshire and Vermont State Historic Preservation Officers (SHPOs) regarding the potential adverse effects to historic properties from the proposed Northern Pass Project. This consultation is continuing in accordance with a Section 106 Programmatic Agreement (PA) executed between DOE, the New Hampshire and Vermont SHPOs, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, and Northern Pass. The PA is available on the Northern Pass Transmission Line Project EIS Web site at
On February 11, 2011, DOE issued a Notice of Intent (NOI) in the
On July 31, 2015, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) issued a Notice of Availability (NOA) for the draft EIS in the
The DOE invited several federal and state agencies to participate in the preparation of the draft and final EIS as cooperating agencies because of their special expertise or jurisdiction by law. The USFS—WMNF, EPA—Region 1, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)—New England Region, and the New Hampshire Office of Energy and Planning (NHOEP) participated as cooperating agencies in the preparation of the EIS. The WMNF Forest Supervisor will use the EIS to inform its decision regarding the SUP. In September 2017, the WMNF Forest Supervisor issued a draft ROD related to the SUP.
In the EIS, DOE analyzed the No Action Alternative, the Proposed Action, and ten additional action alternatives. Under the No Action Alternative, DOE would not issue a Presidential permit and the USFS would not issue a SUP for the proposed Project, the proposed transmission system would not be constructed, and the potential impacts from the proposed Project would not occur. Under the Proposed Action of granting the Presidential permit (DOE's Preferred Alternative, Alternative 7), the transmission line would cross the U.S./Canada international border in Pittsburg, NH and extend approximately 192 miles to an existing substation located in Deerfield, NH. The ten additional action alternatives (Alternatives 2 through 6, with variations) involve variations in route and total length, including varying lengths of overhead and underground line and are described in detail in Chapter 2 of the final EIS.
DOE's Presidential permitting authority is limited to the international border crossing; however, it is DOE's policy to analyze not only the border crossing, but also the alignment of new infrastructure required between the border crossing and connection to the existing U.S. electricity system as a “connected action” under NEPA. The EIS analyzed the potential environmental impacts associated with the Applicant's proposed route (Alternative 7) and ten alternative routes that were proposed by the Applicant, agencies and the public during scoping and development of the EIS.
The EIS analyzed potential environmental impacts associated with the alternatives for each of the following resource areas: visual resources, socioeconomics, recreation, health and safety, traffic and transportation, land use, noise, historic and cultural resources, environmental justice, air quality, wildlife, vegetation, water resources, geology and soils, and cumulative impacts. Chapter 4 of the final EIS contains the analysis of the potential environmental impacts of the alternatives. Analysis of the impacts assumed the implementation of Applicant-proposed impact avoidance and minimization measures contained in Appendix H of the final EIS.
DOE prepared this Floodplain Statement of Findings in accordance with DOE's regulations, entitled “Compliance with Floodplain and Wetland Environmental Review Requirements” (10 CFR part 1022). The Floodplain Statement of Findings addresses the proposed Northern Pass Project that would cross the U.S./Canada international border into Pittsburg, NH and extend approximately 192 miles to an existing substation located in Deerfield, NH. As described above and in Chapter 2 of the EIS, DOE analyzed the proposed Project as well as the No Action Alternative and ten action alternatives. Appendix A of the final EIS contains maps of the proposed Northern Pass Project, and Appendix A of the Water Resources Technical Report contains maps of the proposed Northern Pass Project, including watershed, surface water and wetlands locations. The required floodplain and wetland assessment was conducted during development and preparation of the EIS (see Sections 4.1.13, 4.2.13, 4.3.13, 4.4.13 and 4.5.13 of the final EIS and the final EIS' Water Resources Technical Report). Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) data were used to determine the influence of flood zones. According to the Water Resources Technical Report, construction and operation activities (
Implementation of the No Action Alternative would not result in changes to the existing condition in the above-listed resource areas and is, therefore, the environmentally preferable alternative.
Comments on the final EIS were received from the EPA, the Appalachian Mountain Club, the Pessamit lnnu First Nation, New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services, Hydro Quebec, the Conservation Law Foundation, and one individual. These comments may be viewed on the Northern Pass Transmission Line Project EIS Web site at
DOE has decided to issue Presidential permit PP-371 to authorize Northern Pass to construct, operate, maintain, and connect a HVDC transmission line capable of transmitting up to 1,090 MW of power across the U.S./Canada international border in Pittsburg, NH at Latitude 45.017719 N, Longitude -71.500028 W. The permit will include conditions requiring Northern Pass to implement the impact avoidance and minimization measures identified in the final EIS, the requirements set forth by USFWS in the BO, and the terms of the PA.
DOE determined that issuance of a Presidential permit for the proposed Northern Pass Project is consistent with the public interest. The decision by DOE to grant a Presidential permit is based on consideration of the potential environmental impacts, impacts on the reliability of the U.S. electric power supply system, and the favorable recommendations of the U.S. Departments of State and Defense provided, respectively, on May 24 and June 27 of 2016.
Notwithstanding DOE's analysis of alternatives in the final EIS, DOE does not have siting or alignment authority for projects proposed in applications for Presidential permits. In this case, the siting authority is the NHSEC. DOE has evaluated the Preferred and reasonable alternatives and has determined that the Preferred Alternative meets the project objectives and is consistent with the project being reviewed by the NHSEC.
DOE determined that the proposed international electric transmission line would not have an adverse impact on the reliability of the U.S. electric power supply system. In reaching this determination, DOE considered the operation of the electrical grid with a specified maximum amount of electric power transmitted over the proposed line. DOE reviewed the reliability studies conducted by RLC Engineering for Independent System Operator (ISO) New England (ISO-NE). A summary of the study is available on the EIS Web site at
All practicable means to avoid or minimize environmental harm from the proposed Northern Pass Project have been, or will be, adopted. Applicant-proposed measures to avoid and minimize adverse impacts are described in Appendix H of the final EIS and Appendix B of the Water Resources Technical Report. The Applicant will be responsible for implementing these avoidance and minimization measures as well as applicable measures required through ongoing consultations and other Federal, State and local permitting processes.
DOE received seven comment documents on the final EIS—from the Appalachian Mountain Club, the EPA, Pessamit Innu First Nation, Hydro-Quebec, New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services, the Conservation Law Foundation, and one individual. These comment documents may be viewed on the Northern Pass Transmission Line Project EIS Web site at
Appalachian Mountain Club stated that “NH DOT has determined that burial under the roadway is contrary to their policy and burial would need to take place outside of the road surface.” DOE reviewed the NHSEC session cited by Appalachian Mountain Club but did not find a conclusion by NHDOT. Burial in the roadway and necessary authorizations was addressed in the final EIS. The final EIS explained that “[t]he Applicant would be required to secure an authorization in order to construct the Project within any roadway corridor . . . Areas of the Project located within a NHDOT ROW would be reviewed by NHDOT and are also subject to the provisions of the NHDOT Utility Accommodation Manual.” (Section 4.1.6.1 of final EIS.) Also, for “portions of the Project located underground adjacent to or beneath state and federal highways, the Applicant would be required to comply with direction outlined in the NHDOT Utility Accommodation Manual. Required permits and authorizations would not be acquired through this EIS process, but rather through a separate, subsequent process” (Section 1.7.3.2). In addition, the final EIS analyzed potential impacts not only within the roadway, but in adjacent areas. For example, for assessing potential impacts on historic and cultural resources, DOE defined a direct area of potential affects for Alternative 7 (Proposed Action/Preferred Alternative) as a “20-foot-wide area extending away from the edge of pavement on both sides of existing roads in which portions of the Project may be buried” (Table 3-7 of final EIS).
In commenting on potential impacts to bedrock aquifers, EPA said “the updated [Water Resources technical] report fails to capture potential impacts to bedrock aquifers,” and referenced statements in the technical report such as “No bedrock aquifers are within the study area.” EPA said such statements “do not appear to comport” with other information in that technical report and general knowledge of New Hampshire aquifers.
In response to EPA's comment that the Water Resources Technical Report includes statements such as “[n]o bedrock aquifers are within the study area,” DOE clarifies that this conclusion applies to particular segments of the route alternatives, as delineated in the technical report. In total, DOE identified less than 1 acre of bedrock aquifer in the study area for all of the route alternatives assessed in the Water Resources Technical Report. For example, DOE identified approximately 0.1 acres of bedrock aquifer in the study area for Alternative 7 (DOE's Preferred Alternative) (0.1 acres in the Central section). DOE also explained in the technical report that “once more detailed plans are in place, a coordinated effort with the NHDES, local communities, and well owners would need to occur to verify the location of nearby wells and ensure that they are protected during construction of the Project.” The technical report describes the process for reviewing well data including that a “GIS-based review of data supplied by NH GRANIT was completed to identify locations of private water supply wells along the existing transmission line ROW. This data layer identifies private wells established for a variety of uses, including drinking water, industrial, agricultural, and commercial, among others.”
In commenting on protection of drinking water in the study area, EPA said “[t]he FEIS response to EPA's comments does not indicate whether the Public Drinking Water Suppliers for these communities were notified about the proximity of the project to their public supply wells. Also, there do not appear to be any applicant proposed
Regarding wetland issues, EPA commented that “the FEIS does not analyze the viability of the hybrid alternative and additional narrative comparing the hybrid with the other alternatives would have made the EIS more valuable for future state and federal permitting. Regardless, the information provided will help focus the upcoming analysis of project design alternatives and determination of the least environmentally damaging practicable alternative by the Corps of Engineers. EPA intends to continue to work closely with the applicant and the Corps of Engineers regarding project routing, impact minimization throughout the balance of the design and permitting process for the project.” DOE thanks EPA for its commitment to work with the applicant and the Corps regarding project routing and impact minimization.
In an August 30, 2017 letter, the Pessamit Innu First Nation provided information about its past experiences with Hydro-Quebec and ongoing concerns related to Hydro-Quebec's operations including planned modifications, operational changes, Canadian environmental review and potential effects on the Pessamit Innu First Nation and its territory. Hydro-Quebec submitted a letter to DOE on October 11, 2017 in which it responded to points raised in the letter from the Pessamit Innu First Nation. DOE acknowledges the differing viewpoints of the commenters. However, the issues raised relate to impacts and processes in Canada. As DOE explained in its response to similar comments in Appendix L of the final EIS, potential impacts in Canada are beyond the scope of the NEPA analysis, and “NEPA does not require an analysis of potential environmental impacts that occur within another sovereign nation that result from actions approved by that sovereign nation.” As the final EIS noted, DOE does not analyze the impacts in Canada of Hydro-Québec power generation and transmission line projects because these impacts are analyzed in accordance with the sovereign laws of Canada and because DOE (nor any other U.S. federal agency) has no authority over development of the Hydro-Québec system.”
In its September 22, 2017 letter to DOE, the New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services (NHDES) provided recommended conditions that “represent NHDES' detailed technical comments relative to the potential environmental impacts (and proposed mitigation measures) related to this project.” NHDES attached a March 1, 2017 letter and set of conditions it sent to the NHSEC and characterized them as “conditions . . . that are to be incorporated into the decison-making process by the NHSEC during it upcoming deliberations.” DOE has reviewed the recommended conditions provided by NHDES. DOE notes that Appendix H (Applicant-Proposed Impact Avoidance and Minimization Measures) of the final EIS references the March 2017 NHDES conditions. Specifically, Appendix H states “this analysis assumes that the Applicant will adhere to all stipulations defined in all permits issued by the State of New Hampshire, including those defined by the New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services in their March 2017 approval recommendation to the SEC (NHDES 2017a).”
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding Ormesa LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is December 6, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j. Deadline for filing comments, recommendations, terms and conditions, and prescriptions: 60 days from the issuance date of this notice; reply comments are due 105 days from the issuance date of this notice.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments, recommendations, terms and conditions, and prescriptions using the Commission's eFiling system at
The Commission's Rules of Practice require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person on the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency.
k. This application has been accepted and is now ready for environmental analysis.
l. The Lower Pelzer Project consists of: (1) A 696-foot-long by 40-foot-high granite masonry dam, consisting of (i) a 310-foot-long spillway section topped with 4-foot-high wooden flashboards, (ii) a 40-foot-long non-overflow section with two 10-foot-wide by 6-foot-high gates, and (iii) a 236-foot-long non-overflow section; (2) an 80-acre impoundment at a normal pool elevation of 693 feet mean sea level; (3) a 110-foot-long by 14-foot-wide intake, protected by a trashrack structure with 2-inch clear bar spacing, controlling flow to the powerhouse through five, 10.5-foot-wide square gates; (4) a 110-foot-long by 68-foot-wide brick powerhouse integral with the dam, containing 5 horizontal Francis turbine generating units that total 3,300 kilowatts (kW); (5) a 600-foot-long by 110-foot-wide tailrace; (6) a 3-mile-long, 3,300-volt transmission line connecting the powerhouse to the grid via a 7.2/12.47 kilovolt transformer; and (7) appurtenant facilities.
Pelzer Hydro and Consolidated Hydro (co-licensees) operate the project in a run-of-river mode using automatic pond level control, with no storage or flood control capacity. A continuous minimum flow of 140 cubic feet per second (cfs) or inflow, whichever is less, is released into the bypassed reach. The minimum flow is achieved via a sluice gate in the non-overflow section of the dam. The project operates under an estimated average head of 40 feet, including the 4-foot-high spillway flashboards. The impoundment water surface elevation is maintained at 693 feet. River flows between 159 and 1,408 cfs are used for power generation, while flows in excess of 1,408 cfs are passed over the flashboards and spillway. Flow to the generating units is controlled by five manually operated square slide gates. The total installed capacity of the project is 3,300 kW between the five generating units. The project generates approximately 8,784 megawatt-hours annually, which are sold to a local utility.
The co-licensees propose to continue to operate and maintain the Lower Pelzer Project as is required in the existing license, and to develop canoe portage facilities. The co-licensees also propose to remove the previous three-mile-long, 3,300-volt overhead transmission line, which is no longer in use, from the project boundary under a new license. Instead, the project uses a 165-foot-long, 3,300-volt transmission line that interconnects with the grid at an applicant-owned transformer.
m. A copy of the application is available for review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room, or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site at
All filings must: (1) Bear in all capital letters the title COMMENTS, REPLY COMMENTS, RECOMMENDATIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS, or PRESCRIPTIONS; (2) set forth in the heading the name of the applicant and the project number of the application to which the filing responds; (3) furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the person submitting the filing; and (4) otherwise comply with the requirements of 18 CFR 385.2001 through 385.2005. All comments, recommendations, terms and conditions or prescriptions must set forth their evidentiary basis and otherwise comply with the requirements of 18 CFR 4.34(b).
You may also register online at
n. A license applicant must file no later than 60 days following the date of issuance of this notice: (1) A copy of the water quality certification; (2) a copy of the request for certification, including proof of the date on which the certifying agency received the request; or (3) evidence of waiver of water quality certification.
Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j. Deadline for filing comments, recommendations, terms and conditions, and prescriptions: 60 days from the issuance date of this notice; reply comments are due 105 days from the issuance date of this notice.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments, recommendations, terms and conditions, and prescriptions using the Commission's eFiling system at
The Commission's Rules of Practice require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person on the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency.
k. This application has been accepted and is now ready for environmental analysis.
l. The Piedmont Project consists of: (1) A 600-foot-long by 25-foot-high stone masonry dam, consisting of (i) a 200-foot-long non-overflow section, (ii) a 200-foot-long central overflow spillway topped with 16-inch-high wooden flashboards, and (iii) a 200-foot-long non-overflow spillway housing the inoperable J.P. Stevens Canal intake; (2) a 22-acre impoundment at a normal pool elevation of 774 feet mean sea level; (3) a 140-foot-long by 81-foot-wide intake canal consisting of eight gates at the head of the canal controlling flow to the powerhouse; (4) a 52-foot-long by 52-foot-wide brick masonry powerhouse protected by a trashrack structure with 2-inch clear bar spacing, located 120 feet downstream of the dam, containing one vertical Francis turbine generating unit that totals 1,000 kilowatt (kW); (5) a 180-foot-long by 38-foot-wide tailrace; (6) a 263-foot-long, 600-volt transmission line connecting the powerhouse to the non-project substation; and (7) appurtenant facilities.
Aquenergy operates the project in a run-of-river mode using automatic pond level control, with no useable storage or flood control capacity. A continuous minimum flow of 15 cubic feet per second (cfs) or inflow, whichever is less, is released into the bypassed area. The minimum flow is achieved via an 8-foot-wide by 1-foot-deep weir on the spillway crest. The project operates under an estimated average head of 26 feet, including the 16-inch-high spillway flashboards. The impoundment water surface elevation is maintained at 774 feet. River flows between 159 cfs and 535 cfs are used for power generation, while flows in excess of 535 cfs are passed over the flashboards and spillway. The total installed capacity of the project is 1,000 kW from the single generating unit. The project generates approximately 5,369 megawatt-hours annually, which are sold to a local utility.
Aquenergy proposes to continue to operate and maintain the Piedmont Project as is required in the existing license, and to develop canoe portage facilities.
m. A copy of the application is available for review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room, or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site at
All filings must: (1) Bear in all capital letters the title COMMENTS, REPLY COMMENTS, RECOMMENDATIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS, or “PRESCRIPTIONS;” (2) set forth in the heading the name of the applicant and the project number of the application to which the filing responds; (3) furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the person submitting the filing; and (4) otherwise comply with the requirements of 18 CFR 385.2001 through 385.2005. All comments, recommendations, terms and conditions or prescriptions must set forth their evidentiary basis and otherwise comply with the requirements of 18 CFR 4.34(b). Agencies may obtain copies of the application directly from the applicant. Each filing must be accompanied by proof of service on all persons listed on
You may also register online at
n. A license applicant must file no later than 60 days following the date of issuance of this notice: (1) A copy of the water quality certification; (2) a copy of the request for certification, including proof of the date on which the certifying agency received the request; or (3) evidence of waiver of water quality certification.
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that on November 16, 2017, pursuant to section 292.402 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) Rules and Regulations, 18 CFR 292.402 (2017) South Texas Electric Cooperative, Inc. (South Texas), on behalf of itself and three of its member-distribution cooperatives, Jackson Electric Cooperative, Inc., Magic Valley Electric Cooperative, Inc. and Medina Electric Cooperative, Inc. (collectively, Member Cooperatives), submitted a request for waivers of certain obligations imposed on them by Section 210 of the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 (PURPA) and Commission's regulations, all as more fully explained in the petition.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Petitioner.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the eFiling link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding Phibro Americas LLC`s application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is December 6, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments, recommendations, terms and conditions, and prescriptions using the Commission's eFiling system at
The Commission's Rules of Practice require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person on the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency.
k. This application has been accepted and is now ready for environmental analysis.
l.
Pelzer Hydro and Consolidated Hydro (co-licensees) operate the project in a
The co-licensees propose to continue to operate and maintain the Upper Pelzer Project as is required in the existing license, and to develop canoe portage facilities. The co-licensees also propose to release a continuous minimum flow of 15 cfs or inflow, whichever is less, from a new weir on the spillway crest in order to maintain aquatic habitat and water quality conditions in the 115-foot-long reach between the dam and the upstream powerhouse tailrace.
m. A copy of the application is available for review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room, or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site at
You may also register online at
n.
The staff of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) has prepared this Environmental Assessment (EA) of the Birdsboro Pipeline Project (Project) proposed by DTE Midstream Appalachia, LLC (DTE Midstream) in the above-referenced docket. DTE Midstream requests authorization to construct, operate, and maintain new natural gas facilities in Berks County, Pennsylvania, consisting of 13.2 miles of 12-inch-diameter pipeline, a new meter station, and appurtenant facilities.
The EA assesses the potential environmental effects of the construction and operation of the Project in accordance with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA). The FERC staff concludes that approval of the Project, with appropriate mitigating measures, would not constitute a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency participated as cooperating agencies in the preparation of the EA. Cooperating agencies have jurisdiction by law and/or have special expertise with respect to resources potentially affected by a proposal.
The proposed Birdsboro Pipeline Project includes the following facilities:
• About 13.2 miles of new, 12-inch-diameter pipeline;
• a new meter station associated facilities at the Texas Eastern Transmission Company Pipeline right-of-way and pig launcher facility;
• a new pig receiver facility; and
• four mainline valve sites.
The FERC staff mailed copies of the EA to federal, state, and local government representatives and agencies; elected officials; environmental and public interest groups; Native American tribes; potentially affected landowners and other interested individuals and groups; and newspapers and libraries in the Project area. In addition, the EA is available for public viewing on the FERC's Web site (
Any person wishing to comment on the EA may do so. Your comments should focus on the potential environmental effects, reasonable alternatives, and measures to avoid or lessen environmental impacts. The more specific your comments, the more useful they will be. To ensure that your comments are properly recorded and considered prior to a Commission decision on the proposal, it is important that the FERC receives your comments in Washington, DC on or before December 15, 2017.
For your convenience, there are three methods you can use to submit your comments to the Commission. In all instances, please reference the Project docket number (CP17-409-000) with your submission. The Commission encourages electronic filing of comments and has dedicated eFiling expert staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or
(1) You may file your comments electronically by using the eComment feature, which is located on the Commission's Web site at
(2) You may file your comments electronically by using the eFiling feature, which is located on the Commission's Web site at
(3) You may file a paper copy of your comments at the following address: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426.
Any person seeking to become a party to the proceeding must file a motion to intervene pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedures (Title 18 Code of Federal Regulations 385.214).
Additional information about the Project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at 1-866-208-FERC (3372), or on the FERC Web site (
In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription, which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to
Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of the receivership, such comment must be made in writing and sent within thirty days of the date of this notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 34.6, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201.
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of the receivership, such comment must be made in writing and sent within thirty days of the date of this notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 34.6, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201.
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
Based upon the foregoing, the receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of the receivership, such comment must be made in writing and sent within thirty days of the date of this notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 34.6, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201.
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of the receivership, such comment must be made in writing and sent within thirty days of the date of this notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 34.6, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201.
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of the receivership, such comment must be made in writing and sent within thirty days of the date of this notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 34.6, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201.
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
Federal Maritime Commission
Notice and request for comments.
The Federal Maritime Commission (Commission) is giving public notice that the agency has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for approval the continuing information collection (extension with no changes) described in this notice. The public is invited to comment on the proposed information collection pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted at the addresses below on or before December 22, 2017.
Comments should be addressed to:
Copies of the information collections and instructions, or copies of any comments received, may be obtained by contacting Donna Lee by phone at (202) 523-5800 or email at
Pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13), the Commission invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed information collections. On August 2, 2017, the Commission published a notice and request for comments in the
In response to this notice, comments and suggestions should address one or more of the following points: (1) The necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the filing of the following agreement under the Shipping Act of 1984. Interested parties may submit comments on the agreement to the Secretary, Federal Maritime Commission, Washington, DC 20573, within twelve days of the date this notice appears in the
By Order of the Federal Maritime Commission.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Notice, request for comment.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) invites comment on a proposal to extend for three years, without revision, the mandatory disclosure requirements associated with CFPB's Regulation DD (Truth in Savings Act) (FR DD; OMB No. 7100-0271).
Comments must be submitted on or before January 22, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by
•
•
•
•
•
All public comments are available from the Board's Web site at
Additionally, commenters may send a copy of their comments to the OMB Desk Officer—Shagufta Ahmed—Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503 or by fax to (202) 395-6974.
A copy of the PRA OMB submission, including the proposed reporting form and instructions, supporting statement, and other documentation will be placed into OMB's public docket files, once
Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer—Nuha Elmaghrabi—Office of the Chief Data Officer, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551, (202) 452-3829. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC, 20551.
On June 15, 1984, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) delegated to the Board authority under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) to approve of and assign OMB control numbers to collection of information requests and requirements conducted or sponsored by the Board. In exercising this delegated authority, the Board is directed to take every reasonable step to solicit comment. In determining whether to approve a collection of information, the Board will consider all comments received from the public and other agencies.
The Board invites public comment on the following information collection, which is being reviewed under authority delegated by the OMB under the PRA. Comments are invited on the following:
a. Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the Federal Reserve's functions; including whether the information has practical utility;
b. The accuracy of the Federal Reserve's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
c. Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
d. Ways to minimize the burden of information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
e. Estimates of capital or startup costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
At the end of the comment period, the comments and recommendations received will be analyzed to determine the extent to which the Federal Reserve should modify the proposal prior to giving final approval.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice with comment period.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as part of its continuing effort to reduce public burden and maximize the utility of government information, invites the general public and other Federal agencies the opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This notice invites comment on a proposed information collection project titled Monitoring Breastfeeding-Related Maternity Care—US hospitals. The Maternity Practices in Infant Nutrition and Care (mPINC) survey is a census of maternity care hospitals in the United States and Territories, that CDC has administered every other year since 2007 in order to monitor and examine changes in breastfeeding-related maternity care practices over time.
CDC must receive written comments on or before January 22, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CDC-2017-0086 by any of the following methods:
•
•
Submit all comments through the Federal eRulemaking portal (
To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plan and instruments, contact Leroy A. Richardson, Information Collection Review Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE., MS-D74, Atlanta, Georgia 30329; phone: 404-639-7570; Email:
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. In addition, the PRA also requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
The OMB is particularly interested in comments that will help:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
5. Assess information collection costs.
Monitoring Breastfeeding-Related Maternity Care—US Hospitals (OMB Control No. 0920-0743, Exp. 9/30/2016)—Reinstatement with change—Division of Nutrition, Physical Activity, and Obesity (DNPAO), National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (NCCDPHP), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Substantial evidence demonstrates the social, economic, and health benefits of breastfeeding for both the mother and infant as well as for society in general. Breastfeeding mothers have lower risks of breast and ovarian cancers and type 2 diabetes, and breastfeeding better protects infants against infections, chronic diseases like diabetes and obesity, and even childhood leukemia and sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS). However, the groups that are at higher risk for diabetes, obesity, and poor health overall persistently have the lowest breastfeeding rates.
Health professionals recommend at least 12 months of breastfeeding, and Healthy People 2020 establishes specific national breastfeeding goals. In addition to increasing overall rates, a significant public health priority in the U.S. is to reduce variation in breastfeeding rates across population subgroups. Although CDC surveillance data indicate that breastfeeding initiation rates in the United States are climbing, rates for duration and exclusivity continue to lag, and significant disparities persist between African American and white women in breastfeeding rates.
The health care system is one of the most important and effective settings to improve breastfeeding. Recognition of the hospital stay as a crucial influence in later breastfeeding outcomes led to the addition of two objectives in Healthy People 2020 to allow national monitoring of improvements in support for breastfeeding during this time. In 2007, CDC conducted the first national survey of Maternity Practices in Infant Nutrition and Care (known as the mPINC Survey) in health care facilities (hospitals and free-standing childbirth centers). CDC designed this biennial survey to provide baseline information. CDC also conducted the survey in 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015. The survey inquired about patient education and support for breastfeeding throughout the maternity stay as well as staff training and maternity care policies.
Prior to the fielding of the 2009 iteration, OMB requested that CDC provide a report to OMB on the results of the 2007 collection. In this report, CDC provided survey results by geographic and demographic characteristics and a summary of activities that resulted from the survey. A summary of mPINC findings was also the anchor of all activities related to the CDC August 2011 Vital Signs activity, marking the first time that CDC highlighted improving hospital maternity practices as the CDC-wide public health priority. A summary of mPINC findings provided the basis of the CDC October 2015 Vital Signs report, which updated the 2011 Vital Signs report and concluded that although maternity care policies and practices supportive of breastfeeding are improving nationally; more work is needed to ensure all women receive optimal breastfeeding support during the birth hospitalization.
The 2018 and 2020 mPINC surveys will closely match those used before (2007, 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015) in methodology and administration but CDC updated the content of the survey to reflect changes in maternity care over time. A major strength of the mPINC survey is its structure as an ongoing national census, which does not employ sampling methods. CDC uses the American Hospital Association (AHA) Annual Survey of Hospitals to identify potential participating facilities. Facilities invited to participate in the survey include hospitals that participated in previous iterations and those that received an invite but did not participate in the previous iterations, as well as those that have become eligible since the most recent mPINC survey. CDC will screen all hospitals with one or more registered maternity beds via a brief phone call to assess their eligibility, identify additional satellite locations, and identify the appropriate point of contact. The high response rates to the previous iterations of the mPINC survey (82-83% in 2007, 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015) indicate that the methodology is appropriate and reflects high interest among the study population.
As with the initial surveys, a major goal of the 2018 and 2020 follow-up surveys is to be fully responsive to hospitals' needs for information and technical assistance. CDC will provide direct feedback to hospital respondents in a customized benchmark report of their results. CDC will use information from the mPINC surveys to identify, document, and share information related to incremental changes in practices and care processes over time at the hospital, state, and national levels. Researchers also use the data to gain a better understanding of the relationships between hospital characteristics, maternity-care practices, state level factors, and breastfeeding initiation and continuation rates.
Participation in the survey is voluntary, and participants may submit responses through a Web-based system.
There are no costs to respondents other than their time.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice with comment period.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as part of its continuing effort to reduce public burden and maximize the utility of government information, invites the general public and other Federal agencies the opportunity to comment on a proposed and/or continuing information collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This notice invites comment on a proposed information collection project titled
CDC must receive written comments on or before January 22, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CDC-2017-0098 by any of the following methods:
•
•
To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plan and instruments, contact Leroy A. Richardson, Information Collection Review Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE., MS-D74, Atlanta, Georgia 30329; phone: 404-639-7570; Email:
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. In addition, the PRA also requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
The OMB is particularly interested in comments that will help:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
5. Assess information collection costs.
Workplace Violence Prevention Programs in NJ Healthcare Facilities (OMB Control Number 0920-0914, Expiration 3/31/2018)—Extension—National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) seeks to request an extension of it already approved information collection project to complete 20 nursing home interviews.
Healthcare workers are nearly five times more likely to become victims of violence than workers from all other industries combined. While healthcare workers are not at particularly high risk for job-related homicide, nearly 60% of
The long-term goal of the proposed project is to reduce violence against healthcare workers. The objective of the proposed study is: (1) To examine nursing home compliance with the New Jersey Violence Prevention in Health Care Facilities Act, and (2) to evaluate the effectiveness of the regulations in this Act in reducing assault injuries to nursing home workers. Our central hypothesis is that nursing homes with high compliance with the regulations will have lower rates of employee violence-related injury.
Previously under this OMB Control number, NIOSH received OMB approval to evaluate the legislation at 50 hospitals and at 40 nursing homes, to conduct a nurse survey, and to conduct a home healthcare aide survey (HHCAS). NIOSH completed the data collection activities for the hospitals, the nurse survey, and the HHCAS. However, NIOSH only completed 20 out of 40 nursing home interviews.
NIOSH seeks to conduct face-to-face interviews with the Chairs of the Violence Prevention Committees in 20 nursing homes (10 in New Jersey and 10 in Virginia) who are in charge of overseeing compliance efforts. The purpose of the interviews is to measure compliance to the state regulations: Violence prevention policies, reporting systems for violent events, violence prevention committee, written violence prevention plan, violence risk assessments, post incident response and violence prevention training. A contractor will conduct the interviews.
There are no costs to respondents other than their time. The total estimated burden hours are 40.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by December 22, 2017.
When commenting on the proposed information collections, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be received by the OMB desk officer via one of the following transmissions: OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: CMS Desk Officer, Fax Number: (202) 395-5806
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
William Parham at (410) 786-4669.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the
1.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is requesting public input on updated recommendations for regulations on good manufacturing practice for electronic nicotine delivery systems (ENDS) that were submitted to FDA by a group of 13 tobacco companies (tobacco companies' ENDS recommendations). FDA is providing an opportunity for interested parties to comment on the tobacco companies' ENDS recommendations.
Submit electronic or written comments on the tobacco companies' ENDS recommendations by December 22, 2017.
You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before December 22, 2017. The
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
• Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions): Dockets Management Staff (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Matthew Brenner, Center for Tobacco
On June 22, 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (Pub. L. 111-31) (Tobacco Control Act) was signed into law, amending the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) and giving FDA authority to regulate tobacco product manufacturing, distribution, and marketing. The new provisions include, among other things, the authority to issue regulations related to tobacco product manufacturing practice in order to protect the public health and to assure that tobacco products are in compliance with the FD&C Act. Specifically, section 906(e) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 387f(e)) provides that in applying manufacturing restrictions to tobacco, the Secretary shall prescribe regulations (which may differ based on the type of tobacco product involved) requiring that the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the manufacture, preproduction design validation (including a process to assess the performance of a tobacco product), packing, and storage of a tobacco product conform to current good manufacturing practice, or hazard analysis and critical control point methodology.
On May 10, 2016, FDA published a final rule entitled “Deeming Tobacco Products to be Subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as Amended by the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act; Restrictions on the Sale and Distribution of Tobacco Products and Required Warning Statements for Tobacco Products” (81 FR 28974) (the deeming rule) that became effective on August 8, 2016. Under the deeming rule, newly deemed tobacco products, including ENDS, are now subject to the provisions of the Tobacco Control Act that apply automatically to all products that meet the statutory definition of a tobacco product in section 201(rr) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 321(r)).
On January 10, 2012, industry stakeholders submitted recommendations for good manufacturing practice requirements (and a draft preamble) for tobacco products that were immediately subject to FDA's jurisdiction when the Tobacco Control Act went into effect. This January 10, 2012, letter was posted to this Docket No. FDA-2013-N-0227 on March 12, 2013, as part of a request for comments on the recommendations contained in the letter. On June 7, 2017, a group of 13 tobacco companies submitted to FDA: (1) Recommendations for good manufacturing practice requirements for ENDS and (2) an attachment letter with a meeting request (Ref. 1). The tobacco companies' ENDS recommendations are intended to supplement an earlier letter dated January 10, 2012. According to the June 7, 2017, letter, the tobacco companies' ENDS recommendations seek to account for the differences in manufacturing ENDS.
FDA is providing an opportunity for all interested parties to comment only on the tobacco companies' ENDS recommendations submitted on June 7, 2017.
The following reference has been placed on display in the Dockets Management Staff (see
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; establishment of a public docket; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) announces a forthcoming public advisory committee meeting of the Bone, Reproductive and Urologic Drugs Advisory Committee. The general function of the committee is to provide advice and recommendations to the Agency on FDA's regulatory issues. The meeting will be open to the public. FDA is establishing a docket for public comment on this document.
The public meeting will be held on January 9, 2018, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.
College Park Marriott Hotel and Conference Center, Chesapeake Ballroom, 3501 University Blvd. East, Hyattsville, MD 20783. The conference center's telephone number is 301-985-7300. Answers to commonly asked questions about FDA Advisory Committee meetings may be accessed at:
FDA is establishing a docket for public comment on this meeting. The docket number is FDA-2017-N-6330. The docket will close on January 8, 2018. Submit either electronic or written comments on this public meeting by January 8, 2018. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before January 8, 2018. The
Comments received on or before December 22, 2017, will be provided to the committee. Comments received after that date will be taken into consideration by the Agency.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Kalyani Bhatt, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 31, Rm. 2417, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-9001, Fax: 301-847-8533, email:
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
For press inquiries, please contact the Office of Media Affairs at
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with disabilities. If you require accommodations due to a disability, please contact Kalyani Bhatt at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; extension of comment period.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is extending the period for public comment on modified risk tobacco product applications (MRTPAs) submitted by Philip Morris Products S.A. for its IQOS system with Marlboro Heatsticks, IQOS system with Marlboro Smooth Menthol Heatsticks, and IQOS system with Marlboro Fresh Menthol Heatsticks.
FDA is extending the comment period on the MRTPAs made available for public comment through the notice of availability that appeared in the
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Paul Hart, Center for Tobacco Products, Food and Drug Administration, Document Control Center, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. G335, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 1-877-CTP-1373,
In the
FDA is required by section 911(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 387k(e)) to make an MRTPA available to the public (except for matters in the application that are trade secrets or otherwise confidential commercial information) and to request comments by interested persons on the information contained in the application and on the
Persons with access to the Internet may access the application documents at:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “General Principles for Evaluating the Abuse Deterrence of Generic Solid Oral Opioid Drug Products.” This guidance is intended to assist a person who plans to develop and submit an abbreviated new drug application (ANDA) to seek approval of a generic version of a solid oral opioid drug product that references an opioid drug product with abuse-deterrent properties described in its labeling. The guidance recommends studies, including comparative in vitro and pharmacokinetic (PK) studies, that a potential ANDA applicant should conduct and submit to FDA to demonstrate that a generic solid oral opioid drug product is no less abuse deterrent than its reference listed drug (RLD) with respect to all potential routes of abuse.
Submit either electronic or written comments on Agency guidances at any time.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Submit written requests for single copies of this guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10001 New Hampshire Ave., Hillandale Building, 4th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests. See the
Gail Schmerfeld, Office of Generic Drugs, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-9291, email:
FDA is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “General Principles for Evaluating the
If the summary in section 9.2 of the approved labeling for the RLD indicates that FDA has concluded that the RLD has properties that are expected to (or have been shown through postmarketing studies to) deter abuse, the potential ANDA applicant should evaluate its proposed generic drug to show that it is no less abuse deterrent than the RLD with respect to
The final guidance, like the draft guidance, focuses on the general principles for developing and evaluating the abuse deterrence of generic solid oral opioid drug products formulated to incorporate physical or chemical barriers, agonist/antagonist combinations, aversive agents, or a combination of two or more of these technologies. FDA will continue to assess the state of science and, as novel technologies develop, will address them by issuing additional guidance, as appropriate.
In the
Among other changes, the final guidance eliminates the recommendation to use a control to identify discriminatory study conditions for comparing the proposed generic opioid drug product (the test (T) product) and the RLD (reference (R) product). Instead, FDA recommends that a potential ANDA applicant conduct extraction studies to assess the particular vulnerabilities of T and R products to inform the comparison of their abuse deterrence. The final guidance also provides more detailed recommendations regarding the conduct of in vivo studies, specifically comparative PK studies of manipulated T and R products to evaluate the potential for abuse by the oral and nasal routes of administration.
Appendix 1 of the final guidance continues to describe some of the ways in which the T and R products can be physically manipulated and provides recommendations for conducting extraction studies to assess the particular vulnerabilities of the T and R products to inform the comparison of their abuse deterrence. FDA continues to recommend potential ANDA applicants follow a tier-based approach to extractability testing to efficiently compare a T product to its R product and limit the number of tests required for evaluating the abuse deterrence of the T product, but has modified some of the initial recommendations regarding solvents.
Appendix 2 provides recommendations for evaluating abuse by ingestion. In the final guidance, FDA clarifies the circumstances under which a potential applicant should conduct a comparative oral PK study. Appendices 3, 4, and 5 provide modified recommendations for evaluating abuse by injection, insufflation, and smoking, respectively.
The guidance addresses the general principles for evaluating abuse deterrence in generic solid oral opioid drug products. FDA may provide additional testing recommendations in future product-specific guidances. For example, FDA may recommend in a product-specific guidance that a potential ANDA applicant evaluate human abuse potential (for example, evaluate a study subject's willingness to take drug again) if R product contains a known aversive agent. Further, FDA will continue to assess the state of the science and, as novel technologies develop, will address them by issuing revised or additional guidance, as appropriate.
Potential ANDA applicants may pose questions regarding evaluation of abuse deterrence for a generic solid oral opioid drug product through FDA's pre-ANDA program. The goals of the pre-ANDA program are to clarify regulatory expectations for prospective applicants early in the development process, assist applicants in developing more complete submissions, promote a more efficient and effective ANDA review process, and reduce the number of review cycles required to obtain ANDA approval, particularly for complex products. FDA considers abuse-deterrent opioids to be products that fall within the definition of
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The guidance represents the current thinking of FDA on “General Principles for Evaluating the Abuse Deterrence of Generic Solid Oral Opioid Drug Products.” It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations. This guidance is not subject to Executive Order 12866.
Persons with access to the internet may obtain the guidance at either
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of public workshop.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing a public workshop entitled “Tenth Annual Sentinel Initiative Public Workshop.” The purpose of this 2-day public workshop is to bring the stakeholder community together to discuss a variety of topics on active medical product surveillance. Attendees will leave with a deeper understanding of how to use the Sentinel System tools to address safety questions.
The public workshop will be held on February 7 and 8, 2018. Day 1 of the public workshop will be held on February 7, 2018, from 9 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Day 2 of the public workshop will be held on February 8, 2018, from 9 a.m. to 2 p.m. See the
The public workshop will be held at two separate locations. On Day 1 the public workshop will be held at the Hyatt Regency Bethesda, 1 Bethesda Metro Center, Bethesda, MD 20814. On Day 2 the public workshop will be held at the FDA White Oak Campus, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 31, Rm. 1503 (the Great Room), Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Entrance for the public workshop participants (non-FDA employees) is through Building 1 where routine security check procedures will be performed. For parking and security information, please refer to
Lieutenant Commander Jamila Mwidau, Food and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 22, Rm. 4481, Silver Spring, MD 20993; 301-796-4989,
The purpose of this 2-day public workshop is to bring the stakeholder community together to discuss a variety of topics on active medical product surveillance. Day 1 will be convened by the Duke-Margolis Center for Health Policy at Duke University with support by a cooperative agreement with FDA. Key discussion topics will include an update on the state of FDA's Sentinel Initiative, key safety surveillance activities, and emerging uses of the Sentinel System. In addition, panelists, representing diverse stakeholder perspectives, will provide comments on Sentinel and opportunities to expand its analytic capabilities. This workshop will also provide an opportunity for stakeholder engagement and input on Sentinel's continued modernization.
Day 2 will be a public workshop sponsored by FDA targeting researchers who are experienced in using claims data and will build upon prior public training conducted by FDA on July 10, 2017 (82 FR 19063, April 25, 2017). This second day of the workshop will address more advanced training topics, including Sentinel's inferential analytic capabilities and methods of identifying unexpected safety concerns. Attendees will leave with a deeper understanding of how to use the Sentinel System tools to address safety questions. Attendees are encouraged to review the material FDA presented on July 10, 2017, by visiting the Web site:
When registering, please provide the following information: Your name, title, company or organization (if applicable), postal address, telephone number, and email address. There is no registration fee. However, registration will be on a first-come, first-served basis because seating is limited. A 1-hour lunch break is scheduled, but food will not be provided. There are multiple restaurants within walking distance of Hyatt Regency Bethesda. If you need special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Elizabeth Murphy at the Duke-Margolis Center for Health Policy (202-621-2801, email:
All Day 1 event materials will be available to registered attendees via email before the workshop at the Duke-Margolis Web site at
Please provide complete contact information for each attendee, including name, title, affiliation, telephone number, and email address. Registration is free and based on space availability, with priority given to early registrants. Early registration is recommended because seating is limited; therefore, FDA may limit the number of participants from each organization. If time and space permit, onsite registration will be provided beginning at 8 a.m.
If you need special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Lieutenant Commander Jamila Mwidau no later than January 24, 2018.
If you have never attended a Connect Pro event before, test your connection at
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Notice is hereby given of the cancellation of the Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel, November 30, 2017, 1:00 p.m. to November 30, 2017, 3:00 p.m., National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 which was published in the
The meeting is cancelled due to the re-assignment of applications.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of public meeting; request for comments.
The United States Coast Guard (USCG) will hold a public town hall meeting to disseminate information related to the 2020 entry into force of international standards affecting the testing and maintenance of lifeboats, rescue boats, and launching appliances, and authorization of service providers. The International Maritime Organization (IMO) in 2016 adopted amendments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended, (SOLAS) which contain new requirements related to maintenance of lifesaving equipment on vessels subject to SOLAS. The purpose of the public town hall meeting is to provide an opportunity for the public to obtain information and ask questions related to these new requirements and their implementation in the United States.
The public town hall meeting will be held on December 11, 2017, from 10 a.m. to 12 p.m.
Individuals who need special accommodations should contact staff listed in the
If you have questions concerning IMO Resolutions MSC.402(96) and MSC.404(96) or this meeting notice, please contact Ms. Stephanie Groleau, Commandant (CG-ENG-4), phone 202-372-1381; fax 202-372-8380; email
After several casualties involving lifeboats, IMO developed guidelines for periodic servicing and maintenance of lifeboats, launching appliances and on-load release gear (MSC.1/Circ.1206/Rev.1) and accompanying guidelines
These SOLAS amendments enter into force on January 1, 2020. After that date, we expect that U.S. flag vessels subject to SOLAS could be subject to detention in foreign ports if their lifeboat service records do not comply with SOLAS Chapter III as amended.
The key substantive requirements are:
• That maintenance, thorough examination, operational testing, overhaul and repair on board its ships is conducted in accordance with relevant regulations in SOLAS Chapter III.
• Administrations (
• That personnel carrying out maintenance, thorough examination, operational testing overhaul and repair as described above shall be certified by an authorized service provider.
The public town hall meeting is intended to provide an opportunity for the public to obtain information related to the SOLAS Chapter III amendments, and create a setting for dialogue among USCG and stakeholders to discuss implementation of these obligations in the early stages of program consideration.
Public comments may be submitted electronically in accordance with Section III of the
A panel of USCG officials will make a brief presentation on the SOLAS amendments, and take questions for 30 minutes. Other USCG officials will be available for informal discussion before and after the panel.
Because the public town hall meeting will be located on federal property, for security reasons, any persons wishing to attend this meeting must register by the date specified in the
Security measures include the following:
• Presentation of government-issued photographic identification to the security personnel.
• Passing through a metal detector and inspection of items brought into the building. All items brought to the facility are subject to inspection.
Individuals who are not registered in advance will not be permitted to enter the building and will be unable to attend the meeting in person. The public may not enter the building earlier than 45 minutes prior to the convening of the meeting. All visitors must be escorted while in the building.
Information on the option to listen live to the meeting will be available by request. Individuals who wish to listen to the meeting via audio conference should contact staff listed in the
We value public participation and will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this notice, indicate the specific portion of the SOLAS amendments, IMO Resolutions MSC.402(96), MSC.404(96), or related guidelines to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation.
We encourage you to submit comments through
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
All public comments and supplemental information will be in our online docket at
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice and request for comments.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on a Survivor Sheltering Assessment extension, with change, of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning FEMA collecting information regarding the housing needs of individuals and families in shelters so that services and assistance can be provided to transition them out of shelters and into temporary housing solutions, as quickly as possible.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 22, 2018.
To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:
(1)
(2)
All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Leah Davis, Program Manager, Disaster Management Support Environment, Recovery Technology Programs Division, 540-686-3227. You may contact the Records Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at email address:
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, Public Law 93-288, as amended, is the legal basis for FEMA to provide financial assistance and services to individuals who apply for disaster assistance benefits in the event of a federally-declared disaster. 44 CFR 206.110 implements the policy and procedures set forth in section 408 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5174, as amended by the Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000. This program provides financial assistance and, if necessary, direct assistance to eligible individuals and households who, as a direct result of a major disaster or emergency, have uninsured or under-insured necessary expenses and serious needs and are unable to meet such expenses or needs through other means. Individuals and households that apply for this assistance must provide information detailing their losses and need.
FEMA requires the ability to collect information regarding the housing needs of survivors in shelters to provide services and assistance to transition them out of shelters and into temporary housing solutions as quickly as possible. Survivor-specific data collected in the shelters would be compared to survivor registration data to determine:
• Has the survivor in the shelter registered for FEMA assistance?
• If registered, what is the status of the survivor's registration? Do they have resources such as Transitional Sheltering Assistance (TSA) eligibility or financial rental assistance, available to them?
• If registered and not eligible for FEMA assistance, is there casework that could be performed to find eligibility?
• If not registered, information would be provided to the Joint Field Office (JFO) to have a registration strike team travel to the shelter and register the survivor.
Aggregated reports resulting from the individualized data collection will support JFO planning activities for shelter depopulation to ensure that survivors are transitioned as quickly as possible to housing solutions that best meet their need.
Comments may be submitted as indicated in the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice lists communities where the addition or modification of Base Flood Elevations (BFEs), base flood depths, Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA) boundaries or zone designations, or the regulatory floodway (hereinafter referred to as flood hazard determinations), as shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs), and where applicable, in the supporting Flood Insurance Study (FIS) reports, prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) for each community, is appropriate because of new scientific or technical data. The FIRM, and where applicable, portions of the FIS report, have been revised to reflect these flood hazard determinations through issuance of a Letter of Map Revision (LOMR), in
These flood hazard determinations will be finalized on the dates listed in the table below and revise the FIRM panels and FIS report in effect prior to this determination for the listed communities.
From the date of the second publication of notification of these changes in a newspaper of local circulation, any person has 90 days in which to request through the community that the Deputy Associate Administrator for Insurance and Mitigation reconsider the changes. The flood hazard determination information may be changed during the 90-day period.
The affected communities are listed in the table below. Revised flood hazard information for each community is available for inspection at both the online location and the respective community map repository address listed in the table below. Additionally, the current effective FIRM and FIS report for each community are accessible online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
Submit comments and/or appeals to the Chief Executive Officer of the community as listed in the table below.
Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email)
The specific flood hazard determinations are not described for each community in this notice. However, the online location and local community map repository address where the flood hazard determination information is available for inspection is provided.
Any request for reconsideration of flood hazard determinations must be submitted to the Chief Executive Officer of the community as listed in the table below.
The modifications are made pursuant to section 201 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4105, and are in accordance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, 42 U.S.C. 4001
The FIRM and FIS report are the basis of the floodplain management measures that the community is required either to adopt or to show evidence of having in effect in order to qualify or remain qualified for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).
These flood hazard determinations, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are the minimum that are required. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. The flood hazard determinations are in accordance with 44 CFR 65.4.
The affected communities are listed in the following table. Flood hazard determination information for each community is available for inspection at both the online location and the respective community map repository address listed in the table below. Additionally, the current effective FIRM and FIS report for each community are accessible online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), Interior; National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), Commerce.
Policy review; request for comments.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service (Services when referring to both, and Service when referring to an action taken by one agency), announce the intention to review and potentially revise the Candidate Conservation Agreements with Assurances policy under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended. In a separate document published in today's
We will accept comments that we receive on or before January 22, 2018. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
You may submit comments by either of the following methods:
•
•
We will post all comments on
Jeff Newman, Chief, Division of Recovery and Restoration, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, MS: ES, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803 (telephone 703-358-2171); or Angela Somma, Chief, Endangered Species Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 (telephone 301-427-8403, facsimile 301-713-0376). Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf may call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are charged with implementing the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
To participate in a CCAA, non-Federal property owners agree to implement on their land the CCAA's specific conservation measures that reduce or eliminate threats to the species that are covered under the agreement. An ESA section 10(a)(1)(A) enhancement-of-survival permit is issued to the agreement participant providing a specific level of incidental take coverage should the property owner's agreed-upon conservation measures and routine property-management actions (
Under the 1999 policy, to approve a CCAA we had to “determine that the benefits of the conservation measures implemented by a property owner under a CCAA, when combined with those benefits that would be achieved if it is assumed that conservation measures were also to be implemented on other necessary properties, would preclude or remove any need to list the covered species.” This language had led some property owners to believe that the Services expected each individual CCAA to provide enough conservation benefits to the species to remove any need to list the species. The confusion created by the hypothetical concept of conservation measures that need to be implemented on “other necessary properties” lead us to revise the CCAA standard to require a net conservation benefit to the covered species, specifically on the property to be enrolled, and eliminated references to “other necessary properties.” Although the policy states that this revision does not increase the conservation standard (but rather makes it easier to understand how we determine our standard), we are aware there has been some concern that this change is considered by some members of the public to be a higher standard while others considered it to be a lower standard than the previous standard. The Services are committed to strengthening the delivery of our voluntary conservation tools, such as CCAAs, by making it easier to work with us on conservation efforts, thus we are soliciting public review and comment on whether to revise the 2016 CCAA policy (and accompanying regulation).
During the comment period (see
The authority for this action is the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Interior.
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the USGS is proposing to renew an information collection (IC).
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 22, 2018.
You may submit comments on this information collection to the Information Collection Clearance Officer, U.S. Geological Survey, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive MS 159, Reston, VA 20192 (mail); or
Thomas Holm, USGS, EROS Center, 47914 252nd Street, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 (mail), by telephone (605)-594-6127, or
We, the USGS, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, provide the general public and other Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information.
We are soliciting comments on the proposed IC that is described below. We are especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is the collection necessary to the proper functions of the USGS; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the USGS enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the USGS minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology.
Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this IC. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
The award was established in 1974 to honor the memory of Dr. William T. Pecora, former Director of the USGS and Under Secretary, Department of the Interior. Dr. Pecora was a motivating force behind the establishment of a program for civil remote sensing of the Earth from space. His early vision and support helped establish what we know today as the Landsat satellite program. The purpose of the award is to recognize individuals or groups working in the field of remote sensing of the earth. National and international nominations are accepted from the public and private sector individuals, teams, organizations, and professional societies.
Nomination packages include three sections: (A) Cover Sheet, (B) Summary Statement, and (C) Supplemental Materials. The cover sheet includes professional contact information. The Summary Statement is limited to two pages and describes the nominee's achievements in the scientific and technical remote sensing community, contributions leading to successful practical applications of remote sensing, and/or major breakthroughs in remote sensing science or technology. Nominations may include up to 10 pages of supplemental information such as resume, publications list, and/or letters of endorsement.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor and you are not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The authorities for this action are the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501,
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of Realty Action.
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) proposes to offer 40 parcels of public land totaling 754.78 acres in the Las Vegas Valley by competitive sale, sealed-bid and oral auction, at not less than the appraised fair market values (FMV) pursuant to the Southern Nevada Public Land Management Act of 1998 (SNPLMA), as amended. The proposed sale will be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 203 of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA) and BLM land sale regulations. The BLM has also completed a Determination of National Environmental Policy Act Adequacy (DNA).
Interested parties may submit written comments regarding the proposed sale until January 8, 2018. The proposed sale is to occur by sealed bid and oral public auction on January 24, 2018, at 10 a.m., Pacific Time. The FMV for the parcels, the period to submit sealed-bids, and the sale date will be announced in local and online media at least 30 days prior to the sale. The BLM will start accepting sealed bids beginning on January 8, 2018. Sealed bids must be received by the BLM, Las Vegas Field Office (LVFO) by no later than 4:30 p.m. Pacific Time on January 19, 2018. The BLM will open the sealed bids on the day of the sale just prior to the oral bidding.
The proposed sale will occur at the City of Henderson Council Chambers, 240 Water Street, Henderson, Nevada 89009. Mail written comments and submit sealed bids to the BLM Las Vegas Field Office, Assistant Field Manager, 4701 North Torrey Pines Drive, Las Vegas, Nevada 89130.
Joe Fields, Realty Specialist, BLM Las Vegas Field Office at email:
The BLM proposes to offer 40 parcels of public land within the Clark County jurisdiction. Twenty-eight of the parcels are located in the northwest part of the valley, near Highway 95 and Interstate 215. Nine parcels are located in the southwest part of the valley, south of
The subject public lands are legally described as:
N-95251, 10.00 acres:
N-95252, 10.00 acres
N-95253, 10.00 acres
N-95254, 10.00 acres:
N-95255, 10.00 acres:
N-95256, 10.00 acres:
N-95257, 5.00 acres:
N-93589, 10.00 acres:
N-93590, 10.00 acres:
N-95260, 10.00 acres:
N-95261, 10.00 acres:
N-95263, 5.00 acres:
N-95264, 5.00 acres:
N-95265, 5.00 acres:
N-79508, 27.50 acres:
N-95267, 20.00 acres:
N-95268, 3.75 acres:
N-95269, 2.50 acres:
N-95270, 15.00 acres:
N-95271, 23.75 acres:
N-95272, 5.00 acres:
N-92858, 1.25 acres:
N-95274, 2.50 acres:
N-92861, 2.50 acres:
N-94212, 2.50 acres:
N-95277, 5.00 acres:
N-93587, 10.00 acres:
N-91842, 17.50 acres:
N-95279, 120.00 acres:
N-95280, 10.00 acres:
N-95281, 40.00 acres:
N-95282, 5.00 acres:
N-95283, 10.00 acres:
N-95284, 5.00 acres:
N-84158, 5.00 acres:
N-95286, 5.00 acres:
N-95287, 5.00 acres:
N-95288, 5.00 acres:
N-95289, 188.88 acres:
N-95290, 97.16 acres:
The areas described contains 754.78 acres in Clark County.
A sales matrix is available on the BLM Web site at:
This proposed competitive sale is in conformance with the BLM Las Vegas Resource Management Plan (RMP) and the decision LD-1, approved by the Record of Decision (ROD) on October 5, 1998, and complies with Section 203 of FLPMA. The proposed sale parcels were analyzed in the Las Vegas Valley Disposal Boundary Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) and ROD issued on December 23, 2004. A parcel-specific DNA, document number DOI-BLM-NV-S010-2017-0092-DNA, was prepared in connection with this Notice of Realty Action.
Submit comments on this sale notice to the address in the
Sealed-bid envelopes must be clearly marked on the lower front left corner with the parcel number and name of the sale, for example: “N-XXXXX, 40-parcel SNPLMA Winter Sale 2018.” If multiple sealed bids are submitted, only the envelope that contains the bid guarantee needs to be noted with “bid guarantee.” Sealed bids must include an amount not less than 20 percent of the total bid amount and the $10,000 bid guarantee noted above by certified check, postal money order, bank draft, or cashier's check made payable to the “Department of the Interior—Bureau of Land Management.” The bid guarantee and bid deposit may be combined into one form of deposit; the bidder must specify the amounts of the bid deposit and the bid guarantee. If multiple bids are received, the first sealed bid of the group must include the $10,000 bid guarantee with the same bidder name. The BLM will not accept personal or company checks. The sealed bid envelope
All funds submitted with unsuccessful bids will be returned to the bidders or their authorized representative upon presentation of acceptable photo identification at the BLM Las Vegas Field Office or by certified mail. The apparent high bidder may choose to apply the bid guarantee toward the required deposit. Failure to submit the deposit following the close of the sale under 43 CFR 2711.3-1(d) will result in forfeiture of the bid guarantee. If the successful bidder offers to purchase more than one parcel and fails to submit the 20 percent bid deposit resulting in default on any single parcel following the sale, the BLM will retain the $10,000 bid guarantee, and may cancel the sale of all the parcels to that bidder. If a high bidder is unable to consummate the transaction for any reason, the BLM may offer the parcel to the second highest bidder. If there are no acceptable bids, a parcel may remain available for sale at a future date in accordance with competitive sale procedures without further legal notice.
Federal law requires that bidders must be: (1) A citizen of the United States who are 18 years of age or older; (2) A corporation subject to the laws of any State or of the United States; (3) A State, State instrumentality, or political subdivision authorized to hold property; or (4) An entity legally capable of conveying and holding lands or interests therein under the laws of the State of Nevada.
Evidence of United States citizenship is a birth certificate, passport, or naturalization papers. Failure to submit the above documents to the BLM within 30 days from receipt of the high-bidder letter will result in cancellation of the sale and forfeiture of the bid deposit. Citizenship documents and Articles of Incorporation (as applicable) must be provided to the BLM Las Vegas Field Office for each sale. The successful bidder is allowed 180 days from the date of the sale to submit the remainder of the full purchase price.
According to SNPLMA, as amended, section 4 (c) of Public Law 105-263, lands identified within the Las Vegas Valley Disposal Boundary are withdrawn from location and entry under the mining laws, and from operation under the mineral leasing and geothermal leasing laws until such times as the Secretary terminates the withdrawal or the lands are patented. Any subsequent applications will not be accepted, will not be considered as filed, and will be returned to the applicant. The segregative effect of this Notice terminates upon issuances of a patent or other document of conveyance to such lands, publication in the
Terms and Conditions: All minerals for the sale parcels will be reserved to the United States. The patents, when issued, will contain a mineral reservation to the United States for all minerals. To clarify a mineral reservation as it relates to mineral materials, such as sand and gravel, interested parties may refer to 43 CFR 3601.71(b). The regulation provides that the owner of the surface estate of lands with reserved Federal minerals may “use a minimal amount of mineral materials for . . . personal use” within the boundaries of the surface estate without a sales contract or permit. Further, the regulation provides that all other use, absent statutory or other express authority, requires a sales contract or permit. We refer interested parties to the explanation of this regulatory language in the preamble to the final rule published in the
The parcels are subject to limitations prescribed by law and regulation, and certain encumbrances in favor of third parties. Prior to patent issuance, a holder of any right-of-way (ROW) within the sale parcels will have the opportunity to amend the ROW for conversion to a new term, including perpetuity, if applicable, or conversion to an easement. The BLM will notify valid existing ROW holders of record of their ability to convert their compliant ROWs to perpetual ROWs or easements. In accordance with Federal regulations at 43 CFR 2807.15, once notified, each
The following terms and conditions will appear on the conveyance documents for the sale parcels:
1. All minerals deposits in the lands so patented, and to it, or persons authorized by it, the right to prospect for, mine, and remove such deposits from the same under applicable law and regulations to be established by the Secretary of the Interior are reserved to the United States, together with all necessary access and exit rights;
2. A right-of-way is reserved for ditches and canals constructed by authority of the United States under the Act of August 30, 1890 (43 U.S.C. 945);
3. The parcels are subject to valid existing rights;
4. The parcels are subject to reservations for road, public utilities and flood control purposes, both existing and proposed, in accordance with the local governing entities' transportation plans; and
5. An appropriate indemnification clause protecting the United States from claims arising out of the lessees/patentee's use, occupancy, or occupations on the leased/patented lands.
Pursuant to the requirements established by Section 120(h) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9620(h) (CERCLA), as amended, notice is hereby given that the lands have been examined and no evidence was found to indicate that any hazardous substances have been stored for one year or more, nor had any hazardous substances been disposed of or released on the subject property.
No warranty of any kind, express or implied, is given by the United States as to the title, whether or to what extent the land may be developed, its physical condition, future uses, or any other circumstance or condition. The conveyance of a parcel will not be on a contingency basis. However, to the extent required by law, the parcel is subject to the requirements of Section 120(h) of the CERCLA.
Designation of the escrow agent will be through mutual agreement between the BLM and the prospective patentee, and any costs associated with escrow will be borne by the prospective patentee, unless the BLM authorized officer approves other satisfactory arrangements in advance.
The BLM Las Vegas Field Office must receive the request for escrow instructions prior to 30 days before the prospective patentee has scheduled closing date. There are no exceptions.
All name changes and supporting documentation must be received at the BLM Las Vegas Field Office 30 days from the date on the high-bidder letter by 4:30 p.m. Pacific Time. There are no exceptions. To submit a name change, the apparent high bidder must submit the name change in writing on the Certificate of Eligibility form to the BLM Las Vegas Field Office.
The remainder of the full bid price for the parcel must be received no later than 4:30 p.m. Pacific Time, within 180 days following the day of the sale. Payment must be submitted in the form of a certified check, postal money order, bank draft, cashier's check, or made available by electronic fund transfer made payable in U.S. dollars to the “Department of the Interior—Bureau of Land Management” to the BLM Las Vegas Field Office. The BLM will not accept personal or company checks.
Arrangements for electronic fund transfer to the BLM for payment of the balance due must be made a minimum of two weeks prior to the payment date. Failure to pay the full bid price within 180 days of the sale date will disqualify the high bidder and forfeit the entire 20 percent bid deposit to the BLM. Forfeiture of the 20 percent bid deposit is in accordance with 43 CFR 2711.3-1(d). No exceptions will be made. The BLM must receive the balance of the full bid price within 180 days after the sale date.
The BLM will not sign any documents related to 1031 Exchange transactions. The timing for completion of such an exchange is the bidder's responsibility. The BLM cannot be a party to any 1031 Exchange.
In accordance with 43 CFR 2711.3-1(f), within 30 days the BLM may accept or reject any or all offers to purchase, or withdraw any parcel of land or interest therein from sale if the BLM authorized officer determines consummation of the sale would be inconsistent with any law, or for other reasons as may be provided by applicable law or regulations. No contractual or other rights against the United States may accrue until the BLM officially accepts the offer to purchase and the full bid price is paid.
Upon publication of this Notice and until completion of this sale, the BLM will no longer accept land use applications affecting the parcel identified for sale. The parcel may be subject to land use applications received prior to publication of this Notice if processing the application would have no adverse effect on the marketability of title, or the FMV of the parcel. Information concerning the sale, encumbrances of record, appraisals, reservations, procedures and conditions, CERCLA, and other environmental documents that may appear in the BLM public files for the sale parcels, are available for review during business hours, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Pacific Time, Monday through Friday, at the BLM Las Vegas Field Office, except during Federal holidays.
In order to determine the FMV through appraisal, certain extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions may have been made concerning the attributes and limitations of the lands and potential effects of local regulations and policies on potential future land uses. Through publication of this Notice, the BLM advises that these assumptions may not be endorsed or approved by units of local government.
It is the buyer's responsibility to be aware of all applicable Federal, State, and local government laws, regulations, and policies that may affect the subject lands, including any required dedication of lands for public uses. It is the buyer's responsibility to be aware of existing or prospective uses of nearby properties. When conveyed out of Federal ownership, the lands will be subject to any applicable laws, regulations, and policies of the applicable local government for proposed future uses. It is the responsibility of the buyer to be aware through due diligence of those laws, regulations, and policies, and to seek any required local approvals for future uses. Buyers should make themselves aware of any Federal or State law or regulation that may affect the future use of the property. Any land lacking access from a public road or highway will be conveyed as such, and future access acquisition will be the responsibility of the buyer. The BLM Nevada State Director or other authorized official of the Department of the Interior, who may sustain, vacate, or modify this realty action in response to such comments, will review any comments regarding the sale.
In the absence of any comments, this realty action will become the final determination of the Department of the Interior.
43 CFR 2711.1-2
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice of Information Request; request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the National Park Service is proposing a new information collection for the National Heritage Areas Program. The National Park Service will ask the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve the information collection request (ICR) described below.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 22, 2018.
Send your comments on the Information Collection Request (ICR) by mail to Tim Goddard, Information Collection Clearance Officer, National Park Service, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive, MS-242, Reston, VA 20192 (mail); or by email to
To request additional information about this ICR, contact Martha Raymond, National Coordinator, National Heritage Areas Program, National Park Service, by email at
We, the National Park Service, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, provide the general public and other Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand our information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format.
We are soliciting comments on the proposed ICR that is described below. We are especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is the collection necessary to the proper functions of the National Park Service; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the National Park Service enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the National Park Service minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology.
Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this ICR. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The NPS intends to track the progress of each heritage area on implementing its management plan and meeting performance goals. In order to reduce paperwork burden on the public, we are proposing the below listed new forms to collect the information needed to assist us in monitoring the progress of each heritage area:
•
•
The authorities for this action come from the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501,
United States International Trade Commission.
Institution of investigation and scheduling of public hearing.
Following receipt of a request dated October 23, 2017 from the United States Trade Representative (USTR) under the section 332(g) of the Tariff Act of 1930, the U.S. International Trade Commission (Commission) has instituted investigation No. 332-564,
All Commission offices, including the Commission's hearing rooms, are located in the United States International Trade Commission Building, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC. All written submissions should be addressed to the Secretary, United States International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. The public record for this investigation may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at
Project Leaders Joann Peterson (
1. An overview of the U.S. exports of goods and services to SSA, which should, to the extent information is available:
a. Identify the sectors in which U.S. exports of goods and services to SSA have increased the most, in both value and percentage terms, and indicate the key factors behind this growth.
b. Identify the countries to which U.S. exports of goods and services to SSA have increased the most, in both value and percentage terms, and indicate the key factors behind this growth.
c. Based on a review of available quantitative and qualitative information, identify non-crude petroleum sectors and SSA markets that present the greatest potential for U.S. exports of goods and services and for U.S. foreign direct investment (FDI). Also, identify significant factors impacting U.S. exports and FDI in these sectors, as well as principal third-country suppliers and investors in these sectors and SSA markets.
d. Provide a brief description of the exports of goods and services from U.S. small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) to SSA and describe the challenges that U.S. SMEs face when exporting to SSA.
2. An overview of U.S. imports of goods and services from SSA, which should, to the extent information is available:
a. Identify sectors in which SSA exports of goods and services to the United States have increased the most, in both value and percentage terms, and indicate the key factors behind this growth. Data on goods should include both AGOA and non-AGOA imports.
b. Identify the SSA countries from which imports of goods and services to the United States have increased the most, in both value and percentage terms, and indicate the key factors behind this growth. Data on goods should include both AGOA and non-AGOA imports.
c. Based on a review of available quantitative and qualitative information, identify non-crude petroleum sectors and SSA markets that present the greatest potential to increase exports of goods under AGOA to the United States. Identify sectors and SSA markets that present the greatest potential to increase services exports and FDI, and indicate significant factors impacting SSA companies achieving such exports and FDI.
3. Provide profiles of the markets in Cameroon, Cote d'Ivoire, Ethiopia, Kenya, Mauritius, Nigeria, and South Africa that include information on macroeconomic indicators, goods and services trade, and FDI flows in those countries.
4. Provide a summary of recent developments of regional integration efforts in SSA, including progress on the negotiation of Continental Free Trade Agreement.
5. Briefly summarize the AGOA strategies that have been developed by SSA countries.
In his request letter, the USTR stated that his office intends to make the Commission's report available to the public and asked that the Commission not include any confidential business information or national security information in the report. The Commission will not include any confidential business information in the report that it sends to the USTR or makes available to the public. However, all information, including confidential business information, submitted in this investigation may be disclosed to and used: (i) By the Commission, its employees and Offices, and contract personnel (a) for developing or maintaining the records of this or a related proceeding, or (b) in internal investigations, audits, reviews, and evaluations relating to the programs, personnel, and operations of the Commission including under 5 U.S.C. Appendix 3; or (ii) by U.S. government employees and contract personnel for cybersecurity purposes. The Commission will not otherwise disclose any confidential business information in a manner that would reveal the operations of the firm supplying the information.
By order of the Commission.
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the scheduling of the final phase of antidumping and countervailing duty investigation Nos. 701-TA-570 and 731-TA-1346 (Final) pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”) to determine whether an industry in the United States is materially injured or threatened with material injury, or the establishment of an industry in the United States is materially retarded, by reason of imports of aluminum foil from China, provided for in subheadings 7607.11.30, 7607.11.60, 7607.11.90, and 7607.19.60 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States, preliminarily determined by the Department of Commerce to be subsidized and sold at less-than-fair-value.
November 2, 2017.
Justin Enck (202-205-3363), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server (
Excluded from the scope of this investigation is aluminum foil that is backed with paper, paperboard, plastics, or similar backing materials on only one side of the aluminum foil, as well as etched capacitor foil and aluminum foil that is cut to shape.
Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above. The products under investigation are currently classifiable under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS)
For further information concerning the conduct of this phase of the investigations, hearing procedures, and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A and B (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subparts A and C (19 CFR part 207).
Additional written submissions to the Commission, including requests pursuant to section 201.12 of the Commission's rules, shall not be accepted unless good cause is shown for accepting such submissions, or unless the submission is pursuant to a specific request by a Commissioner or Commission staff.
In accordance with sections 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the investigations must be served on all other parties to the investigations (as identified by either the public or BPI service list), and a certificate of service must be timely filed. The Secretary will not accept a document for filing without a certificate of service.
By order of the Commission.
On May 24, 2017, the Assistant Administrator, Diversion Control Division, issued an Order to Show Cause to Arnold E. Feldman, M.D. (Respondent), of Natchez, Mississippi. The Show Cause Order proposed the revocation of Respondent's DEA Certificate of Registration No. AF2451261, on the ground that he “do[es] not have authority to handle controlled substances in the State of Mississippi, the [S]tate in which [he is] registered with . . . DEA.” Show Cause Order, at 1.
As to the jurisdictional basis for the proceeding, the Show Cause Order alleged that Respondent is “registered as a practitioner in [s]chedules II-V pursuant to [Registration No.] AF2451261 with a registered address at 114 Jefferson Davis [Blvd.], Natchez, Mississippi.”
As to the substantive ground for the proceeding, the Show Cause Order alleged that Respondent's “[a]uthority to prescribe and administer controlled substances in the State of Mississippi was suspended effective March 16, 2017.”
The Show Cause Order notified Respondent of his right to request a hearing on the allegation or to submit a written statement while waiving his right to a hearing and the procedure for electing either option.
On June 15, 2017, Respondent, through his counsel, requested a hearing on the allegation. Letter from Respondent's Counsel to Hearing Clerk, Office of Administrative Law Judges (June 15, 2017). The same day, the matter was assigned to Administrative Law Judge Charles Wm. Dorman (hereinafter, ALJ), who issued an order (also on June 15) directing the Government to file evidence supporting the allegation by June 28, 2017 at 2 p.m., as well any motion for summary disposition. Briefing Schedule For Lack Of State Authority Allegations, at 1. The ALJ's order also provided that if the Government moved for summary disposition, Respondent's opposition was due by July 12, 2017 at 2 p.m.
On June 20, 2017, the Government filed its Motion for Summary Disposition. As support for its motion, the Government provided,
On July 10, 2017, Respondent filed his Reply to the Government's Motion. Therein, “Respondent acknowledge[d] that his license to practice medicine in . . . Mississippi has been suspended in accordance with the . . . Mississippi State Board of Medical Licensure's Order.” Resp. Reply, at 1. Respondent contended, however, “that there are material questions of fact and law that require resolution in a plenary, evidentiary proceeding.”
According to Respondent, these issues are that he possesses “an active and unrestricted license to practice medicine in” Alabama and “a full and unrestricted Alabama Controlled Substance Certificate.”
In Respondent's view, section 824 authorizes revocation “only if the registrant
Finally, Respondent contended that “[t]he Government, and the cases cited by it, indiscriminately (and erroneously) intermingle” sections 823 and 824, and this intermingling along with “its misinterpretation of 21 U.S.C. 824(a)(3) amount to a violation of [his] constitutional right to travel.”
On July 25, 2017, the ALJ granted the Government's Motion. The ALJ found
The ALJ also rejected Respondent's contention that the Agency's interpretation impairs his constitutional right to travel.
Neither party filed Exceptions to the ALJ's Recommended Decision. Thereafter, on August 22, 2017, the ALJ forwarded the record to me for Final Agency Action.
Having considered the record, I reject Respondent's various contentions and adopt the ALJ's Recommended Decision. I will therefore also adopt the ALJ's recommendation that I revoke Respondent's registration. I make the following findings.
Respondent is the holder of DEA Certificate of Registration No. AF2451261, pursuant to which he is authorized to dispense controlled substances in schedules II through V as a practitioner, at the registered address of: Southwest MS Anesthesia PA, 114 Jefferson Davis Blvd., Natchez, Mississippi. Mot. for Summ. Disp., Appendix A. This registration does not expire until September 30, 2018.
Respondent also holds a medical license issued by the Mississippi State Board of Medical Licensure.
Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a)(3), the Attorney General is authorized to suspend or revoke a registration issued under section 823 of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA), “upon a finding that the registrant . . . has had his State license . . . suspended [or] revoked . . . by competent State authority and is no longer authorized by State law to engage in the . . . dispensing of controlled substances.” With respect to a practitioner, DEA has long held that the possession of authority to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State in which a practitioner engages in professional practice is a fundamental condition for obtaining
Respondent acknowledges that the Agency's precedents “do indeed reveal a consistent [and in his view] uncritical repetition of th[is] claim, to an extent . . . that the proposition has come to attain near sacrosanct status.” Resp. Reply, at 3. Before the ALJ, he contended that the Agency's rule “is based on the indiscriminate intermingling of” the registration requirements of section 823 and the suspension/revocation authority of section 824.
Respondent is mistaken. As the Agency has repeatedly noted, the Agency's rule actually derives from the text of section 802(21), which defines the term “practitioner,” and section 823(f), which sets forth the requirements for obtaining a practitioner's registration. Notably, in section 802(21), Congress defined “the term `practitioner' [to] mean[ ] a . . . physician . . . or other person licensed, registered or otherwise permitted, by . . . the jurisdiction in which he practices . . . to distribute, dispense, [or] administer . . . a controlled substance in the course of professional practice.” 21 U.S.C. 802(21). The text of this provision makes clear that a physician is not a practitioner within the meaning of the CSA if he is not “licensed, registered or otherwise permitted, by the jurisdiction in which he practices . . . to dispense [or] administer . . . a controlled substance in the course of professional practice.”
To the same effect, Congress, in setting the requirements for obtaining a practitioner's registration, directed that “[t]he Attorney General shall register practitioners . . . if the applicant is authorized to dispense . . . controlled substances under the laws of the State in which he practices.” 21 U.S.C. 823(f). Thus, based on these provisions, the Agency held nearly 40 years ago that “[s]tate authorization to dispense or otherwise handle controlled substances is a prerequisite to the issuance
As the ALJ recognized, the CSA also provides that “[a] separate registration shall be required at each principal place of business or professional practice where the applicant . . . dispenses controlled substances.” 21 U.S.C. 822(e).
Notably, while Respondent holds a medical license in Alabama, the registration at issue in this proceeding authorizes him to dispense controlled substances only in the State of Mississippi. Moreover, the Show Cause Order proposes only the revocation of this registration.
As noted above, Respondent contends that Congress' use of the word “registrant” rather the word “practitioner” in section 824 “is a clear indication that it did not intend to authorize an automatic revocation of a [registration] where a registrant has continued to maintain authority to practice and dispense under the laws of any state.” Resp. Reply, at 5. A practitioner is, however, a particular category of registrant and thus falls within section 824(a). Given the provisions of section 802(21) and 823(f), it is not clear why Congress needed to use the word “practitioner” in section 824(a) to authorize the Agency to effectuate the policy expressed by sections 802(21) and 823(f). Moreover, Respondent ignores that there is a good reason for why Congress used different language in sections 823(f) and 824(a) to describe the class of persons who are subject to each provision, and this reason provides no support for Respondent's contention.
Section 823(f) is specifically applicable to those applicants seeking registration as a practitioner, which is just one of eight different categories of registration under the CSA.
As explained above, the Agency's rule that revocation is warranted whenever a practitioner is no longer authorized to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State in which he engages in professional practice is derived from the specific provisions of the Act which define the term “practitioner” and set forth the registration requirements which are specifically applicable to practitioners.
Moreover, under DEA regulations, a practitioner's registration is good for a period of three years, after which a practitioner must submit a renewal application. Yet that renewal application remains subject to section 823(f), which requires that “the applicant is authorized to dispense . . . controlled substances under the laws of the State in which he practices.” Respondent's view leads to the illogical result that a practitioner would need to hold state authority to obtain his initial registration and any subsequent renewal of the registration, but would not need to hold state authority during the intervening period between the granting of his initial application and the granting of his renewal application.
I reject Respondent's contention and adhere to the Agency's longstanding and consistent interpretation of the Act, which has been affirmed by two courts of appeals.
We find Hooper's contention unconvincing. Section 824(a) does state that the [Agency] may “suspend or revoke” a registration, but the statute provides for this sanction in five different circumstances, only one of which is loss of a State license. Because § 823(f) and § 802(21) make clear that a practitioner's registration is dependent upon the practitioner having state authority to dispense controlled substances, the [Agency's] decision to construe § 824(a)(3) as mandating revocation upon suspension of a state license is not an unreasonable interpretation of the CSA. The [Agency's] decision does not “read[ ] the suspension option” out of the statute, because that option may still be available for the other circumstances enumerated in § 824(a).
In his Reply to the Government's Motion, Respondent made an additional argument beyond that made in
Respondent, however, cites no authority for his contention that the various grounds set forth in section 824(a) pursuant to which the Agency is authorized to suspend or revoke a registration are merely “discretionary factors” in the same manner as are the public interest factors of section 823. Indeed, his argument is refuted by the texts of section 823(f) and 824(a) and the history of the CSA.
Notably, section 823(f) instructs that “[i]n determining the public interest, the following factors shall be considered” and then lists the five factors. 21 U.S.C. 823(f). By contrast, section 824(a) makes no reference to “factors.” Rather, the provision begins with the word “Grounds” and then states that “[a] registration pursuant to section 823 of this title . . . may be suspended or revoked by the Attorney General upon a finding that” one of the five different grounds apply to the registrant.
Had Congress intended that the various findings set forth in section 824(a) be treated as “discretionary factors,” it would have done so by using language similar to that it used in section 823(f).
Rather, the findings enumerated in section 824(a) are grants of authority, each of which provides an independent and adequate ground to impose a sanction on a registrant.
The Agency's interpretation is buttressed by the CSA's legislative history. As originally enacted, the CSA granted the Attorney General authority to suspend or revoke a registration:
Upon a finding that the registrant—
(1) has materially falsified any application filed pursuant to or required by this title [the CSA] or title III [the Controlled Substance Import Export Act (CSIEA), 21 U.S.C. 951-971];
(2) has been convicted of a felony under [the CSA or CSIEA] or any other law of the United States, or of any State, relating to any substance defined in this title as a controlled substance; or
(3) has had his state license or registration suspended, revoked, or denied by competent state authority and is no longer authorized by State law to engage in the . . . dispensing of controlled substances.
Public Law 91-513, § 304, 84 Stat. 1255 (codified at 21 U.S.C. 824(a)).
Describing this provision, the House Report explained that “[s]ubsection (a) of this section empowers the Attorney General to revoke or suspend any registration issued under this title if it is found that the holder has falsified his application, lost his State license, or has been convicted of a felony violation relating to any controlled substance.” H. Rep. No. 91-1444 (1970),
Moreover, while in 1984, Congress amended the CSA by granting the Attorney General authority to deny an application for a practitioner's registration and to revoke an existing registration on public interest grounds, it did so to increase the Agency's authority to respond to the “[i]mproper diversion of controlled substances by practitioners,” which Congress explained “is one of the most serious aspects of the drug abuse problem.” H. Rep. No. 98-1030, at 266 (1984),
While Congress also amended section “824(a) to add to the current bases for denial, revocation, or suspension of registration a finding that registration would be inconsistent with the public interest on the grounds specified in [section] 823, which will include consideration of the new factors added by” the amendment,
I therefore reject Respondent's contentions. Based on the ALJ's finding that Respondent is not currently authorized to dispense controlled substances in Mississippi, the State in which he holds the DEA registration at issue in this proceeding, I will adopt the ALJ's recommended order that I revoke his registration.
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by 21 U.S.C. 824(a), as well as 28 CFR 0.100(b), I order that DEA Certificate of Registration No. AF2451261 issued to Arnold E. Feldman, M.D., be, and it hereby is, revoked. This
Notice of registration.
Registrants listed below have applied for and been granted registration by the Drug Enforcement Administration as importers of various classes of schedule I or II controlled substances.
The companies listed below applied to be registered as importers of various basic classes of controlled substances. Information on previously published notices is listed in the table below. No comments or objections were submitted and no requests for hearing were submitted for these notices.
The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) has considered the factors in 21 U.S.C. 823, 952(a) and 958(a) and determined that the registration of the listed registrants to import the applicable basic classes of schedule I or II controlled substances is consistent with the public interest and with United States obligations under international treaties, conventions, or protocols in effect on May 1, 1971. The DEA investigated each company's maintenance of effective controls against diversion by inspecting and testing each company's physical security systems, verifying each company's compliance with state and local laws, and reviewing each company's background and history.
Therefore, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 952(a) and 958(a), and in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34, the DEA has granted a registration as an importer for schedule I or II controlled substances to the above listed persons.
On July 25, 2017, the Assistant Administrator, Diversion Control Division, Drug Enforcement Administration, issued an Order to Show Cause to Linda M. Shuck (Registrant), of Dobson, North Carolina. The Show Cause Order proposed the revocation of Registrant's Certificate of Registration, on the ground that she
As to the jurisdictional basis for the proceeding, the Show Cause Order alleged that Registrant is the holder of a practitioner's registration with authority in schedules II through V, under Certificate of Registration No. BP4154023, at the registered location of Carolina Heart Care, 651 S. Main Street, Dobson, North Carolina.
As to the substantive ground for the proceeding, the Show Cause Order alleged that on June 23, 2017, the North Carolina Medical Board suspended Registrant's medical license for six months.
The Show Cause Order notified Registrant of her right to request a hearing on the allegations or to submit a written statement while waiving her right to a hearing, the procedure for electing either option, and the consequence for failing to elect either option.
On August 1, 2017, a DEA Special Agent assigned to the Charlotte District Office personally served the Show Cause Order on Registrant. GX 3, at 1-2 (Declaration of Special Agent). In a letter dated August 3, 2017, Registrant stated that she was “aware of the current law regarding [her] DEA Certificate” and that she did “not wish to have a hearing on the issue.” GX 4. Registrant further stated that her “medical license is suspend[ed] until 12-23-2017” and that she “will reapply for [her] DEA certification after [her] suspension is completed.”
On September 8, 2017, the Government submitted a Request for Final Agency Action. Therein, the Government seeks the revocation of Registrant's registration. As support for the proposed action, the Government submitted various exhibits, including a Consent Order entered into by Registrant and the North Carolina Medical Board on May 23, 2017.
Based on Registrant's letter of August 3, 2017, I find that Registrant has waived her right to a hearing on the allegations of the Show Cause Order. 21 CFR 1301.43. I therefore issue this Decision and Order based on relevant evidence submitted by the Government. I make the following findings.
Registrant is the holder of DEA Certificate of Registration No. BP4154023, pursuant to which she is authorized to dispense controlled substances in schedules II through V, at the registered address of Carolina Heart Care, 651 S. Main St., Dobson, North Carolina. GX 1. Registrant is also the holder of DATA-Waiver Identification No. XP4154023, pursuant to which she is authorized to prescribe schedule III through V “narcotic drug[s] approved by the Food and Drug Administration specifically for use in maintenance or detoxification treatment” to up to 100 patients. GX 1;
Registrant is also the holder of a license to practice medicine and surgery issued by the North Carolina Medical Board. However, on May 23, 2017, Registrant entered into a Consent Order with the Board. GX 3, Appendix A, at 8. The Board's Order found that in September 2014, Registrant and the Board had entered a previous Consent Order “based on findings that [she] had failed to conform to the standards of acceptable and prevailing medical practice in her care of five patients that she treated for chronic pain.”
The Board's Order also found that, in April 2016, it had received information regarding Registrant's prescribing of opiates to four patients, including one who died due to “opioid toxicity.”
Finally, the Board found that, “[o]n December 6, 2016, [Registrant] entered into an Interim Partial Non-Practice Agreement restricting her prescribing of all controlled substances.”
With respect to her “care and treatment of” the four patients, the Board concluded as a matter of law that Registrant “fail[ed] to conform to the standards of acceptable and prevailing medical practice.”
The Board and Registrant agreed to resolve the matter by suspending her medical license for a period of six months “from June 23, 2017[] until December 23, 2017.”
Moreover, Registrant's ability to resume practicing medicine is also subject to the condition that she “complete a five . . . day board certification review course in Internal Medicine.”
Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a)(3), the Attorney General is authorized to suspend or revoke a registration issued under section 823, “upon a finding that the Registrant . . . has had his State license . . . suspended [or] revoked . . . by competent State authority and is no longer authorized by State law to engage in the . . . dispensing of controlled substances.” Also, DEA has held repeatedly that the possession of authority to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State in which a practitioner engages in professional practice is a fundamental condition for obtaining and maintaining a practitioner's registration.
This rule derives from the text of two provisions of the CSA. First, Congress defined “the term `practitioner' [to] mean[] a . . . physician . . . or other person licensed, registered or otherwise permitted, by . . . the jurisdiction in which [s]he practices . . . to distribute, dispense, [or] administer . . . a controlled substance in the course of professional practice.” 21 U.S.C. 802(21). Second, in setting the requirements for obtaining a practitioner's registration, Congress directed that “[t]he Attorney General shall register practitioners . . . if the applicant is authorized to dispense . . . controlled substances under the laws of the State in which [s]he practices.” 21 U.S.C. 823(f). Because Congress has clearly mandated that a physician possess state authority in order to be deemed a practitioner under the Act, DEA has held that revocation of a practitioner's registration is the appropriate sanction whenever she is no longer authorized to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State in which she practices medicine.
As a consequence of the Consent Order which Registrant entered into with the Board, she is not currently authorized to dispense controlled substances in North Carolina, the State in which she is registered with the Agency. Because the CSA makes clear that the possession of authority to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State in which a practitioner engages in professional practice is a fundamental condition for both obtaining and maintaining a practitioner's registration, it is of no consequence that the suspension is of a finite duration.
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by 21 U.S.C. 824(a) and 28 CFR 0.100(b), I order that DEA Certificate of Registration No. BP4154023, issued to Linda M. Shuck, be, and it hereby is, revoked. I further order that DATA-Waiver Identification No. XP4154023, issued to Linda M. Shuck, be, and it hereby is, revoked. This order is effective immediately.
Notice of registration.
Registrants listed below have applied for and been granted registration by the Drug Enforcement Administration as bulk manufacturers of various classes of schedule I and II controlled substances.
The companies listed below applied to be registered as manufacturers of various basic classes of controlled substances. Information on previously published notices is listed in the table below. No comments or objections were submitted for these notices.
The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) has considered the factors in 21 U.S.C. 823(a) and determined that the registration of these registrants to manufacture the applicable basic classes of controlled substances is consistent with the public interest and with United States obligations under international treaties, conventions, or protocols in effect on May 1, 1971. The DEA investigated each of the company's maintenance of effective controls against diversion by inspecting and testing each company's physical security systems, verifying each company's compliance with state and local laws, and reviewing each company's background and history.
Therefore, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(a), and in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33, the DEA has granted a registration as a bulk manufacturer to the above listed persons.
On May 24, 2017, the Assistant Administrator, Diversion Control Division, issued an Order to Show Cause to First Choice Surgery Center of Baton Rouge, L.L.C (Respondent), of Baton Rouge, Louisiana. The Show Cause Order proposed the revocation of Respondent's DEA Certificate of Registration No. FF4394209, on the ground that “the clinic does not have authority to dispense controlled substances in Louisiana, the [S]tate in which the clinic is located.” Show Cause Order, at 1 (citing 21 U.S.C. 823(f) and 824(a)(3)). The Show Cause Order also proposed revocation on the ground that Respondent's owner, “Dr. Arnold Feldman, M.D., has been found guilty by the Louisiana State Board of Medical Examiners of misconduct related to controlled substances.”
As to the jurisdictional basis for the proceeding, the Show Cause Order alleged that Respondent is “registered . . . as a hospital/clinic in [s]chedules II-V pursuant to [Registration No.] FF4394209 at 505 East Airport Drive, Baton Rouge, Louisiana.”
As to the substantive grounds for the proceeding, the Show Cause Order alleged that Respondent “is without authority to dispense controlled substances in Louisiana.”
As to the allegation based on its owner's misconduct, the Show Cause Order alleged that “[o]n August 15, 2016, the Louisiana State Board of Medical Examiners found [Respondent's owner] guilty of violating [state law] by giving his staff pre-signed controlled substance prescriptions and/or allowing his staff to utilize a `Ghost writer' to affix his signature to controlled substances prescriptions.”
The Show Cause Order notified Respondent of its right to request a hearing on the allegations or to submit a written statement while waiving its right to a hearing and the procedure for electing either option.
On June 15, 2017, Respondent, through its counsel, requested a hearing on the allegations. Letter from Respondent to Hearing Clerk, Office of Administrative Law Judges (June 15, 2017). The matter was assigned to Administrative Law Judge Charles Wm. Dorman (hereinafter, ALJ), who, on June 16, 2017, issued an order directing the Government to file evidence supporting the allegations by June 29, 2017 at 2 p.m., as well any motion for summary disposition. Briefing Schedule For Lack Of State Authority Allegations, at 1. The ALJ's order also provided that if the Government moved for summary disposition, Respondent's opposition was due by July 13, 2017 at 2 p.m.
On June 20, 2017, the Government filed its Motion for Summary Disposition. In its Motion, the Government argued that Respondent is a “practitioner” under the CSA and that because its “state authority has terminated, [it] no longer meets the statutory definition of a practitioner” and is not entitled to maintain its registration. Motion, at 3. The Government thus sought a Recommendation that Respondent's registration be revoked.
As support for its motion, the Government provided: (1) A copy of Respondent's registration; (2) a letter dated May 22, 2017 from the Assistant Executive Director of the Louisiana Board of Pharmacy to a DEA Diversion Investigator (DI) stating that Respondent's Louisiana Controlled Dangerous Substance (CDS) license expired September 23, 2016; (3) a November 16, 2016 Order of the Louisiana Board of Pharmacy indefinitely suspending the Controlled Dangerous Substance license of Arnold E. Feldman based on the suspension of his Louisiana Medical license; and (4) a declaration of the aforementioned DI that Respondent “currently has no authority to handle controlled substances in Louisiana.” Mot. for Summ. Disp., Appendices A, B, and C. The Government did not, however, seek summary disposition based on the allegation that Respondent's owner had been found guilty by the Louisiana Board of misconduct related to controlled substances.
Respondent did not file a Reply to the Government's Motion, and on July 25, 2017, the ALJ granted the Government's Motion. Order Granting Summary Disposition (R.D.), at 3, 6. Noting that the Government had “provided a certified letter from the Louisiana Board of Pharmacy indicating that the Respondent held Louisiana Board of Pharmacy Number CDS.043803-ASC, but that this license expired on September 23, 2016,”
Having considered the record, I adopt the ALJ's finding of fact that Respondent's Louisiana CDS license has expired and his of conclusion of law that Respondent lacks state authorization to dispense controlled substances in Louisiana. I will therefore adopt the ALJ's recommendation that I revoke Respondent's registration. I make the following findings.
Respondent is the holder of DEA Certificate of Registration No. FF4394209, pursuant to which it is authorized to dispense controlled substances in schedules II through V as a Hospital/Clinic, at the registered address of: First Choice Surgery Center of Baton Rouge, L.L.C., 505 East Airport Drive, Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Mot. for Summ. Disp., Appendix A. This registration does not expire until September 30, 2019.
Respondent also previously held Louisiana Controlled Dangerous Substance License No.043803-ASC.
Accordingly, I find that Respondent currently lacks authority to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State of Louisiana.
Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a)(3), the Attorney General is authorized to suspend or revoke a registration issued under section 823 of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA), “upon a finding that the registrant . . . has had [its] State license . . . suspended [or] revoked . . . by competent State authority and is no longer authorized by State law to engage in the . . . dispensing of controlled substances.” With respect to a practitioner, which includes a hospital or clinic,
This rule derives from the text of two other provisions of the CSA, section 802(21), which defines the term “practitioner,” and section 823(f), which sets forth the registration requirements for practitioners. Notably, in section 802(21), Congress defined “the term `practitioner' [to] mean[ ] a . . . physician . . .
To the same effect, Congress, in setting the requirements for obtaining a practitioner's registration, directed that “[t]he Attorney General shall register practitioners . . . if the applicant is authorized to dispense . . . controlled substances under the laws of the State in which [it] practices.” 21 U.S.C. 823(f). Based on these provisions, the Agency held nearly forty years ago that “[s]tate authorization to dispense or otherwise handle controlled substances is a prerequisite to the issuance
Having allowed its Louisiana CDS license to expire, Respondent is no longer authorized to dispense controlled substances in the State.
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by 21 U.S.C. 824(a), as well as 28 CFR 0.100(b), I order that DEA Certificate of Registration No. FF4394209 issued to First Choice Surgery Center of Baton Rouge, L.L.C., be, and it hereby is, revoked. This
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) announces a meeting of the NASA Advisory Council (NAC).
Thursday, December 7, 2017, 1:00-5:00 p.m.; and Friday, December 8, 2017, 9:00 a.m.-12:00 noon, Local Time.
NASA Headquarters, Program Review Center (PRC), Room 9H40, 300 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20546.
Ms. Marla King, NAC Administrative Officer, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546, (202) 358-1148 or
This meeting will be open to the public up to the capacity of the meeting room. This meeting is also available telephonically and by WebEx. You must use a touch-tone phone to participate in this meeting. Any interested person may dial the Toll Number 1-630-395-0139 or Toll Free Number 1-888-603-9606 and then the numeric passcode 8148619, followed by the # sign, on both days.
The agenda for the meeting will include reports from the following:
Attendees will be requested to sign a register and to comply with NASA Headquarters security requirements, including the presentation of a valid picture ID to NASA Security before access to NASA Headquarters. Foreign nationals attending this meeting will be required to provide a copy of their passport and visa in addition to providing the following information no less than 10 days prior to the meeting: Full name; gender; date/place of birth; citizenship; passport information (number, country, telephone); visa information (number, type, expiration date); employer/affiliation information (name of institution, address, country, telephone); title/position of attendee. To expedite admittance, attendees that are U.S. citizens and Permanent Residents (green card holders) are requested to provide full name and citizenship status no less than 3 working days in advance. Information should be sent to Ms. Marla King via email at
National Credit Union Administration (NCUA).
Final notice.
In June 2017, the NCUA Board (Board) published a notice and request for comment on proposed changes to its Overhead Transfer Rate (OTR) methodology and sought industry comments on the proposed changes.
Russell Moore or Julie Decker, Loss/Risk Analysis Officers, Office of Examination and Insurance, National Credit Union Administration, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 or telephone: (703) 518-6383 or (703) 518-6384.
The NCUA administers the Federal Credit Union Act (the Act), which is comprised of three Titles: Title I—General Provisions, Title II—Share Insurance, and Title III—Central Liquidity Facility. Pursuant to the Act, the NCUA charters, regulates, and insures shares in federal credit unions and insures shares and deposits in federally insured state-chartered credit unions through the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund (Share Insurance Fund). The NCUA is responsible for ensuring federally insured credit unions operate safely and soundly and comply with all applicable laws and regulations within the NCUA's jurisdiction.
To achieve its statutory mission, the agency incurs various expenses, including those involved in examining and supervising federally insured credit unions. The Board adopts an Operating Budget in the fall of each year to fund the vast majority of the costs of operating the agency.
To allocate agency expenses between these two primary funding sources, the NCUA uses the OTR. The OTR represents the formula the NCUA uses to allocate insurance-related expenses to the Share Insurance Fund under Title II. Almost all other operating expenses are collected through annual Operating Fees paid by federal credit unions.
In 1972, the Government Accountability Office recommended the NCUA adopt a method for properly allocating Operating Budget costs—that is, the portion of the NCUA's budget funded by requisitions from the Share Insurance Fund and the portion covered by Operating Fees paid by federal credit unions.
The NCUA has employed various allocation methods over the years, with the methodology adopted in 2003. For a chronological history of the OTR, refer to
In January of 2016, the Board voluntarily published its OTR methodology in the
Within the 60-day comment period, the NCUA received 26 comment letters on the OTR methodology. The commenters included federal credit unions, federally insured state-chartered credit unions, national credit union trade organizations, state leagues, state supervisory authorities, and a credit union service organization (CUSO).
In response to its initial OTR notice in January 2016, the NCUA received a variety of comments related to the legal authority to requisition funds from the Share Insurance Fund to cover a portion of the Operating Budget. Several of the 2016 commenters stated the agency does not have authority or discretion to establish and determine the OTR. Some commenters asserted that the NCUA lacks the legal authority to use the Share Insurance Fund to cover costs of operating the agency. Other commenters claimed the NCUA has only very narrow authority to allocate costs, has too broadly interpreted its authority, and may assign to the Share Insurance Fund only those costs directly associated with share insurance payments for failed or troubled credit unions. Some commenters insisted the NCUA is required to fund the vast majority of the cost of operating the agency through Operating Fees charged to federal credit unions, claiming Congress intended that Operating Fees were to subsidize costs in managing risk to the Share Insurance Fund. Finally, some commenters insisted that the Board must use APA notice-and-comment processes to establish the OTR. To the extent commenters explained their positions, they read various limitations into the provisions the NCUA cites in Section I above and the response below and pointed to the Act's legislative history.
In response to the June 2017 Request for Comment the NCUA received a number of comments that reiterated the substance of or referenced points made in the comments received in response to the January 2016 Request for Comment. While helpful, the comments did not advocate materially new legal arguments or substantively expand on ones made in response to the January 2016 Request for Comment. Accordingly, the substance of the Board's responses to comments largely tracks those published in the June 2017 notice, with minor alterations. The Board believes this will be helpful to stakeholders in addressing questions they may have by once again fully explaining the NCUA's legal analysis set forth above.
Various commenters disagreed with the agency's legal analysis and argued that some combination of 12 U.S.C. 1781(b)(1), 1782(a)(5), and 1790 also limit the NCUA's requisition of funds from the Share Insurance Fund for the Operating Budget. Several commenters went further and argued that Title II's legislative history indicates the savings from the NCUA's reliance on Title I and State Supervisory Authority examinations and reports should accrue to the benefit of the Share Insurance Fund. Having considered these comments, the NCUA maintains that a plain reading of the Act, as described in section I above and in both the January 2016 and June 2017 notices, supports the agency's legal authority and broad discretion in allocating operating costs. As the Board previously stated, the Act's plain language does not require an analysis of the legislative history.
Multiple commenters stated that the plain language of the Act requires the Board to structure examinations and Call Reports originally required under Title I so they may be used for Title II share insurance purposes. These commenters similarly stated that the Act places requirements on the NCUA to use state regulator examinations and reports to the maximum extent feasible.
As the Board has previously explained, Title II of the Act, in 12 U.S.C. 1781(b)(2), authorizes examinations as needed for the protection of the Share Insurance Fund and other credit unions in addition to those permitted under Title I, recognizing that the scope and timing of Title I examinations does not necessarily satisfy share insurance needs under Title II. With respect to use of state regulator exams and reports, the Board is careful to build efficiencies wherever reasonable in light of the NCUA's dual roles as (1) charterer and prudential regulator of federal credit unions and (2) insurer of federal credit unions and federally insured state-chartered credit unions. This ensures the NCUA uses state regulator examinations and reports to the maximum extent feasible for purposes of insurance. Efficiencies gained from the NCUA's dual role provide cost savings and help avoid subjecting credit unions to the burden of redundant examinations.
Further, the Act's provisions on cost savings do not prohibit the NCUA from allocating insurance-related operating expenses to the Share Insurance Fund through the OTR under 12 U.S.C. 1783(a). Specifically, 12 U.S.C. 1781(b)(1) requires the NCUA to adjust the way it conducts examinations of federal credit unions so they may be “utilized for share insurance purposes.” This provision does result in cost savings. However, it does not preclude the NCUA from allocating the costs of the “share insurance purposes” portion of federal credit union examinations to
With respect to 12 U.S.C. 1790, the Board agrees with commenters stating that this provision should inform the NCUA's interpretation of Title II so that it consciously avoids discrimination against federally insured state-chartered credit unions to the benefit of federal credit unions.
As background, all federally insured credit unions are subject to the same requirements for funding the Share Insurance Fund. Specifically, § 1782(c)(1)(A)(i) requires that “[e]ach insured credit union shall pay to and maintain with the [Share Insurance Fund] a deposit in an amount equaling 1 per centum of the credit union's insured shares.” Section 1782(c)(2)(A) requires that “[e]ach insured credit union shall, at such times as the Board prescribes (but not more than twice in any calendar year), pay to the Fund a premium charge for insurance in an amount stated as a percentage of insured shares (which shall be the same for all insured credit unions).” Thus, in funding the Share Insurance Fund, federal credit unions and federally insured state-chartered credit unions are not treated any differently. Similarly, requisitions from the Share Insurance Fund used to fund the insurance-related expenses of the NCUA's Operating Budget under § 1783(a) do not distinguish between federal credit unions and federally insured state-chartered credit unions.
In response to the June 2017 Request for Comment one commenter stated that the primary goal of the proposed changes was to reduce the complexity of the OTR methodology. The commenter stated that the NCUA's primary goal should be to ensure fair and equitable treatment of federal credit unions and federally insured state-chartered credit unions in the allocation of insurance-related activities. However, the Board has always approached the OTR with the goal that it be fair and equitable to both charter types. The Board believes the new method continues to provide a fair and equitable distribution of Title I and Title II costs while recognizing that somewhat less precision can make the process more cost effective and understandable. In other words, fairness and equity among charter types is more than a goal, they have been and continue to be fundamental to the OTR methodology.
The Act clearly permits expenses related to insurance to be funded by the Share Insurance Fund, regardless of charter. Specifically, 12 U.S.C. 1783(a) allows expenses “incurred in carrying out the purposes of [Title II]” to be allocated to the Share Insurance Fund. The costs the NCUA incurs in safeguarding the Share Insurance Fund relate to the risks in federal credit unions and federally insured state-chartered credit unions. The Act provides the Board with specific authorities that relate to costs the NCUA incurs in carrying out its obligations under Title II. For instance, Title II of the Act authorizes the Board “to appoint examiners who shall have the power, on its behalf, to examine any insured credit union . . . whenever in the judgment of the Board an examination is necessary to determine the condition of any such credit union for insurance purposes.”
• “appoint such officers and employees as are not otherwise provided for in this chapter;”
• “employ experts and consultants or organizations thereof;”
• “prescribe the manner in which its general business may be conducted and the privileges granted to it by law may be exercised and enjoyed;”
• “exercise all powers specifically granted by the provisions of this subchapter and such incidental powers as shall be necessary to carry out the power so granted;”
• “make examinations of and require information and reports from insured credit unions, as provided in this subchapter.”
The Board concludes that these authorities, taken together, provide the NCUA as insurer with broad discretion to impose regulations on and examine all insured credit unions. In addition, the cost of the agency activities associated with exercising these and other accompanying authorities can properly be considered costs of carrying out Title II of the Act.
The legal analysis of the NCUA's Office of General Counsel on the applicability of the notice and comment provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) to the OTR methodology is summarized in the January 2016 OTR notice
In response to the June 2017 notice, one commenter specifically cited the Board's characterization of the OTR
Approximately half of the comments received addressed the first principle that examination and supervision of federal credit unions should be treated as 50 percent insurance-related. Those that did address it were split. Commenters supporting the proposed principle argued that it appeared to be a rough approximation of the time the NCUA should spend between its prudential and insurance-related responsibilities with respect to federal credit unions. One commenter specifically opined that the NCUA's analysis appeared reasonable and that the principle would be simple to apply. Another commenter supported the proposed principle, but suggested that it may be “too modest” of an assessment of the time the NCUA devotes to prudential supervision of federal credit unions.
Commenters that opposed the proposed principle argued that the Board's policy rationale is not clearly set out in the notice and, therefore, the change in policy appears to be without “a reasoned basis.” Some of these commenters also argued that the proposed principle is arbitrary, capricious, and not supported by substantial evidence. One commenter stated that it was not based on observable and measurable data inputs. The same commenter argued that the principle reflects the NCUA's position of “how things should be” but not how things are in reality. Another commenter argued that the principle ignores the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's (FDIC) actual practices, citing the following: (1) Pronouncements from the FDIC asserting its primary focus and intention is to protect the insurance fund by ensuring the safety and soundness of its member institutions; (2) conducting annual joint examinations with state regulators in many cases rather than alternating examinations, suggesting the FDIC considers protection of the insurance fund through its own examinations as a critical responsibility; and (3) the FDIC conducts a substantial and increasing amount of offsite monitoring, examination and supervision on all its institutions for safety and soundness purposes on an ongoing basis. Several other commenters recommended that the Board take additional time to study this assumption to develop a more empirically supportable principle and that the Board continue to refine this principle in the future to be more accurate.
The Board believes the rationale for the first principle is supportable and easy to understand. It attributes equal weight to each of NCUA's dual roles as regulator and insurer of federal credit unions. It creates a cost sharing similar to what would result if NCUA conducted alternating examinations of federal credit unions, acting as the regulator during one exam cycle and the insurer the next. Additionally, joint examinations between the regulator and insurer are generally staffed equally, resulting in a 50-50 time split. Whether alternating examinations or participating in joint examinations, the examination and supervision time of the insurer still ends up approximately 50 percent. As noted in the request for comment, it is consistent with the alternating examinations the FDIC and state regulators conduct for insured state-chartered banks, as mandated by Congress.
As one commenter noted, the FDIC prominently asserts its primary focus is to protect its insurance fund by ensuring the safety and soundness of its member institutions, in many cases through annual joint examinations. Like the FDIC, the NCUA's primary focus in its role as insurer is to protect the Share Insurance Fund. However, unlike the FDIC, the NCUA also has chartering authority. Since the NCUA examination staff perform all examinations of federal credit unions,
Using a principle-based approach simplifies the OTR calculation and reduces the resources needed to administer it. Further, it reflects that the NCUA as insurer is responsible for managing risk to the Share Insurance Fund and therefore should not rely solely on examinations and supervision conducted by the prudential regulator.
Importantly, the simplified assumption of equal sharing reflects the offsetting benefits for each role under a framework emulating an alternating examination program like the one used by FDIC. In other words, the insurer may evaluate compliance matters as part of a reciprocal arrangement with the prudential regulator in evaluating matters specific to insurance as part of the overall shared supervision of a credit union. It reflects an equal sharing of supervisory responsibilities between the NCUA's dual roles as charterer/prudential regulator and insurer given both roles have a vested interest in the safety and soundness of federal credit unions.
Few commenters addressed the second principle that all time and costs the NCUA spends supervising or evaluating the risks posed by federally insured state-chartered credit unions or other entities the NCUA does not charter or regulate (for example, third-
The Board disagrees that it has not explained its policy rationale. The NCUA has specifically defined its role with federally insured state-chartered credit unions and other entities the NCUA does not charter or regulate, including CUSOs. The NCUA does not charter, nor is it the prudential regulator of, federally insured state-chartered credit unions; therefore, the NCUA's role is solely as the insurer. Further, the Board does not believe singling out CUSO activities is necessary or appropriate under the first or second proposed principle. Doing so would revert back to the prior approach of more particular designation of examination activities as insurance or regulatory based, which the proposed principles are designed to lessen for the reasons discussed above.
A CUSO itself is at times subject to a limited review during the examination of a federally insured credit union. This review generally covers the documentation required by NCUA or state regulation that credit unions must execute prior to investing in or lending to a CUSO. Examiners may also assess the risk a CUSO's activities pose to the credit union as part of the credit union examination. The CUSO related time within the scope of the examination and supervision of federally insured credit unions is captured under Principle 1 for federal credit unions and Principle 2 for federally insured state-chartered credit unions. The time designated for separate, stand-alone reviews of CUSOs and third-party vendors is accounted for separately in the NCUA's workload budget and is covered by Principle 2 only. The Board has no direct regulatory authority with respect to CUSOs and there is no support to allocate time specifically designated for CUSO and third-party vender reviews as anything other than the NCUA's role as insurer.
Only a few commenters addressed the third proposed principle that all time and costs related to the NCUA's role as charterer and enforcer of consumer protection and other non-insurance based laws governing the operations of credit unions should be treated as not insurance related. Each commenter to address the proposed principle favored the Board's approach but did not offer substantive commentary.
Only a few commenters addressed the fourth principle that time and costs related to the NCUA's role in administering federal share insurance and the Share Insurance Fund should be treated as 100 percent insurance related. Each commenter to address the proposed principle favored the Board's approach but did not offer substantive commentary.
Less than half of the commenters addressed whether the Board should solicit public comment on the OTR methodology every three years and whenever the Board seeks to change the OTR methodology. All of those commenting favored soliciting public comment. One commenter recommended that the Board adopt a standardized five-year review period for the calculation. Another commenter recommended that the Board also solicit public comment on the OTR methodology for any year the OTR changes more than two percent. A third commenter recommended that the Board codify the OTR methodology as part of the NCUA's regulations, believing this would subject the OTR methodology to the notice-and-comment requirements of the APA. A fourth commenter recommended that the Board include the OTR methodology in the NCUA's rolling regulatory review under the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996. Finally, another commenter argued that the Board should subject the OTR methodology to periodic verification from an independent third party.
The Board is committed to seeking public comment on the OTR methodology every three years or when there are changes to the methodology. The Board reiterates that changes to the methodology means changes to the four principles or abandonment of the principles in favor of another methodology, not changes to the NCUA's organizational structure. The results of the calculation are not static and will change from year to year based on the contemporaneous information from the workload and financial budgets. The results are updated and reviewed annually and are applied to actual expenses. The Board does not agree that the OTR application should be submitted for public comment, regardless of whether it results in a material year-over-year change to the rate. Changes to the OTR output would be a result of the methodology's application to organizational changes or internal resource allocations, not a result of changes to the methodology. Even if the Board wanted to subject output changes to notice-and-comment, the time required for such processes would almost certainly impede the Board's budget processes.
The Board acknowledges that application of the current methodology has resulted in material changes in the OTR from year to year. This was a factor the Board considered in simplifying the calculations and the Board expects that the proposed methodology should result in less volatility in OTR outputs going forward. As noted in the legal analysis contained in the Request for Comment, the NCUA's position remains that the OTR methodology is not subject to the APA's notice-and-comment requirements. The Board maintains that the same is true with respect to its application. Further, this conclusion does not depend on whether the OTR methodology is included in the NCUA regulations. Whether a Board action is codified does not determine whether it is subject to notice-and-comment processes.
Regarding subjecting the proposed methodology to periodic verification from an independent third-party, the Board will consider the cost versus the benefits of such a review. Given the greatly simplified methodology, such reviews may provide limited benefits.
Only a few commenters addressed whether the Board should maintain the current staff delegation to administer the OTR methodology but require public board briefings every year. Each commenter to address the proposal to maintain current staff delegations favored the Board's approach but did not offer substantive commentary.
One commenter opposed the OTR methodology and recommended the NCUA's operating budget be funded 50 percent by requisition from the Share Insurance Fund via the OTR and 50 percent from federal credit union operating fees. This commenter suggested that this was the Board's long-standing approach to funding the NCUA's operating budget prior to the current OTR methodology. Another commenter, however, indicated that a majority of its member credit unions would not favor such an approach.
As stated in the Request for Comment, the Board does not believe it is transparent or appropriate to set the OTR at any level, such as 50 percent, without a reasoned basis to demonstrate that level of agency operating costs are properly allocated to Title II activities. Even if it was, the Board thinks such a rough justice approach is unnecessarily simple while providing negligible, if any, additional administrative ease. The Board believes the principles-based methodology adopted in this Final Notice provides a reasoned basis for the OTR and is fair and equitable. The proposed new OTR methodology also provides a good balance between understandability, ease of administration, and precision.
At least one commenter strongly opposed the proposed OTR methodology in its entirety, arguing that the Board should revise and refine, not replace, the current methodology. Some refinements this commenter suggested included a clearer distinction between insurance and safety and soundness activities.
The Board does not agree that further distinction between insurance and safety and soundness is warranted. The proposed new OTR methodology revises the former OTR methodology and addresses concerns raised in the first request for comment as well as this one related to the distinction between insurance related and safety and soundness. The NCUA recognizes that safety and soundness is not the sole domain of the insurer. Rather, both the prudential regulator and insurer have responsibilities for safety and soundness. In the June 2017 Request for Comment, the NCUA acknowledged that safety and soundness is not the sole domain of the insurer; prudential regulators have various responsibilities with respect to the safety and soundness of institutions they oversee. To better reflect that the prudential regulator and insurer both have responsibilities for safety and soundness, the Board is adjusting the OTR methodology accordingly. This is reflected in the first principle of the proposed new methodology. Further, the old methodology also recognized this to some extent through the Imputed SSA Value component.
Another commenter also recommended retaining the old methodology, stating it is an objective, formula-based model that uses measurable data inputs, which prioritizes fairness, accuracy, and equity. Instead of replacing the old methodology, the commenter suggested the Board refine the examiner time survey and reevaluate the Imputed SSA Value. The Board disagrees with this recommendation and favors the proposed new methodology.
The proposed new methodology, though simpler, is still objective and formula driven. The examiner time study and the assignment of time as insurance, insurance regulatory, and consumer regulatory has been an area of great debate and the Board does not believe any amount of refining of these categories will alleviate the criticism and confusion around the process. The same criticism and confusion pertains to the “Imputed SSA Value.” Without 100 percent cooperation from the state supervisory authorities in providing detailed time studies and budget information, the NCUA cannot calculate a more accurate estimate. There is also stakeholder confusion regarding the hypothetical “as if” scenario that assumes the NCUA would have to do all the examination and supervision work. The proposed new methodology eliminates the examiner time study and the “Imputed SSA Value” to eliminate the confusion caused by each. Therefore, further refinements or changes to either are unnecessary at this time.
One commenter recommended establishing a Credit Union Advisory Council that would discuss, among other topics, the OTR. This request goes beyond the scope of the Request for Comment on the OTR.
At least one commenter recommended that the Board adopt a methodology that more closely resembles the national banking model. The commenter suggested that the budget of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) for supervising national banks is entirely separate from the FDIC's budget for insuring bank deposits and recommended that the Board adopt a similar approach for the supervision of federal credit unions. Similarly, another commenter indicated that a majority of its member credit unions favor the Board separating the NCUA's charting and supervision of federal credit unions from its insurance-related supervisory functions.
The Board thinks using this approach would undermine the efficiencies Congress intended to create. The NCUA is both a regulator and insurer under the organization of a single federal agency with one budget. As noted in the January 2016 Request for Comment, in Title II of the Act, Congress established the Share Insurance Fund and housed it within the NCUA for administration by the Board. Congress envisioned efficiencies from this arrangement, as well as the NCUA's partnership with state regulators. While the NCUA does not have two distinctly separate budgets, it strives to allocate the appropriate amount to each activity through the OTR. In contrast, the OCC has no authority regarding the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is managed by the FDIC. The FDIC manages the Deposit Insurance Fund and has no primary regulatory responsibility for federally chartered banks. They have completely separate budgets because they are distinct federal agencies.
The NCUA also notes that the funding of the banking regulatory system has also been the subject of criticism. For example, in its July 2001 Report,
Under the present system, national banks pay the full costs of their supervision, through assessments levied on them by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the federal agency that charters and supervises national banks. State-chartered banks, by contrast, pay only for that small fraction of their supervision that is provided by state supervisory agencies. The predominant part of state bank supervision actually comes from two federal agencies, the Federal Reserve System (FRS) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). These federal agencies perform exactly the same supervisory functions for
The NCUA Board seeks to be as fair as possible in the funding of its Operating Budget and does not believe the banking industry model is appropriate for credit unions.
One commenter recommended that the Board adopt cost saving measures to further reduce the OTR. Those measures included accepting the results of validated Asset Liability Management models of credit unions subject to supervision by the Office of National Examinations and Supervision (ONES) for supervisory stress testing purposes.
Suggestions regarding cost saving measures are aimed at the NCUA's overall budget, not at the OTR methodology. The budgeted amount is beyond the scope of the Request for Comment. While a lower budget may reduce the amount charged to the Share Insurance Fund through the OTR, this effect would not be a function of changes to the OTR methodology, which was the focus of the request for comment.
This commenter also recommended that the Board investigate options to improve the financial performance of the Share Insurance Fund in order to use investment gains to generate additional earnings. This comment also goes beyond the scope of the OTR methodology. Further, Title II of the Act explicitly limits the permissible investment vehicles for the Share Insurance Fund.
A Program Agency for a Government Investment Account shall not engage in investment practices that result in windfall gains and losses, including but not limited to security day-trading and large restructuring of investment portfolios to take advantage of short-term Interest Rate fluctuations.
One commenter recommended that the Board explore ways to work more closely with state supervisory authorities to increase efficiencies and reduce costs. The Board agrees that working with state supervisory authorities reduces costs and increases efficiencies for both the NCUA and state supervisory authorities. Therefore, as stated in the Request for Comment, the Board is careful to build efficiencies related to the NCUA's dual role as charterer and prudential regulator of federal credit unions and insurer of federal credit unions and federally insured state-chartered credit unions wherever possible. As part of the Examination Flexibility Initiative, the Board established a joint NCUA-State Regulator working group that has been active in 2017 in exploring ways to further improve coordination and cooperation.
Two commenters requested clarification on how the NCUA's proposed reorganization will impact budget allocations. One commenter specifically noted that 13 percent of the Office of Consumer Financial Protection and Access' budget is allocated from the Share Insurance Fund and that the proposed reorganization could have a substantial impact on that assumption.
The NCUA's reorganization affects the OTR's application, not the OTR methodology. The Board is approving the allocation principles for the OTR methodology. These principles are then dynamically applied to the activities and related costs of the agency—they are not necessarily specific to individual offices or the agency's organization. For example, costs associated with federal credit union examinations and supervision are aggregated. Therefore, a reduction from five regions to three regions will not affect the budget allocation.
Similarly, the Office of Small Credit Union Initiatives' transition to the new Office of Credit Union Resources and Expansion and the assumption of the NCUA's chartering function, formerly in the Office of Consumer Financial Protection and Access, does not materially impact budget allocation. The majority of the Economic Development Specialists from the old Office of Small Credit Union Initiatives are being converted to Consumer Access Analysts in the new Office of Credit Union Resources and Expansion. The Consumer Access Analysts from the Office of Consumer Financial Protection and Access will also be transferred to the new Office of Credit Union Resources and Expansion. The change in the composition of the work of the reorganized offices will affect their allocation calculation but not how the underlying costs are allocated based on the Board approved principles. The net result is a reallocation of the agency resources from the Office of Consumer Financial Protection and Financial Access to the new Office of Credit Union Resources and Expansion. The same principles will apply to the resources transferring to the new office based on their roles.
One commenter also recommended a number of changes to the Board's proposed budget allocations. The commenter recommended that the Board use a 50 percent allocation from the Share Insurance Fund for human resources and Board functions. For all other program offices, the commenter suggested using the 60 percent allocation from the Share Insurance Fund generated by the hypothetical application of the proposed OTR methodology in the June 2017 notice.
The Board does not agree that a 50 percent allocation should be applied to its budget and the human resources budget. As noted in the Request for Comment, the NCUA's remaining offices do not have a specific allocation calculation because they design and oversee the agency's mission and its related offices or provide necessary support to mission offices or the entire agency. As such, the proportion of insurance-related activities for these offices corresponds to that of the mission offices. Further, it would be administratively burdensome to attempt to account for any variation in activity levels from the mission functions and would not result in a material difference in outcomes. Therefore, these offices' costs are allocated based on the weighted average of insurance-related activities calculated in the subtotal of agency costs for the offices above that have a distinct allocation calculation. The Board also notes the 60 percent allocation, referred to by the commenter, was illustrative based on 2017 budget information and is therefore a methodology output, not a principle in itself. It is not a fixed allocation and will change from year to year based on contemporary data and the applicable calculation in the proposed new OTR methodology.
Another commenter recommended that the Board explore how other insurance industries allocate expenses and adopt a 5-year rolling average of actual costs when assessing future fees. However, share/deposit insurance is unique from other insurance industries as it only insures member/customer deposits in financial institutions. In the United States, there are three deposit insurers, the NCUA, the FDIC, and American Share Insurance. Both the NCUA and FDIC are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States while American Share Insurance is a private insurer. Additionally, neither the FDIC nor American Share Insurance have NCUA's chartering authority.
The NCUA is responsible for both regulating and insuring credit unions and has different accounting/cost allocation needs. NCUA share insurance is not risk-based. There are numerous other risk-based types of insurance companies operating in the United States, covering such things as real estate, automobiles, and health care. Some insurance companies offer some or all these business lines. Costs are generally allocated by business line or operating company. The NCUA's cost allocation approach incorporates sound cost accounting principles and commercial practices. However, additional analysis of insurance companies will not provide meaningful information given the unique role of the NCUA as regulator and insurer and other differences between private sector insurance models and the NCUA as a government agency.
Further, using a 5-year rolling average of actual costs to set expenses would add a layer of complexity to the OTR calculation. Adding complexity is not consistent with the Board's goal of simplifying the calculation to improve transparency. Additionally, a 5-year rolling average would not support contemporary needs based on contemporary data because it would be affected by past events, either increasing or decreasing costs, over a period of five years. The Board believes using the proposed new methodology is more fair and stable.
Several commenter's stated the proposed new methodology would have a negative impact on federal credit unions. One commenter was particularly concerned with the impact on small federal credit unions. While another commenter suggested a three-year phase-in period if adopted to mitigate the impact this change will have on federal credit unions.
The NCUA staff analyzed the impact the change in methodology would have on federal credit union Operating Fees using data from the 2017 budget as discussed in the 2017 Request for Comment. The results of the analysis indicate the Operating Fee for federal credit unions with asset size $1 million and above, the increase would be less than one basis point of average assets. Additionally, credit unions under $1 million in assets do not pay an Operating Fee. While the Operating Fee will increase when the OTR decreases, this has been true during the OTR's entire existence.
Several commenters stated the proposed new methodology favors simplicity over accuracy and equity. However, the Board believes the proposed method strikes the correct balance. The results of the proposed new methodology, using 2017 budget data, fall well within the historical range of the OTR under the old method. The average OTR since the Board adopted the old methodology is 60.7 percent, very similar to the results of the proposed new methodology applied to 2017 budget numbers. Table 1 illustrates the historical OTR trend.
One of the main criticisms of the old OTR methodology is that it is not transparent. This stems from the complexity of the calculation and was discussed in the Request for Comment. Although all information related to the old OTR calculation is publicly available, the Board acknowledged that an obstacle to transparency was the complexity of the methodology. In an effort to address the transparency concern, the Board is adopting the simplified OTR methodology. While still formula driven, the proposed new methodology provides for a simpler approach that remains comprehensive, fair, and equitable. The Board believes the proposed new methodology, though simplified, continues to provide an accurate allocation of agency costs.
Based on the comments and the NCUA's internal assessment, the Board is adopting the new OTR methodology as proposed in the June 2017 notice. These changes will reduce both the complexity of the OTR methodology and the resources needed to administer it, while remaining fair and equitable to both federal credit unions and federally insured state-chartered credit unions. The final OTR methodology is fully described below.
The OTR methodology incorporates the following underlying principles for allocating agency operating costs:
1. Time spent examining and supervising federal credit unions is allocated as 50 percent insurance related.
2. All time and costs the NCUA spends supervising or evaluating the risks posed by federally insured state-chartered credit unions or other entities the NCUA does not charter or regulate (for example, third-party vendors and CUSOs) is allocated as 100 percent insurance related.
3. Time and costs related to the NCUA's role as charterer and enforcer of consumer protection and other non-insurance based laws governing the operation of credit unions (like field of membership requirements) are allocated as zero percent insurance related.
4. Time and costs related to the NCUA's role in administering federal share insurance and the Share Insurance Fund are allocated as 100 percent insurance related.
These four principles represent the principles the Board has committed to subject to public comment every three years and in the event it proposes a change to one or more of the principles. The principles are applied to the activities and costs of the agency to arrive at the portion of the agency's Operating Budget to be charged to the Share Insurance Fund as detailed below. The NCUA will not submit the methodology's applications or outputs for public comment.
The Steps below describe how the four principles above are applied. Unlike the principles themselves, the Board will not subject the application of the principles or the OTR outputs to notice-and-comment processes.
Annually, the NCUA develops a workload budget based on the NCUA's examination and supervision program to carry out the agency's core mission. The workload budget reflects the time necessary to examine and supervise federally insured credit unions, along with other related activities, and therefore the level of field staff needed to implement the exam program. Applying principles 1, 2, and 3 (those relevant to the workload budget) to the applicable elements of the workload budget results in a composite rate that reflects the portion of the agency's overall insurance related mission program activities.
The Operating Budget represents the costs of the activities associated with achieving the strategic goals and objectives set forth in the NCUA's Strategic Plan. The Operating Budget is based on agency priorities and initiatives that drive resulting resource needs and allocations. Information related to the NCUA's budget process, including details on the Board-approved Operating Budgets, is available on the agency's Web site.
The agency achieves its primary mission through the examination and supervision program. The percentage of insurance-related workload hours derived from Step 1 represents the main allocation factor used in Step 2 and is applied to the total operating budget for the examination and supervision programs to calculate the insurance-related costs of the offices conducting field work (currently the Regions and ONES). A few agency offices have roles distinct enough to warrant their own allocation factors, which are developed by applying the four factors described above to their respective activities. Each of these offices tracks their activities annually to determine their factors. These factors are then applied to the respective offices' operating budgets to determine their insurance-related costs.
A weighted average allocation factor, calculated by dividing the aggregate insurance-related costs for the field offices conducting the examination and supervision program and the agency offices with their own unique allocation factors by their aggregate total operating budgets, is applied to the central offices that design or oversee the examination and supervision program or support the agency's overall operations. This factor is then applied to the aggregate operating budgets for the remaining offices. As such, the proportion of insurance-related activities for these offices corresponds to that of the mission offices. The NCUA's total insurance related costs are calculated by summing the insurance cost calculated for the field offices, the offices with unique allocations factors, and the insurance cost for all other remaining NCUA offices.
The OTR represents the percentage of the NCUA Operating Budget funded by a transfer from the Share Insurance Fund.
9:30 a.m., Tuesday, December 12, 2017.
NTSB Conference Center, 429 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20594.
The one item is open to the public.
Telephone: (202) 314-6100.
The press and public may enter the NTSB Conference Center one hour prior to the meeting for set up and seating.
Individuals requesting specific accommodations should contact Rochelle McCallister at (202) 314-6305 or by email at
The public may view the meeting via a live or archived webcast by accessing a link under “News & Events” on the NTSB home page at
Schedule updates, including weather-related cancellations, are also available at
Candi Bing at (202) 314-6403 or by email at
Peter Knudson at (202) 314-6100 or by email at
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Exemption and combined license amendment; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is granting an exemption to allow a departure from the certification information of Tier 1 of the generic design control document (DCD) and is issuing License Amendment Nos. 91 and 90 to Combined Licenses (COL), NPF-91 and NPF-92, respectively. The COLs were issued to Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., and Georgia Power Company, Oglethorpe Power Corporation, MEAG Power SPVM, LLC, MEAG Power SPVJ, LLC, MEAG Power SPVP, LLC, Authority of Georgia, and the City of Dalton, Georgia (the licensee); for construction and operation of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP) Units 3 and 4, located in Burke County, Georgia.
The granting of the exemption allows the changes to Tier 1 information asked for in the amendment. Because the acceptability of the exemption was determined in part by the acceptability of the amendment, the exemption and amendment are being issued concurrently.
The exemption and amendment were issued on October 19, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0252 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Chandu Patel, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-3025; email:
The NRC is granting an exemption from paragraph B of section III, “Scope and Contents,” of appendix D, “Design Certification Rule for the AP1000,” to part 52 of title 10 of the
Part of the justification for granting the exemption was provided by the review of the amendment. Because the exemption is necessary in order to issue the requested license amendment, the NRC granted the exemption and issued the amendment concurrently, rather than in sequence. This included issuing a combined safety evaluation containing the NRC staff's review of both the exemption request and the license amendment. The exemption met all applicable regulatory criteria set forth in §§ 50.12, 52.7, and section VIII.A.4 of appendix D to 10 CFR part 52. The license amendment was found to be acceptable as well. The combined safety evaluation is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML17268A084.
Identical exemption documents (except for referenced unit numbers and license numbers) were issued to the licensee for VEGP Units 3 and 4 (COLs NPF-91 and NPF-92). The exemption documents for VEGP Units 3 and 4 can be found in ADAMS under Accession Nos. ML17268A081 and ML17268A080, respectively. The exemption is reproduced (with the exception of abbreviated titles and additional citations) in Section II of this document. The amendment documents for COLs NPF-91 and NPF-92 are available in ADAMS under Accession Nos. ML17268A079 and ML17268A078, respectively. A summary of the amendment documents is provided in Section III of this document.
Reproduced below is the exemption document issued to VEGP Units 3 and Unit 4. It makes reference to the combined safety evaluation that provides the reasoning for the findings made by the NRC (and listed under Item 1) in order to grant the exemption:
1. In a letter dated October 14, 2016, as supplemented by letters dated February 23, 2017, and May 9, 2017, the Southern Nuclear Operating Company requested from the Commission an exemption to allow departures from Tier 1 information in the certified DCD incorporated by reference in 10 CFR part 52, appendix D, as part of license amendment request 16-018, “ADS and IRWST Injection Block.”
For the reasons set forth in Section 3.1 of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation, which can be found in ADAMS under Accession No. ML17268A084, the Commission finds that:
A. The exemption is authorized by law;
B. the exemption presents no undue risk to public health and safety;
C. the exemption is consistent with the common defense and security;
D. special circumstances are present in that the application of the rule in this
E. the special circumstances outweigh any decrease in safety that may result from the reduction in standardization caused by the exemption; and
F. the exemption will not result in a significant decrease in the level of safety otherwise provided by the design.
2. Accordingly, the licensee is granted an exemption from the certified DCD Tier 1 information, with corresponding changes to Appendix C of the Facility Combined License as described in the request dated October 14, 2016, as supplemented by letters dated February 23, 2017, and May 9, 2017. This exemption is related to, and necessary for the granting of License Amendment No. 91 (Unit 3) and 90 (Unit 4), which is being issued concurrently with this exemption.
3. As explained in Section 5.0 of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation (ADAMS Accession No. ML17268A084), this exemption meets the eligibility criteria for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment needs to be prepared in connection with the issuance of the exemption.
4. This exemption is effective as of the date of its issuance.
By letter dated October 14, 2016 (ADAMS Accession No. ML16288A810), as supplemented by letters dated February 23, 2017 (ADAMS Accession No. ML17054D204), and May 9, 2017 (ADAMS Accession No. ML17129A589), the licensee requested that the NRC amend the COLs for VEGP, Units 3 and 4, COLs NPF-91 and NPF-92. The proposed amendment is described in Section I of this
The Commission has determined for these amendments that the application complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR Chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.
A notice of consideration of issuance of amendment to facility operating license or COL, as applicable, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing in connection with these actions, was published in the
The Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments.
Using the reasons set forth in the combined safety evaluation, the staff granted the exemption and issued the amendment that the licensee requested on October 14, 2016, as supplemented by letters dated February 23, 2017, and May 9, 2017.
The exemption and amendment were issued on October 19, 2017, as part of a combined package to the licensee (ADAMS Accession No. ML17268A075).
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
License amendment application; opportunity to comment, request a hearing, and petition for leave to intervene.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is considering issuance of an amendment and exemption to Combined Licenses (NPF-91 and NPF-92), issued to Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc. (SNC), and Georgia Power Company, Oglethorpe Power Corporation, MEAG Power SPVM, LLC, MEAG Power SPVJ, LLC, MEAG Power SPVP, LLC, Authority of Georgia, and the City of Dalton, Georgia (together “the licensees”), for construction and operation of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP), Units 3 and 4, located in Burke County, Georgia.
Comments must be filed by December 22, 2017.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Peter C. Hearn, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-1189; email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0252 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2008-0252 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.
The NRC is considering issuance of an amendment to Facility Operating License Nos. NPF-91 and NPF-92, issued to the licensees for operation of the VEGP Units 3 and 4 located in Burke County, Georgia.
The proposed amendment would change the plant-specific Tier 1 (and COL Appendix C) to revise the inspected volume for the spent fuel pool and cask loading pit, and make corresponding changes to the minimum volumes. A new Tier 1 inspection is also added for the cask washdown pit with appropriate acceptance criteria for its volume. The requested amendment also proposes changes to the Technical Specification reactor decay heat limits and spent fuel pool decay heat limits which reflect when various safety-relate makeup path are required to be available for containment cooling or spent fuel pool makeup.
Before any issuance of the proposed license amendment, the NRC will need to make the findings required by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and NRC's regulations.
The NRC has made a proposed determination that the license amendment request Involves no significant hazards consideration. Under the NRC's regulations in 10 CFR 50.92, this means that operation of the facility in accordance with the proposed amendment would not (1) involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated; or (2) create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated; or (3) involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
As required by section 50.91(a) of title 10 of the
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes ensure that sufficient spent fuel cooling is provided based on the revised analyses that properly account for thermal expansion and voiding in the Spent Fuel Pool (SFP). The containment and spent fuel cooling capabilities remain adequate to meet the design bases following a seismic event and station blackout. The proposed changes do not alter an accident initiating component, nor do the proposed changes create any new accident precursors, and thus, the probabilities of the accidents previously evaluated are not affected. The plant response to previously evaluated accidents or external events is not adversely affected. Thus, the proposed changes would not affect any safety-related accident mitigating function. The radioactive material source terms and release paths used in the safety analyses are unchanged, thus the radiological releases in the UFSAR accident analyses are not affected.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes are supported by the revised analyses that demonstrate the ability of the affected systems to perform their design function, and additionally, do not introduce a new failure mechanism into the design. The proposed changes do not involve a new failure mechanism or malfunction, which affects a system, structure, or component (SSC) accident initiator, or interface with any SSC accident initiator or initiating sequence of events considered in the design and licensing bases. There is no adverse effect on radioisotope barriers or the release of radioactive materials. The proposed amendment does not adversely affect any accident, including the possibility of creating a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
Therefore, the proposed changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed changes ensure that sufficient spent fuel cooling is provided based on the revised analyses that properly account for thermal expansion and voiding in the SFP. The containment and spent fuel cooling capabilities remain adequate to meet the design bases following a seismic event and station blackout. The containment and SFP cooling capabilities continue to comply with the existing UFSAR regulatory requirements and industry standards. The proposed changes would not affect any safety-related design code, function, design analysis, safety analysis input or result, or existing design/safety margin. No safety analysis or design basis acceptance limit or criterion is challenged or exceeded by the requested changes.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the license amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
The NRC is seeking public comments on this proposed determination that the license amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration. Any comments received within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice will be considered in making any final determination.
Normally, the Commission will not issue the amendment until the expiration of 60 days after the date of publication of this notice. The Commission may issue the license amendment before expiration of the 60-day notice period if the Commission concludes the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration. In addition, the Commission may issue the amendment prior to the expiration of the 60-day comment period should circumstances change during the 60-day comment period such that failure to act in a timely way would result, for example, in derating or shutdown of the facility. Should the Commission take action prior to the expiration of either the comment period or the notice period, the Commission will publish a notice of issuance in the
Within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice, any persons (petitioner) whose interest may be affected by this action may file a request for a hearing and petition for leave to intervene (petition) with respect to the action. Petitions shall be filed in accordance with the Commission's
As required by 10 CFR 2.309(d) the petition should specifically explain the reasons why intervention should be permitted with particular reference to the following general requirements for standing: (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; (2) the nature of the petitioner's right under the Act to be made a party to the proceeding; (3) the nature and extent of the petitioner's property, financial, or other interest in the proceeding; and (4) the possible effect of any decision or order which may be entered in the proceeding on the petitioner's interest.
In accordance with 10 CFR 2.309(f), the petition must also set forth the specific contentions which the petitioner seeks to have litigated in the proceeding. Each contention must consist of a specific statement of the issue of law or fact to be raised or controverted. In addition, the petitioner must provide a brief explanation of the bases for the contention and a concise statement of the alleged facts or expert opinion which support the contention and on which the petitioner intends to rely in proving the contention at the hearing. The petitioner must also provide references to the specific sources and documents on which the petitioner intends to rely to support its position on the issue. The petition must include sufficient information to show that a genuine dispute exists with the applicant or licensee on a material issue of law or fact. Contentions must be limited to matters within the scope of the proceeding. The contention must be one which, if proven, would entitle the petitioner to relief. A petitioner who fails to satisfy the requirements at 10 CFR 2.309(f) with respect to at least one contention will not be permitted to participate as a party.
Those permitted to intervene become parties to the proceeding, subject to any limitations in the order granting leave to intervene. Parties have the opportunity to participate fully in the conduct of the hearing with respect to resolution of that party's admitted contentions, including the opportunity to present evidence, consistent with the NRC's regulations, policies, and procedures.
Petitions must be filed no later than 60 days from the date of publication of this notice. Petitions and motions for leave to file new or amended contentions that are filed after the deadline will not be entertained absent a determination by the presiding officer that the filing demonstrates good cause by satisfying the three factors in 10 CFR 2.309(c)(1)(i) through (iii). The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document.
If a hearing is requested, and the Commission has not made a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration, the Commission will make a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration. The final determination will serve to establish when the hearing is held. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration, the Commission may issue the amendment and make it immediately effective, notwithstanding the request for a hearing. Any hearing would take place after issuance of the amendment. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves a significant hazards consideration, then any hearing held would take place before the issuance of the amendment unless the Commission finds an imminent danger to the health or safety of the public, in which case it will issue an appropriate order or rule under 10 CFR part 2.
A State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof, may submit a petition to the Commission to participate as a party under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(1). The petition should state the nature and extent of the petitioner's interest in the proceeding. The petition should be submitted to the Commission by January 22, 2018. The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document, and should meet the requirements for petitions set forth in this section, except that under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(2) a State, local governmental body, or federally recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof does not need to address the standing requirements in 10 CFR 2.309(d) if the facility is located within its boundaries. Alternatively, a State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof may participate as a non-party under 10 CFR 2.315(c).
If a hearing is granted, any person who is not a party to the proceeding and is not affiliated with or represented by a party may, at the discretion of the presiding officer, be permitted to make a limited appearance pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.315(a). A person making a limited appearance may make an oral or written statement of his or her position on the issues but may not otherwise participate in the proceeding. A limited appearance may be made at any session of the hearing or at any prehearing conference, subject to the limits and conditions as may be imposed by the presiding officer. Details regarding the opportunity to make a limited appearance will be provided by the presiding officer if such sessions are scheduled.
All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing and petition for leave to intervene (petition), any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene, and documents filed by interested governmental entities that request to participate under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007, as amended at 77 FR 46562, August 3, 2012). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the Internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Detailed guidance on making electronic submissions may be found in the Guidance for Electronic Submissions to the NRC and on the NRC Web site at
To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least 10 days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at
Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public Web site at
A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC's Electronic Filing Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's public Web site at
Participants who believe that they have a good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing stating why there is good cause for not filing electronically and requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) First class mail addressed to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff; or (2) courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service to the Office of the Secretary, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland, 20852, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff. Participants filing adjudicatory documents in this manner are responsible for serving the document on all other participants. Filing is considered complete by first-class mail as of the time of deposit in the mail, or by courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service upon depositing the document with the provider of the service. A presiding officer, having granted an exemption request from using E-Filing, may require a participant or party to use E-Filing if the presiding officer subsequently determines that the reason for granting the exemption from use of E-Filing no longer exists.
Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at
For further details with respect to this action, see the application for license amendment dated July 14, 2017.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Interim staff guidance; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing Interim Staff Guidance (ISG), “Clarification of Licensee Actions in Receipt of Enforcement Discretion per Enforcement Guidance Memorandum (EGM) 15-002, `Enforcement Discretion for Tornado-Generated Missile Protection Noncompliance,' Revision 1.” The revisions provide clarifying guidance to facilitate the NRC staff's consistent oversight associated with implementing enforcement discretion for tornado missile protection noncompliance(s) per EGM 15-002.
The applicable date of the ISG is November 22, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2017-0052 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
James Hickey, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2180, email:
The NRC published a
The Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation (NRR), Division of Risk Analysis (DRA) completed a generic bounding risk analysis (ADAMS Accession No. ML14114A556) that concluded that the issues associated with the inoperability of a Structure, System, or Component due to a tornado-generated missile are likely to be of low risk significance, and do not require immediate plant shutdown. Based on the conclusions of the NRR/DRA analysis, the staff issued EGM 15-002, dated June 10, 2015. In its implementation of EGM 15-002, the NRC staff found that additional refinements are needed to address reportability, enforcement of long standing design issues, and the duration of the enforcement discretion resulting from all the non-conforming conditions being assessed together. As a result, the staff issued EGM 15-002, Revision 1, dated February 7, 2017.
This revised ISG adds additional information for inspection and review staff to support implementation of the changes made in EGM 15-002, Revision 1. This revised ISG provides an approach to extending the discretion. The revisions to this ISG also revise provisions concerning reportability requirements under § 50.72 of title 10 of the
Issuance of this ISG in final form does not constitute backfitting as defined in 10 CFR 50.109 (the Backfit Rule). As discussed in the “Backfitting” section of DSS-ISG- 2016-001, Revision 1, this ISG contains guidance for the NRC staff for implementing EGM-15-002. This ISG does not constitute backfitting as defined in the Backfit Rule and is not otherwise inconsistent with the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR part 52, and the NRC staff did not prepare a backfit analysis. This because this ISG requires no response by licensees, and concerns only NRC staff implementation of enforcement discretion pursuant to EGM-15-002.
This ISG is a rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801-808). However, the Office of Management and Budget has not found it to be a major rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Determination of the successful completion of inspections, tests, and analyses.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff has determined that the inspections, tests, and analyses have been successfully completed, and that the specified acceptance criteria are met for the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP), Units 3 and 4.
The applicable date for determining successful completion of inspections, tests, and analyses for VEGP Units 3 and 4 is November 22, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0252 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Chandu Patel, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-3025; email:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc. (SNC), Georgia Power Company, Oglethorpe Power Corporation, MEAG Power SPVM, LLC., MEAG Power SPVJ, LLC., MEAG Power SPVP, LLC., and the City of Dalton,
The ITAAC for VEGP Unit 3 are in Appendix C of the VEGP Unit 3 combined license (ADAMS Accession No. ML14100A106). The ITAAC for VEGP Unit 4 are in Appendix C of VEGP Unit 4 combined license (ADAMS Accession No. ML14100A135).
The NRC staff has determined that the specified inspections, tests, and analyses have been successfully completed, and that the specified acceptance criteria are met. The documentation of the NRC staff's determination is in the ITAAC Closure Verification Evaluation Form (VEF) for each ITAAC. The VEF is a form that represents the NRC staff's structured process for reviewing ICNs. Each ICN presents a narrative description of how the ITAAC was completed. The NRC's ICN review process involves a determination on whether, among other things: (1) Each ICN provides sufficient information, including a summary of the methodology used to perform the ITAAC, to demonstrate that the inspections, tests, and analyses have been successfully completed; (2) each ICN provides sufficient information to demonstrate that the acceptance criteria of the ITAAC are met; and (3) any NRC inspections for the ITAAC have been completed and any ITAAC findings associated with that ITAAC have been closed.
The NRC staff's determination of the successful completion of these ITAAC is based on information available at this time and is subject to the licensee's ability to maintain the condition that the acceptance criteria are met. If the staff receives new information that suggests the staff's determination on any of these ITAAC is incorrect, then the staff will determine whether to reopen that ITAAC (including withdrawing the staff's determination on that ITAAC). The NRC staff's determination will be used to support a subsequent finding, pursuant to 10 CFR 52.103(g), at the end of construction that all acceptance criteria in the combined license are met. The ITAAC closure process is not finalized for these ITAAC until the NRC makes an affirmative finding under 10 CFR 52.103(g). Any future updates to the status of these ITAAC will be reflected on the NRC's Web site at
This notice fulfills the staff's obligations under 10 CFR 52.99(e)(1) to publish a notice in the
A complete list of the review status for VEGP Unit 3 ITAAC, including the submission date and ADAMS Accession Number for each ICN received, the ADAMS Accession Number for each VEF, and the ADAMS Accession Numbers for the inspection reports associated with these specific ITAAC, can be found on the NRC's Web site at
A complete list of the review status for VEGP Unit 4 ITAAC, including the submission date and ADAMS Accession Number for each ICN received, the ADAMS Accession No. for each VEF, and the ADAMS Accession Numbers for the inspection reports associated with these specific ITAAC, can be found on the NRC's Web site at
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing for the Commission's consideration concerning a negotiated service agreement. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition or removal of a negotiated service agreement from the market dominant or the competitive product list, or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the market dominant or the competitive product list.
Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, the title of each Postal Service request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each request.
The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's Web site (
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) in the captioned docket(s) are consistent with the policies of title 39. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern market dominant product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3622, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3010, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern competitive product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3632, 39 U.S.C. 3633, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comment deadline(s) for each request appear in section II.
1.
This notice will be published in the
December 7, 2017, at 11 a.m.
Commission hearing room, 901 New York Avenue NW., Suite 200, Washington, DC 20268-0001.
The Postal Regulatory Commission will hold a public meeting to discuss the agenda items outlined below. Part of the meeting will be open to the public as well as audiocast, and the audiocast may be accessed via the Commission's Web site at
The agenda for the Commission's December 7, 2017 meeting includes the items identified below.
1. Report from the Office of Public Affairs and Government Relations.
2. Report from the Office of General Counsel.
3. Report from the Office of Accountability and Compliance.
4. Report from the Office of the Secretary and Administration.
5. Commissioners Vote to designate the Vice-Chairman of the Commission for calendar year 2018 pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 502(e).
6. Discussion of pending litigation.
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, Postal Regulatory Commission, 901 New York Avenue NW., Suite 200, Washington, DC 20268-0001, at 202-789-6820 (for agenda-related inquiries) and Stacy L. Ruble, Secretary of the Commission, at 202-789-6800 or
By direction of the Commission.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes changes to the NYSE Arca Equities Proprietary Market Data Fees (“Fee Schedule”) to: (1) Modify the Redistribution Fee for NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed; (2) modify the Non-Display Fee for NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed; and (3) modify Professional User Fees for NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feeds and establish tiered Professional User Fees and a Professional User Fee Cap for Broker-Dealers subscribers of NYSE ArcaBook. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes changes to the Fee Schedule to: (1) Modify the Redistribution Fee for NYSE ArcaBook
A Redistributor is any person approved by the Exchange that provides an NYSE Arca data product to an external data recipient or to any external system that a data recipient uses, irrespective of the means of transmission or access. The Exchange currently charges a redistribution fee of $1,500 per month for NYSE ArcaBook and $3,000 per month for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed. The Exchange proposes to increase the redistribution fee to $2,000 per month for NYSE ArcaBook and to $3,750 per month for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed.
Non-Display Use of NYSE Arca market data means accessing, processing, or consuming NYSE Arca market data delivered via direct and/or Redistributor data distribution for a purpose other than in support of a data recipient's display usage or further internal or external redistribution.
There are currently three categories of, and fees applicable to, data recipients for non-display use that are listed on the Fee Schedule:
• Category 1 Fees apply when a data recipient's non-display use of real-time market data is on its own behalf as opposed to use on behalf of its clients;
• Category 2 Fees apply when a data recipient's non-display use of real-time market data is on behalf of its clients as opposed to use on its own behalf; and
• Category 3 Fees apply when a data recipient's non-display use of real-time market data is for the purpose of internally matching buy and sell orders within an organization, including matching customer orders on a data recipient's own behalf and/or on behalf of its clients.
The Exchange proposes to amend non-display use fees for NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed.
The current non-display fee for NYSE ArcaBook is $5,000 per month for each of Category 1, Category 2 and Category 3. Category 3 fees are currently capped at $15,000 per month. The Exchange proposes to increase the non-display fee for NYSE ArcaBook to $6,000 per month for each of Category 1, Category 2 and Category 3. The Exchange proposes a corresponding increase in the cap for Category 3 fees for NYSE ArcaBook to $18,000 per month.
The current non-display fee for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed is $7,000 per month for each of Category 1, Category 2 and Category 3. Category 3 fees are currently capped at $21,000. The Exchange proposes to increase the non-display fee for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed to $10,500 per month for each of Category 1, Category 2 and Category 3. The Exchange proposes a corresponding increase in the cap for Category 3 fees for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed to $31,500 per month.
The Exchange currently charges a flat monthly Professional User Fee of $40 per user for NYSE ArcaBook. The Exchange proposes to increase Professional User Fees for NYSE ArcaBook to $60 per month. The Exchange also proposes to establish tiered Professional User Fees for broker-dealers that are subscribers of NYSE ArcaBook, as follows:
• $60 per month for each of 500 or fewer professional users reported for a broker-dealer subscriber, and
• The current rate of $40 per month for each professional user over 500 reported for a broker-dealer subscriber.
The Exchange notes that it has not increased NYSE ArcaBook subscriber fees for display use since 2014.
In addition, the Exchange proposes to cap the Professional User Fee for broker-dealers that are subscribers of NYSE ArcaBook at $75,000 per month.
To illustrate the application of the proposed Professional User Fee increase and the Professional Use Fee cap, a broker-dealer with 2,500 professional users who receive NYSE ArcaBook would currently pay $100,000 per month in Professional User Fees (2,500 users at $40 per month). If all 2,500 users are internal users, under the proposed fee change, this broker-dealer's Professional User Fees would increase to $110,000 per month (500 users at $60 per month plus 2,000 users at $40 per month). However, the operation of the proposed cap would cause this broker-dealer's fees to drop to $75,000 per month. Thus, for this broker-dealer the effect of the proposed changes would be a
Further, the Exchange currently charges a flat monthly Professional User Fee of $40 per month per user for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed. The Exchange proposes to increase the monthly Professional User Fees for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed to $60 per month per user. The proposed fee change would apply to all professional users of NYSE Arca Integrated Feed.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange believes that the proposed fee changes are fair and reasonable in light of market and technology developments. The Exchange further believes that the proposed fee changes are also equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because they would apply to all data recipients that choose to subscribe to NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed.
The Exchange believes the proposed changes to the redistribution fee for NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed are equitable and reasonable because they compare favorably to redistribution fees that are currently charged by other exchanges.
The Exchange believes that the proposed fee increases for each of Categories 1, 2, and 3 for NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed are equitable and reasonable. In establishing the non-display fees in April 2013, the Exchange set its fees at levels that were below or comparable to similar fees charged by certain of its competitors.
The Exchange believes the proposed fee increases are also reasonable in that they support the Exchange's efforts to regularly upgrade systems to support more modern data distribution formats and protocols as technology evolves. For example, the Exchange's extensive improvements to its trading platform and feed technology has significantly lowered the latency of its proprietary data products available over the XDP protocol, which transmits data faster and more efficiently than the Exchange's previous data distribution channel. For example, the average latency of NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed is approximately one-third of what it was in 2014.
The Exchange believes the proposed fees are competitive with offerings by other exchanges, which structure and set their fees comparably. For example, Nasdaq charges professional subscribers monthly fees for non-display usage based upon direct access to NASDAQ level 2, NASDAQ TotalView, or NASDAQ OpenView, which range from $375 per month for customers with one to 39 subscribers to $75,000 per month for customers with 250 or more subscribers.
The Exchange believes that the proposed subscriber fees are reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the fee structure of differentiated professional and non-professional fees has long been used by the Exchange for other products, by other exchanges for their products, and by the CTA and CQ Plans in order to make data more broadly available.
The Exchange believes that the tiered structure with decreasing fees as the number of professional subscribers increase is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because it is similar to the tiered structure used for professional subscribers by the CTA and CQ for Network A data
The Exchange further believes the proposed monthly Professional User Fee of $60 for NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed is reasonable because the proposed fee is comparable to the $60 per month fee currently charged by the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) to professional users of the NYSE OpenBook market data product,
The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to establish the Professional Fee Cap. The purpose of the Professional User Fee is to charge for each use of NYSE ArcaBook data feed. The Exchange believes it is appropriate to charge user fees for employees that work on different trading desks or who
The Exchange proposes these higher fees in light of the fact that since 2014, the value of NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed data feeds has increased significantly while fees for these products have not increased. The Exchange notes that in that time, the Exchange has continually upgraded its technology to keep pace with changes in the industry and evolving customer needs. Further, the standardization of the market data specifications recently implemented by the Exchange may provide value to subscribers that utilize data feeds from more than one NYSE market. This standardization enables greatly increased efficiency for firms by allowing them to leverage their development work on one market across multiple markets and reduces the overall impact of the price increases.
The Exchange notes that NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed are entirely optional. Firms are not required to purchase NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed. Firms that do purchase NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed do so for the primary goals of using the data feeds to increase profits, reduce expenses, and in some instances compete directly with the Exchange (including for order flow); those firms are able to determine for themselves whether NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed or any other similar products are attractively priced or not.
Firms that do not wish to purchase NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed at the new prices have a variety of alternative market data products from which to choose,
The decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in
In fact, the legislative history indicates that the Congress intended that the market system `evolve through the interplay of competitive forces as unnecessary regulatory restrictions are removed' and that the SEC wield its regulatory power `in those situations where competition may not be sufficient,' such as in the creation of a `consolidated transactional reporting system.'
As explained below in the Exchange's Statement on Burden on Competition, the Exchange believes that there is substantial evidence of competition in the marketplace for proprietary market data and that the Commission can rely upon such evidence in concluding that the fees established in this filing are the product of competition and therefore satisfy the relevant statutory standards. In addition, the existence of alternatives to these data products, such as consolidated data and proprietary data from other sources, as described below, further ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can select such alternatives.
As the
For the reasons stated above, the Exchange believes that the proposed fees are fair and equitable, and not unreasonably discriminatory. As described above, the proposed fees are based on pricing conventions and distinctions that exist in the Exchange's current fee schedule, and the fee schedules of other exchanges. These distinctions are each based on principles of fairness and equity that have helped for many years to maintain fair, equitable, and not unreasonably discriminatory fees, and that apply with equal or greater force to the current proposal. Thus, although the proposal results in a fee increase, these increases are based on careful analysis of empirical data and the application of
As described in greater detail below, if the market deems the NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Integrated Feeds not to provide fair value at the prices to be charged, firms can discontinue or change the ways they use these products because the products are optional to all parties. The Exchange continually reviews pricing policies aimed at increasing fairness and equitable allocation of fees among subscribers. NYSE Arca believes that periodically it must adjust the subscriber fees to reflect market forces and the Exchange believes it is an appropriate time to adjust the fees that are the subject of this proposed rule change to more accurately reflect the investments made to enhance these products through technology upgrades.
For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposed fees are reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. An exchange's ability to price its proprietary market data feed products is constrained by actual competition for the sale of proprietary market data products, the joint product nature of exchange platforms, and the existence of alternatives to the Exchange's proprietary data.
The market for proprietary data products is competitive and inherently contestable because there is fierce competition for the inputs necessary for the creation of proprietary data and strict pricing discipline for the proprietary products themselves. Numerous exchanges compete with one another for listings and order flow and sales of market data itself, providing ample opportunities for entrepreneurs who wish to compete in any or all of those areas, including producing and distributing their own market data. Proprietary data products are produced and distributed by each individual exchange, as well as other entities, in a vigorously competitive market. Indeed, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) (the primary antitrust regulator) has expressly acknowledged the aggressive actual competition among exchanges, including for the sale of proprietary market data. In 2011, the DOJ stated that exchanges “compete head to head to offer real-time equity data products. These data products include the best bid and offer of every exchange and information on each equity trade, including the last sale.”
Moreover, competitive markets for listings, order flow, executions, and transaction reports impose pricing discipline for the inputs of proprietary data products and therefore constrain markets from overpricing proprietary market data. Broker-dealers send their order flow and transaction reports to multiple venues, rather than providing them all to a single venue, which in turn reinforces this competitive constraint. As a 2010 Commission Concept Release noted, the “current market structure can be described as dispersed and complex” with “trading volume . . . dispersed among many highly automated trading centers that compete for order flow in the same stocks” and “trading centers offer[ing] a wide range of services that are designed to attract different types of market participants with varying trading needs.”
If an exchange succeeds in competing for quotations, order flow, and trade executions, then it earns trading revenues and increases the value of its proprietary market data products because they will contain greater quote and trade information. Conversely, if an exchange is less successful in attracting quotes, order flow, and trade executions, then its market data products may be less desirable to customers in light of the diminished content and data products offered by competing venues may become more attractive. Thus, competition for quotations, order flow, and trade executions puts significant pressure on an exchange to maintain both execution and data fees at reasonable levels.
In addition, in the case of products that are also redistributed through market data vendors, such as Bloomberg and Thompson Reuters, the vendors themselves provide additional price discipline for proprietary data products because they control the primary means of access to certain end users. These vendors impose price discipline based upon their business models. For example, vendors that assess a surcharge on data they sell are able to refuse to offer proprietary products that their end users do not or will not purchase in sufficient numbers. Vendors will not elect to make NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed available unless their customers request it, and customers will not elect to pay the proposed fees unless NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed can provide value by sufficiently increasing revenues or reducing costs in the customer's business in a manner that will offset the fees. All of these factors operate as constraints on pricing proprietary data products.
Transaction execution and proprietary data products are complementary in that market data is both an input and a byproduct of the execution service. In fact, proprietary market data and trade executions are a paradigmatic example
The costs of producing market data include not only the costs of the data distribution infrastructure, but also the costs of designing, maintaining, and operating the exchange's platform for posting quotes, accepting orders, and executing transactions and the cost of regulating the exchange to ensure its fair operation and maintain investor confidence. The total return that a trading platform earns reflects the revenues it receives from both products and the joint costs it incurs.
Moreover, an exchange's broker-dealer customers generally view the costs of transaction executions and market data as a unified cost of doing business with the exchange. A broker-dealer will only choose to direct orders to an exchange if the revenue from the transaction exceeds its cost, including the cost of any market data that the broker-dealer chooses to buy in support of its order routing and trading decisions. If the costs of the transaction are not offset by its value, then the broker-dealer may choose instead not to purchase the product and trade away from that exchange. There is substantial evidence of the strong correlation between order flow and market data purchases. For example, in September 2015, more than 80% of the transaction volume on each of the Exchange and the Exchange's affiliates, NYSE and NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”), was executed by market participants that purchased one or more proprietary market data products (the 20 firms were not the same for each market). A supra-competitive increase in the fees for either executions or market data would create a risk of reducing an exchange's revenues from both products.
Other market participants have noted that proprietary market data and trade executions are joint products of a joint platform and have common costs.
Analyzing the cost of market data product production and distribution in isolation from the cost of all of the inputs supporting the creation of market data and market data products will inevitably underestimate the cost of the data and data products because it is impossible to obtain the data inputs to create market data products without a fast, technologically robust, and well-regulated execution system, and system and regulatory costs affect the price of both obtaining the market data itself and creating and distributing market data products. It would be equally misleading, however, to attribute all of an exchange's costs to the market data portion of an exchange's joint products. Rather, all of an exchange's costs are incurred for the unified purposes of attracting order flow, executing and/or routing orders, and generating and selling data about market activity. The total return that an exchange earns reflects the revenues it receives from the joint products and the total costs of the joint products.
As noted above, the level of competition and contestability in the market is evident in the numerous alternative venues that compete for order flow, including 12 equities self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) markets, as well as various forms of alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), including dark pools and electronic communication networks (“ECNs”), and internalizing broker-dealers. SRO markets compete to attract order flow and produce transaction reports via trade executions, and two FINRA-regulated Trade Reporting Facilities compete to attract transaction reports from the non-SRO venues.
Competition among trading platforms can be expected to constrain the aggregate return that each platform earns from the sale of its joint products, but different trading platforms may choose from a range of possible, and equally reasonable, pricing strategies as the means of recovering total costs. For example, some platforms may choose to pay rebates to attract orders, charge relatively low prices for market data products (or provide market data products free of charge), and charge relatively high prices for accessing posted liquidity. Other platforms may choose a strategy of paying lower rebates (or no rebates) to attract orders, setting relatively high prices for market data products, and setting relatively low prices for accessing posted liquidity. For example, Cboe Global Markets f/k/a Bats Global Markets (“Bats”) and Direct Edge, which previously operated as ATSs and obtained exchange status in 2008 and 2010, respectively, provided certain market data at no charge on their Web sites in order to attract more order flow, and used revenue rebates from resulting additional executions to maintain low execution charges for their users.
The large number of SROs, ATSs, and internalizing broker-dealers that currently produce proprietary data or are currently capable of producing it provides further pricing discipline for proprietary data products. Each SRO, ATS, and broker-dealer is currently permitted to produce and sell proprietary data products, and many currently do, including but not limited to the Exchange, NYSE, NYSE American, Nasdaq, and Bats.
The fact that proprietary data from ATSs, internalizing broker-dealers, and vendors can bypass SROs is significant in two respects. First, non-SROs can compete directly with SROs for the production and sale of proprietary data products. By way of example, Bats and NYSE Arca both published proprietary data on the Internet before registering as exchanges. Second, because a single order or transaction report can appear in an SRO proprietary product, a non-SRO proprietary product, or both, the amount of data available via proprietary products is greater in size than the actual number of orders and transaction reports that exist in the marketplace. With respect to NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed, competitors offer close substitute products.
Those competitive pressures imposed by available alternatives are evident in the Exchange's proposed pricing.
In addition to the competition and price discipline described above, the market for proprietary data products is also highly contestable because market entry is rapid and inexpensive. The history of electronic trading is replete with examples of entrants that swiftly grew into some of the largest electronic trading platforms and proprietary data producers: Archipelago, Bloomberg Tradebook, Island, RediBook, Attain, TrackECN, Bats and Direct Edge. As noted above, Bats launched as an ATS in 2006 and became an exchange in 2008, while Direct Edge began operations in 2007 and obtained exchange status in 2010. And more recently, IEX, which started operating as an ATS in 2013 has accumulated more than 2% market share since it obtained exchange status in 2016.
In determining the proposed changes to the fees for NYSE ArcaBook and NYSE Arca Integrated Feed, the Exchange considered the competitiveness of the market for proprietary data and all of the implications of that competition. The Exchange believes that it has considered all relevant factors and has not considered irrelevant factors in order to establish fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory fees and an equitable allocation of fees among all users. The existence of numerous alternatives to the Exchange's products, including proprietary data from other sources, ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can elect these alternatives or choose not to purchase a specific proprietary data product if the attendant fees are not justified by the returns that any particular vendor or data recipient would achieve through the purchase.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange seeks to amend Rule 6.56. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 6.56 (Compression Forums) to: (1) Modify the compression-list positions file to include positions with multiple legs; (2) provide for the creation of a new multi-leg-position file; and (3) modify the time by which TPHs must provide compression-list positions. This proposal is intended to make it easier for TPHs to efficiently close positions in series of SPX options at the end of each calendar month in order to mitigate the effects of capital constraints on market participants and help ensure continued depth of liquidity in the SPX options market.
Under current Rule 6.56, on the final three business days of each calendar month, the Exchange holds compression forums in the SPX trading crowd. Beforehand, in order to facilitate TPHs finding counterparty offsets against which they can trade closing positions, TPHs may submit lists of existing SPX positions to the Exchange that they wish to close during a compression forum (“compression-list positions”). Prior to the open of trading on the third-to-last business day of each calendar month (
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 6.56 to enhance the effectiveness and utility of its compression forums process for market participants. Specifically, the Exchange seeks to modify the compression-list positions file to include positions with multiple legs. For example, the Exchange proposes to group compression-list positions into common multi-leg options strategies and include the multi-leg positions in the compression-list position file. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to use the list of individual series to create a list of all possible vertical call spreads,
• TPH A submits the following positions to the Exchange:
• TPH B submits the following positions to the Exchange:
• The Exchange will not identify any multi-leg positions with offsetting interest because the expiration dates of TPH A's positions do not match the expiration dates of TPH B's positions.
• TPH A submits the following positions to the Exchange:
• TPH B submits the following positions to the Exchange:
• The Exchange will identify a vertical call spread because the expiration dates of TPH A's positions and TPH B's position match to create a vertical call spread with two parties (TPH A and B) that have opposite positions (
• In this example, the compression-list position file distributed to all TPHs would include the following information (not necessarily representative of the exact format) for both single series positions (
• Single series positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Call spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• If in Example #2 the positions were puts instead of calls, the compression-list position file distributed to all TPHs would include the following information (not necessarily representative of the exact format) for both single series positions (
• Single series positions with size of possible offsetting interest:
• Put spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• TPH A submits the following positions to the Exchange:
• TPH B submits the following positions to the Exchange:
• The Exchange will identify a vertical call spread (2400 calls and 2700 calls) and a vertical put spread (2400 puts and 2700 puts). Again, each vertical call spread and each vertical put spread requires the purchase and sale of the same number of options contracts; thus, even though the 2700 calls and puts have 100 contracts, the Exchange will identify a vertical call spread with total possible offsetting interest of 50 contracts and a vertical put spread with total possible offsetting interest of 50 contracts.
• In addition to the vertical call spreads and vertical put spreads, the Exchange will also identify a box spread. TPH A's position is a box spread (long 2400 calls, short 2400 puts, short 2700 calls, and long 2700 puts) that is potentially offset by TPH B's position (short 2400 calls, long 2400 puts, long 2700 calls, and short 2700 puts), which represents an opposite interest box spread. Again, as with vertical call spreads and vertical put spreads, the total possible offsetting interest is limited to 50 contracts.
• In this example, the compression-list position file distributed to all TPHs would include the following information (not necessarily representative of the exact format) for both single series positions (
• Single series positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Call spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Put spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Box spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
As previously noted a box spread is composed of a long (short) call and short (long) put position at one strike price and a short (long) call and long (short) put position at another strike price. In Example #4 above, identifying the two strike prices of a box spread necessarily means that there is a TPH that is long the 2400 call, short the 2400 put, short the 2700 call, and long the 2700 put and at least one other TPH has the opposite position (
As demonstrated above, in addition to providing the offsetting interest for each individual series the Exchange is proposing to add additional information to the compression-list positions file related to multi-leg positions (
• In addition to the positions submitted by TPH A in Example #4 TPH A also submits the below position:
• In addition to the positions submitted by TPH B in Example #4 TPH B also submits the below position:
• The Exchange will use the 2400 calls multiple times to identify all possible combinations of vertical call spreads, vertical put spreads, and boxes. In this example, the 2400 calls can be used multiple times to create multiple possible vertical call spreads, thus, the following information (not necessarily representative of the exact format) for both single series positions (
• Call spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Put spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Box spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
In order to further encourage TPHs to submit compression-list positions to the Exchange and to allow the Exchange to provide information that will enable TPHs to represent multi-leg positions in compression forums that have offsetting interest and thus more efficiently and effectively close positions via compression forums, the Exchange also seeks to create an additional position file containing individualized multi-leg positions (“multi-leg position file”). Specifically, the Exchange seeks to amend paragraph (a)(4) to Rule 6.56 to provide that in addition to making available to all Trading Permit Holders a compression-list positions file composed of individual series with offsetting interest and multi-leg positions with offsetting interest (as proposed and described above), the Exchange will electronically send an individualized multi-leg positions file to each Trading Permit Holder that submitted compression-list positions to the Exchange pursuant to paragraph (a)(1). Paragraph (a)(4) will also provide that the individualized multi-leg position file will include: A complete list of all possible combinations of offsetting multi-leg positions that are composed of series the individual Trading Permit Holder submitted as part of a compression-list position; a unique identification number for each multi-leg position (“PID”) that will enable the TPH to identify particular multi-leg positions for purposes of proposed paragraph (a)(5), which is discussed below in relation to disclosing the identities of TPHs; the series that make up the multi-leg position; and the offsetting size of the multi-leg position against other Trading Permit Holders on an individualized and anonymous basis.
• TPH A submits the below positions to the Exchange:
• TPH B submits the below positions to the Exchange:
• The compression-list position file distributed to all TPHs would include the following information (not necessarily representative of the exact format) for both single series positions (
• Single series positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Call spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Put spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Box spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• TPH A's individualized position file would include the following multi-leg position information (not necessarily representative of the exact format):
• Call spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Put spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Box spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• TPH B's individualized position file would include the following multi-leg position information (not necessarily representative of the exact format):
• Call spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Put spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Box spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• In addition to TPH A and TPH B's positions in Example #6, TPH C submits the below position:
• TPH B's individualized position file noted in Example #6 would remain the same because TPH A still remains the only contra-party with offsetting interest.
• The Exchange will use TPH A's positions multiple times to identify all possible contra-parties with offsetting interest. In this example, TPH A's 2400/2700 vertical call spread has multiple possible contra-parties. Thus, TPH A's
• Call spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Put spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
• Box spread positions with the size of possible offsetting interest:
The purpose of grouping individual series into multi-leg positions is to allow TPHs to efficiently and effectively identify multi-leg positions with offsetting interest in order for TPHs to represent multi-leg orders in compression forums. If a TPH does not receive an individualized multi-leg position file from the Exchange the TPH will be less able to efficiently and effectively identify which of their individual series positions can and should be grouped together to be represented in the compression forum. Even a compression-list position file that contains multi-leg positions is not effective without an individualized list because it is an individualized list that will allow a TPH to easily identify their particular multi-leg positions that can be represented in a compression forum in an efficient and effective manner.
The Exchange proposes to condition receipt of individualized multi-leg position files on a TPH's submission of compression-list positions. The Exchange believes the condition will encourage TPHs to submit compression-list positions, which helps to encourage TPHs to close positions via the compression forum.
The Exchange also seeks to add paragraph (a)(5) to give TPHs the opportunity to identify themselves as having a particular multi-leg position. Pursuant to proposed paragraph (a)(5), TPHs will have the opportunity to give the Exchange permission (on a multi-leg position by multi-leg position basis—enabled by the PID unique to each identified multi-leg position) to share the TPH's identity with the contra-party for each multi-leg position and vice versa.
To illustrate, in Example #5 above TPH A has three multi-leg positions that have a potential contra-party with offsetting interest (in this example TPH B). TPH A has the option—for PID #1, PID #2, and/or PID #3—to direct the Exchange to disclose TPH A's identity to the potential contra-party for each particular multi-leg position. If, for example, TPH A instructed the Exchange to disclose their identity to the potential contra-party for PID #3, but not PID #1 or #2, the Exchange would notify TPH B that the potential contra-party for TPH B's PID #3 is willing to disclose their identity to TPH B if TPH B agrees to disclose their identity to the contra-party to PID #3. In short, if TPH A and B mutually agree to disclose their identities to the other party for purposes of PID #3, the Exchange will disclose the information. In the event that TPH B does not want their identity disclosed, the Exchange will not disclose any identifying information to either party.
As noted above, each TPH and contra-party each have to agree to reveal their identity before the Exchange can provide the information to the TPH and contra-party. The Exchange believes providing a process by which individual TPHs with offsetting multi-leg positions may identify each other will enable TPHs utilizing that process to more easily identify potential counterparties during the compression forums, which encourages a more efficient and effective compression forum process. The Exchange notes that TPHs currently have the ability to identify themselves for purposes of the compression-list positions file.
The Exchange also proposes to determine the deadlines by which TPHs must grant the Exchange permission to disclose their identities with regards to specific multi-leg positions. The deadlines are necessary to allow the Exchange to begin and complete the notification process.
Importantly, the Exchange is unaware of any regulatory restriction that would prevent TPHs from publically disclosing their entire position book in an effort to find potential counterparties with offsetting interest. In fact, TPHs can and do share position level information today. It is standard practice for TPHs to request quotes, seek indications of interest, and solicit parties to trade (via the trading crowd, electronic messaging systems, telephone, etc.) when seeking liquidity for a particular position. The Exchange's role and the design of Rule 6.56 (
The Exchange notes that all transactions must be effected in accordance with applicable trading rules, must be subject to risk of the market, and must be reported for dissemination. In addition, TPHs are reminded that Section 9(a)(1) of the Act provides in relevant part that it shall be unlawful for any member of a national securities exchange, for the purpose of creating a false or misleading appearance of active trading in any security registered on a national securities exchange or a false or misleading appearance with respect to the market for any such security, (A) to effect any transaction in such security which involves no change in the beneficial ownership thereof, or (B) to enter an order or orders for the purchase of such security with the knowledge that an order or orders substantially the same size, at substantially the same time, and at substantially the same price, for the sale of any such security, has been or will be entered by or for the same or different parties. Furthermore, under the Exchange's policy concerning prearranged trading, TPHs are cautioned that any purchase or sale, transaction or series of transactions, coupled with an agreement, arrangement or understanding, directly or indirectly to reverse such transaction which is not done for a legitimate economic purpose or without subjecting the transactions to market risk, violates Exchange Rules and may be inconsistent with various provisions of the Act and rules thereunder.
TPHs receiving individualized multi-leg position lists will still be required to represent orders on the trading floor in accordance with existing trading rules and thereby expose orders to the risk of the market. The Exchange notes that the provision in Rule 6.56(c) is not intended as an absolute safe harbor from prearranged trading prohibitions, but is instead intended to provide that transacting through a compression forum (consistent with open outcry transactions generally) will not be deemed to be prearranged trading provided that the transaction is otherwise executed in accordance with Exchange Rules, including the policy concerning prearranged trading.
Paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 6.56 currently provides that prior to the close of Regular Trading Hours (
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
In particular, the Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with the Act in that it seeks to foster liquidity in the SPX options market in light of the bank regulatory capital requirements. The Exchange believes bank regulatory capital requirements could potentially limit the amount of capital clearing TPHs can allocate to their clients' transactions, which in turn, may impact liquidity, particularly in the SPX market. The Exchange believes the proposal encourages TPHs to close positions via the compression process by providing information regarding multi-leg positions that will enable TPHs to more efficiently and effectively close positions via the compression forums, which, in general, helps to protect investors and the public interest because closing positions via the compression process serves to alleviate the adverse impact of bank capital requirements.
In addition, the proposed rule change is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers because the compression forum process is open to all TPHs and completely voluntary. Individual TPHs determine whether to submit compression-list positions; whether to participate in the compression forum process; and whether to represent orders on the trading floor. The Exchange's provision of the list does not constitute advice, guidance, a commitment to trade, an execution, or a recommendation to trade. Rather, files generated by the Exchange pursuant to Rule 6.56 are provided to TPHs for informational purposes only. Aiding TPHs efforts to identify offsetting multi-leg positions helps TPHs close positions and thereby
Importantly, the Exchange is unaware of any regulatory restriction that would prevent TPHs from publically disclosing their entire position book in an effort to find potential counterparties with offsetting interest. In fact, TPHs can and do share position level information today. It is standard practice for TPHs to request quotes, seek indications of interest, and solicit parties to trade (via the trading crowd, electronic messaging systems, telephone, etc.) when seeking liquidity for a particular position. The Exchange's role and the design of Rule 6.56 (
The Exchange notes that all transactions must be effected in accordance with applicable trading rules, must be subject to risk of the market, and must be reported for dissemination. In addition, TPHs are reminded that Section 9(a)(1) of the Act provides in relevant part that it shall be unlawful for any member of a national securities exchange, for the purpose of creating a false or misleading appearance of active trading in any security registered on a national securities exchange or a false or misleading appearance with respect to the market for any such security, (A) to effect any transaction in such security which involves no change in the beneficial ownership thereof, or (B) to enter an order or orders for the purchase of such security with the knowledge that an order or orders substantially the same size, at substantially the same time, and at substantially the same price, for the sale of any such security, has been or will be entered by or for the same or different parties. Furthermore, under the Exchange's policy concerning prearranged trading, TPHs are cautioned that any purchase or sale, transaction or series of transactions, coupled with an agreement, arrangement or understanding, directly or indirectly to reverse such transaction which is not done for a legitimate economic purpose or without subjecting the transactions to market risk, violates Exchange Rules and may be inconsistent with various provisions of the Act and rules thereunder.
TPHs receiving individualized multi-leg position lists will still be required to represent orders on the trading floor in accordance with existing trading rules and thereby expose orders to the risk of the market. The Exchange notes that the provision in Rule 6.56(c) is not intended as an absolute safe harbor from prearranged trading prohibitions, but is instead intended to provide that transacting through a compression forum (consistent with open outcry transactions generally) will not be deemed to be prearranged trading provided that the transaction is otherwise executed in accordance with Exchange Rules, including the policy concerning prearranged trading.
Cboe does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed change would encourage the closing of positions, which, once closed, may serve to alleviate the capital requirement constraints on TPHs and improve overall market liquidity by freeing capital currently tied up in certain SPX positions. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule changes will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because the proposed rule change applies only to the trading of SPX options, which are exclusively-listed on Cboe. To the extent that the proposed changes make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace for market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are eligible to participant through Cboe TPHs. Furthermore, participation in compression forums is completely voluntary and open to all TPHs. Lastly, sharing of position level information is also completely voluntary.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
A. By order approve or disapprove such proposed rule change, or
B. institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing,
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 903 (Series of Options Open for Trading). The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The purpose of the filing is to amend Commentary .05 to Rule 903 to modify the strike price intervals for certain Exchange Traded Funds (each an “ETF”). Specifically, the Exchange proposes to modify the interval setting regime for options on SPDR® S&P 500® ETF (“SPY”), iShares Core S&P 500 ETF (“IVV”), and the SPDR® Dow Jones® Industrial Average ETF (“DIA”) to allow the Exchange to initiate $1 or greater strike price intervals above $200. Through this filing, the Exchange intends to make SPY, IVV, and DIA options more tailored and easier for investors and traders to use, which is consistent with the rules of other options exchanges.
Currently, the S&P 500 Index is above 2000.
The Exchange notes that the popularity of options on DIA and SPY (and, to a lesser extent, IVV) is evidenced by the existence of monthly, quarterly, and weekly expiration cycles in these ETFs.
The Exchange believes that modifying the Rule to allow the Exchange to initiate finer—
Under the current rule, the Exchange is limited in its ability to initiate strikes in options on IVV, DIA, and SPY over $200. Assuming no other exchange lists the desired strike, investors and traders on the Exchange are unable to roll open positions from a lower strike to a higher strike in conjunction with the price movement of the underlying index because the next (higher) available series would be $5 away above a $200 strike price.
The proposed rule change would allow the Exchange to better respond to customer demand for SPY, IVV, and DIA strike prices more precisely aligned with current S&P 500 Index and DJIA values.
The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)
In particular, the proposed rule change would promote just and equitable principles of trade by allowing the Exchange to initiate strikes in options on IVV, DIA, and SPY over $200, which would result in continued trading and hedging opportunities in options on these ETFs. The proposed change would likewise ensure that such options investors are not at a disadvantage simply because of the strike price.
The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(1) of the Act, which provides that the Exchange be organized and have the capacity to be able to carry out the purposes of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the Exchange. The rule change proposal allows the Exchange to respond to customer demand to allow options on SPY, IVV, and DIA to trade
As noted above, under the current rule (absent another exchange listing strikes that the Exchange could match),
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change, like other strike price programs currently offered by the Exchange, would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanisms of a free and open market and a national market system to the benefit of investors by giving them increased flexibility to more closely tailor their investment and hedging decisions. Finally, the proposal would foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in securities as this proposal would align Exchange rules with those of other exchanges—including CBOE and PHLX—to permit finer strikes in IVV, DIA, and SPY.
With regard to the impact of this proposal on system capacity, the Exchange believes it and OPRA have the necessary systems capacity to handle any potential additional traffic associated with this proposed rule change. The Exchange believes that its members will not have a capacity issue as a result of this proposal.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Rather, the proposed rule change would enable the Exchange to better compete with other options exchanges that have already adopted the proposed strike setting regime.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii), the Commission may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. As noted above, the proposal would allow the Exchange to initiate $1 or greater strike price intervals above $200 for options on SPY, DIA, and IVV. Substantially similar rules are already in place at CBOE and PHLX, and the Exchange currently has the ability to list, and does list, these strike price intervals pursuant to its matching authority in Rule 903A(b)(vi). The Commission therefore believes that waiver of the operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Therefore, the Commission designates the proposed rule change to be operative upon filing.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On September 19, 2017, Nasdaq MRX, LLC (“MRX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
On June 21, 2016, the Commission approved a proposed rule change relating to a corporate transaction in which Nasdaq, Inc. would become the ultimate parent of MRX (the “Nasdaq Acquisition”), Nasdaq ISE, LLC (“ISE”), and Nasdaq GEMX, LLC (“GEMX,” and together with MRX and ISE, the “ISE Exchanges”).
The Exchange intends to effect a merger with a newly-formed Delaware limited liability company (“Merger”) under Nasdaq, Inc. that would result in MRX as the surviving entity with new corporate governance documents. In connection with that Merger, the Exchange proposes various changes to its corporate governance documents and rules (“Rules”).
The Exchange represents that the proposed changes are designed to align the Exchange's corporate governance framework with the existing structure of the Nasdaq Exchanges, particularly as it relates to the board and committee structure, nomination and election processes, and related governance practices.
After careful review, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
MRX is currently structured as a Delaware limited liability company (“Delaware LLC”)
Pursuant to the proposed rule change, MRX will be merged with a newly formed Delaware LLC, whereby MRX will be the surviving entity, governed by the New Governing Documents. ISE Holdings will continue to be the direct owner of MRX and will be defined as the “Company Member” or “Sole LLC Member” in the New LLC Agreement and New By-Laws.
The Commission believes that the proposed restrictions on ISE Holdings' assignment of its ownership interest in MRX, taken together with restrictions on voting and ownership limitations in the governing documents of MRX's Upstream Owners that were previously approved by the Commission,
The Exchange proposes to replace certain provisions pertaining to governance of the Exchange with related provisions that are based on provisions currently in the Nasdaq LLC Agreement and Nasdaq By-Laws.
Under the New Governing Documents, and consistent with the Current LLC Agreement,
ISE Holdings, as the Sole LLC Member, may determine at any time, in its sole and absolute discretion, the number of Directors to constitute the Board of Directors.
As discussed in more detail below,
An “Industry member” will be a member of any committee appointed by the Board that is associated with a broker-dealer as defined in the New By-Laws, Article I(n). A “Non-Industry member” will be defined as a member of any committee appointed by the Board who is (i) a Public member; (ii) an officer or employee of an issuer of securities listed on the Exchange; or (iii) any other individual who would not be an Industry member.
The Exchange states that the new Member Nominating Committee is responsible for: (i) The nomination for election of Member Representative Directors to the Board and (ii) the nomination for appointment of Member Representative members to the committees requiring such members.
“Election Date” will be defined as a date selected by the Board on an annual basis, on which Exchange Members may vote with respect to Member Representative Directors in the event of a Contested Election.
Under the Exchange's Current Governing Documents, at least 30% of the directors on the Board are officers, directors, or partners of Exchange members (currently, six directors), and are elected by a plurality of the holders of Exchange Rights (the “Industry Directors,” or, as referred to herein, “Exchange Directors”), of which at least one must be elected by holders of PMM Rights, one must be elected by holders of CMM Rights, and one must be elected by holders of EAM Rights; provided, however, that the number of each type of Exchange Director will always be equal to one another.
The Exchange notes that the Commission has previously found the Nasdaq LLC Agreement's (1) 20% Member Representative Director requirement, and (2) election process, provide fair representation of Nasdaq members, consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
The Commission believes that the proposed composition of the Exchange's Board satisfies the requirements in Section 6(b)(3) of the Act,
Section 6(b)(3) of the Act requires that “the rules of the exchange assure a fair representation of its members in the selection of its directors and administration of its affairs and provide that one or more directors shall be representative of issuers and investors and not be associated with a member of the exchange, broker, or dealer.”
In its filing, the Exchange states that, when it was acquired by Nasdaq, Inc., there were a number of harmonizing changes to its Board that resulted in a complete overlap of directors on the Boards of MRX and the Nasdaq Exchanges (the “Post-Acquisition Board”).
The Commission believes the Exchange's proposal to allow the 2017 Board to continue serving until the 2018 Board would be elected pursuant to the process in the New Governing Documents is consistent with the Act, and in particular Section 6(b)(3) of the Act.
“Exchange Rights” currently means, collectively, PMM Rights, CMM Rights, and EAM Rights, which are the trading and other rights associated with the Exchange's three classes of membership.
Pursuant to the Exchange's Current Constitution, a “Public Director” means a non-industry representative who has no material relationship with a broker or dealer or any affiliate of a broker or dealer or the Exchange or any affiliate of the Exchange.
The term “non-industry representative” means any person who would not be considered an “industry representative,” as well as (i) a person affiliated with a broker or dealer that operates solely to assist the securities-related activities of the business of non-member affiliates, or (ii) an employee of an entity that is affiliated with a broker or dealer that does not account for a material portion of the revenues of the consolidated entity, and who is primarily engaged in the business of the non-member entity.
The term “industry representative” means a person who is an officer, director, or employee of a broker or dealer or who has been employed in any such capacity at any time within the prior three (3) years, as well as a person who has a consulting or employment relationship with or has provided professional services to the Exchange and a person who had any such relationship or provided any such services to the Exchange at any time within the prior three (3) years.
Pursuant to the New By-Laws, the Exchange may establish committees composed solely of Directors. Specifically, the Exchange may establish an Executive Committee and a Finance Committee, and shall establish a Regulatory Oversight Committee (“ROC”).
The Exchange states that the proposed provisions relating to the standing committees are substantially similar to the provisions in Section 9(g) of the Nasdaq LLC Agreement with respect to standing committees.
The Board may also designate additional committees consisting of one or more Directors or other persons.
The Exchange proposes that the Executive Committee be an optional committee, to be appointed only if deemed necessary by the Board.
The Board would retain oversight of the financial operations of the Exchange instead of delegating these functions to a standing committee, but would have the option to appoint a Finance Committee at the Board's discretion.
The Exchange proposes to eliminate its current Finance and Audit Committee and to have the committee's functions performed by Nasdaq, Inc.'s Audit Committee (“Nasdaq Audit Committee”), which is composed of at least three directors of Nasdaq, Inc., all of whom must satisfy the standards for independence set forth in Section 10A(m) of the Act
The current Finance and Audit Committee must be composed of at least three (3) and not more than five (5) directors, all of whom must be non-industry representatives and must be “financially literate” as determined by the Board.
The Exchange will also have a Regulatory Oversight Committee (“ROC”) under the New Governing Documents, which will have broad authority to oversee the adequacy and effectiveness of the Exchange's regulatory and self-regulatory responsibilities.
The Exchange also states that regulatory oversight functions formerly performed by the Finance and Audit Committee may be assumed by the ROC, and that like the ROCs of the Nasdaq Exchanges, the MRX ROC, because of its broad authority to oversee the adequacy and effectiveness of the Exchange's self-regulatory responsibilities, will be able to maintain oversight over controls in tandem with the Nasdaq Audit Committee's overall oversight responsibilities.
Pursuant to the New By-Laws, the Exchange will also have a Chief Regulatory Officer (“CRO”), as it does currently.
In addition to the CRO, pursuant to the New LLC Agreement, the Exchange's officers will include: A Chief Executive Officer, a President, Vice Presidents, a Chief Regulatory Officer, a Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, a Treasurer, and an Assistant Treasurer.
The ROC will assess the Exchange's regulatory performance, assist the Board in reviewing the regulatory plan and the overall effectiveness of the Exchange's regulatory functions, review the Exchange's regulatory budget and inquire into the adequacy of resources available in the budget for regulatory activities, and be informed about the compensation and promotion or termination of the CRO.
The Exchange also proposes that the Internal Audit Department of Nasdaq, Inc. (“Nasdaq Internal Audit Department”) would report to the Board on all Exchange-related internal audit matters and direct such reports to the new ROC.
The Exchange also proposes to eliminate its current Compensation Committee and its Corporate Governance Committee.
As discussed above, the Nominating Committee and Member Nominating Committee will have responsibility for, among other things, nominating candidates for election to the Board. On an annual basis, the members of these committees will nominate candidates for the succeeding year's respective committees to be elected by ISE Holdings.
The Commission notes that under the New By-Laws, the Member Nominating Committee shall nominate candidates for each Member Representative Director position to be elected by Exchange Members or the Sole LLC Member, and for appointment by the Board for each vacant or new position on any committee that is to be filled with a Member Representative member.
Finally, the Quality of Markets Committee (“QMC”) will have the following functions: (i) To provide advice and guidance to the Board on issues relating to the fairness, integrity, efficiency, and competitiveness of the information, order handling, and execution mechanisms of the Exchange from the perspective of investors, both individual and institutional, retail firms, market making firms, and other market participants; and (ii) to advise the Board with respect to national market system plans and linkages between the facilities of the Exchange and other markets.
The Exchange also states that the function of Member Representative members on committees is to provide members a voice in the administration of the Exchange's affairs on certain committees that are responsible for providing advice on any matters pertaining to the Exchange's self-regulatory function or relating to its market structure.
The Commission believes that the Exchange's proposed committees, which are similar to the committees maintained by other exchanges,
Certain provisions in MRX's Current Governing Documents, and those of its Upstream Owners, are designed to help maintain the independence of the regulatory functions of the Exchange.
• The Exchange Board will be required, when evaluating any proposal, to take into account all factors that the Board deems relevant, including, without limitation, (1) the potential impact on: The integrity, continuity, and stability of the national securities exchange operated by the Exchange and the other operations of the Exchange; the ability to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices; and investors and the public, and (2) whether such proposal would promote just and equitable principles of trade, foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, or assist in the removal of impediments to or the perfection of the mechanisms for a free and open market and a national market system.
• All books and records of MRX reflecting confidential information pertaining to the self-regulatory function of the Exchange (including but not limited to disciplinary matters, trading data, trading practices, and audit information) shall be retained in confidence by MRX and its officers, directors, employees and agents; shall not be made available to persons other than to those officers, directors, employees, and agents of MRX that have a reasonable need to know; and will not be used for any non-regulatory purpose.
The Commission also notes that the governing documents of MRX's Upstream Owners provide that all books and records of MRX reflecting confidential information pertaining to the self-regulatory function of the Exchange will be subject to confidentiality restrictions.
• The Exchange proposes that, as is currently the case, the books and records of MRX must be maintained in the United States
The Exchange states that certain provisions in Section 16 of the New LLC Agreement are substantially similar to provisions in Section 16 of the Nasdaq LLC Agreement.
MRX also states that the Nasdaq Exchanges will separately file proposed rule changes to harmonize the books and records provisions in their respective governing documents with the language in Section 16 of the New LLC Agreement.
• Under the New LLC Agreement and New By-Laws, any amendments to those documents will not become effective until filed with, or filed with and approved by, the Commission, as required under Section 19 of the Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.
The Commission notes that, although the Current Constitution and Current LLC Agreement do not include a similar, explicit requirement regarding the filing of amendments pursuant to Section 19 of the Act, the Current Constitution and Current LLC Agreement, as rules of the Exchange, are nonetheless subject to the requirements of Section 19 of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Additionally, pursuant to the New By-Laws, either the Sole LLC Member or the vote of a majority of the whole Board may enact amendments to the By-Laws, and the Board may adopt emergency by-laws.
• Additionally, as is currently the case pursuant to the Current LLC Agreement,
Consistent with Section 3.3 of the Current LLC Agreement, Schedule A of the New LLC Agreement defines “Regulatory Funds” as fees, fines, or penalties derived from the regulatory operations of the Exchange. However, Regulatory Funds do not include revenues derived from listing fees, market data revenues, transaction revenues, or any other aspect of the commercial operations of the Exchange even if a portion of such revenues are used to pay costs associated with the regulatory operations of the Exchange.
MRX states that the Nasdaq Exchanges will separately file proposed rule changes to harmonize the distribution provisions in their respective governing documents with the language in Section 15 of the New LLC Agreement.
The Commission believes that the provisions discussed in this section, which are designed to help ensure the independence of the Exchange's regulatory function and facilitate the ability of the Exchange to carry out its responsibility and operate in a manner consistent with the Act, are appropriate and consistent with the requirements of the Act, particularly with Section 6(b)(1), which requires, in part, an exchange to be so organized and have the capacity to carry out the purposes of the Act.
The Commission finds that proposed process regarding amendments to the New Governing Documents is consistent with Section 6(b)(1) of the Act, because it reflects the obligation of the Board to ensure compliance with the rule filing requirements under the Act. Additionally, the Commission finds these changes to be consistent with Section 19(b)(1) of the Act and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
The Commission also finds that the prohibition on the use of regulatory fines, fees, or penalties to fund dividends is consistent with Section 6(b)(1) of the Act, because it will further the Exchange's ability to effectively comply with its statutory obligations and is designed to ensure that the regulatory authority of the Exchange is not improperly used.
The Exchange proposes to amend its Rules to reflect the changes to its constituent documents through the adoption of the New Governing Documents to replace the Current Governing Documents. The Exchange states that it is amending its Rules to: (i) Clarify any Rules that cross-reference the Current Governing Documents in the rule text, since those documents are being replaced by the New Governing Documents;
Specifically, the Exchange proposed changes to its Rules to, among other things:
• Relocate the concept of CMM Rights from the Current LLC Agreement
• Relocate to New Rule 100(a)(13) the definition of “Competitive Market Maker,”
The term “Member” means an organization that has been approved to exercise trading rights associated with Exchange Rights.
• Relocate the concept of EAM Rights to New Rule 100(a)(16), which will state that the term “EAM Rights” means the non-transferable rights held by an Electronic Access Member.
• Relocate to New Rule 100(a)(17) the definition of “Electronic Access Member,”
• Relocate the definitions for “Exchange Transaction,” “good standing,” and “System” from the Current Constitution to the Rules,
• Relocate the concept of PMM Rights from Article VI of the Current LLC Agreement to New Rule 100(a)(41), which will state that the term “PMM Rights” means the non-transferable rights held by a Primary Market Maker.
• Relocate to New Rule 100(a)(42) the definition for “Primary Market Maker”
The Commission believes that the proposed changes to MRX's Rules are consistent with the Act and, in particular Section 6(b)(1) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 6.4-O (Series of Options Open for Trading). The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The purpose of the filing is to amend Commentary .05 to Rule 6.4-O to modify the strike price intervals for certain Exchange Traded Funds (each an “ETF”). Specifically, the Exchange proposes to modify the interval setting regime for options on SPDR® S&P 500® ETF (“SPY”), iShares Core S&P 500 ETF (“IVV”), and the SPDR® Dow Jones® Industrial Average ETF (“DIA”) to allow the Exchange to initiate $1 or greater strike price intervals above $200. Through this filing, the Exchange intends to make SPY, IVV, and DIA options more tailored and easier for investors and traders to use, which is consistent with the rules of other options exchanges.
Currently, the S&P 500 Index is above 2000.
The Exchange notes that the popularity of options on DIA and SPY (and, to a lesser extent, IVV) is evidenced by the existence of monthly, quarterly, and weekly expiration cycles in these ETFs.
The Exchange believes that modifying the Rule to allow the Exchange to initiate finer—
Under the current rule, the Exchange is limited in its ability to initiate strikes in options on IVV, DIA, and SPY over $200. Assuming no other exchange lists the desired strike, investors and traders on the Exchange are unable to roll open positions from a lower strike to a higher strike in conjunction with the price movement of the underlying index because the next (higher) available series would be $5 away above a $200 strike price.
The proposed rule change would allow the Exchange to better respond to customer demand for SPY, IVV, and DIA strike prices more precisely aligned with current S&P 500 Index and DJIA values.
The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)
In particular, the proposed rule change would promote just and equitable principles of trade by allowing the Exchange to initiate strikes in options on IVV, DIA, and SPY over $200, which would result in continued trading and hedging opportunities in options on these ETFs. The proposed change would likewise ensure that such options investors are not at a disadvantage simply because of the strike price.
The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(1) of the Act, which provides that the Exchange be organized and have the capacity to be able to carry out the purposes of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the Exchange. The rule change proposal allows the Exchange to respond to customer demand to allow options on SPY, IVV, and DIA to trade in $1 intervals above a $200 strike price. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule would create additional capacity issues or affect market functionality.
As noted above, under the current rule (absent another exchange listing strikes that the Exchange could match),
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change, like other strike price programs currently offered by the Exchange, would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanisms of a free and open market and a national market system to the benefit of investors by giving them increased flexibility to more closely tailor their investment and hedging decisions. Finally, the proposal would foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in securities as this proposal would align Exchange rules with those of other exchanges—including CBOE and PHLX—to permit finer strikes in IVV, DIA, and SPY.
With regard to the impact of this proposal on system capacity, the Exchange believes it and OPRA have the necessary systems capacity to handle any potential additional traffic associated with this proposed rule change. The Exchange believes that its members will not have a capacity issue as a result of this proposal.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Rather, the proposed rule change would enable the Exchange to better compete with other options exchanges that have already adopted the proposed strike setting regime.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii), the Commission may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. As noted above, the proposal would allow the Exchange to initiate $1 or greater strike price intervals above $200 for options on SPY, DIA, and IVV. Substantially similar rules are already in place at CBOE and PHLX, and the Exchange currently has the ability to list, and does list, these strike price intervals pursuant to its matching authority in Rule 903A(b)(vi). The Commission therefore believes that waiver of the operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. Therefore, the Commission designates the proposed rule change to be operative upon filing.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposed rule change to list and trade shares of the Innovator S&P 500 15% Shield Strategy ETF Series, Innovator S&P 500 −5% to −35% Shield Strategy ETF Series, Innovator S&P 500 Enhance and 10% Shield Strategy ETF Series and Innovator S&P 500 Ultra Strategy ETF Series under the Innovator ETFs Trust (formerly, Academy Funds Trust), under Rule 14.11(i) (“Managed Fund Shares”).
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the
The Exchange proposes to list and trade shares (“Shares”) of up to twelve monthly Innovator S&P 500 15% Shield Strategy ETF Series (collectively, the “Shield Funds”), Innovator S&P 500 −5% to −35% Shield Strategy ETF Series (collectively, the “Ultra Shield Funds”), Innovator S&P 500 Enhance and 10% Shield Strategy ETF Series (collectively, the “Enhance and Shield Funds”) and Innovator S&P 500 Ultra Strategy ETF Series (collectively, the “Ultra Funds”) (each a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”) under Rule 14.11(i), which governs the listing and trading of Managed Fund Shares on the Exchange.
The Shares will be offered by Innovator ETFs Trust (formerly Academy Funds Trust) (the “Trust”), which was established as a Delaware statutory trust on October 17, 2007. The Trust is registered with the Commission as an investment company and has filed, for each Fund, a registration statement on Form N-1A (“Registration Statement”) with the Commission on behalf of the Funds.
The investment objective of the Shield Funds is to provide investors, over a one-year period, with returns equal to those of the S&P 500 Price Return Index, while providing protection from S&P 500 Price Return Index losses. The investment objective of the Ultra Shield Funds is to provide investors, over a one-year period, with returns equal to those of the S&P 500 Price Return Index, while providing protection from S&P 500 Price Return Index losses. The investment objective of the Enhance and Shield Funds is to provide investors, over a one-year period, with returns that exceed those of the S&P 500 Price Return Index, while providing protection from S&P 500 Price Return Index losses. The investment objective of the Ultra Funds is to provide investors, over a one-year period, with returns that exceed those of the S&P 500 Price Return Index.
The Shield Funds and the Ultra Shield Funds are each actively managed funds that seek to exceed the returns of a benchmark index that employs a “defined outcome strategy” that is: (1) For the Shield Funds, the Cboe S&P 500 15% Buffer Protect Index Series (the “Shield Index”), which seeks to provide investment returns that match those of the S&P 500 Price Return Index (the “S&P 500 Index”), up to a maximized annual return (the “Shield Cap Level”), while guarding against a decline in the S&P 500 Index of the first 15% (the “Shield Strategy”); and (2) for the Ultra Shield Funds, Cboe S&P 500 30% (−5% to −35%) Buffer Protect Index Series (the “Ultra Shield Index”), which seeks to provide investment returns that match those of the S&P 500 Index, up to a maximized annual return (the “Ultra Shield Cap Level”), while guarding against a decline in the S&P 500 Index of between 5% and 35% (the “Ultra Shield Strategy”). The Enhance and Shield Funds and the Ultra Funds do not utilize benchmark indexes and are each actively managed funds that employ a “defined outcome strategy” that: (1) For the Enhance and Shield Funds, seeks to provide investment returns that exceed the gains of the S&P 500 Index, up to a maximized annual return (the “Enhance and Shield Cap Level”), while guarding against a decline in the S&P 500 Index of the first 10% (the “Enhance and Shield Strategy”); and (2) for the Ultra Funds, seeks to provide investment returns that exceed gains of the S&P 500 Index, up to a maximized annual return (the “Ultra Cap Level”) (the “Ultra Strategy” and, collectively with the Shield Strategy, Ultra Shield Strategy and Enhance and Shield Strategy, the
The Exchange submits this proposal in order to allow each Fund to hold listed derivatives, in particular FLexible EXchange Options (“FLEX Options”) on the S&P 500 Index, in a manner that does not comply with Rule 14.11(i)(4)(C)(iv)(b).
The Shield Funds are actively managed funds that seek to provide total return which exceeds that of the Shield Index. Each Shield Fund will seek excess return above the Shield Index, before expenses are taken into account, solely through the active management of any available assets not required to be deposited for margin in connection with the Shield Fund's respective investments in the Shield Index components. Under Normal Market Conditions,
The Shield Index is composed of U.S. exchange-listed FLEX Options that reference the S&P 500 Index. The Shield Index is designed to produce returns that, over a period of approximately one year, match the returns of the S&P 500 Index up to the Shield Cap Level, while guarding against a decline in the S&P 500 Index of the first 15%. More specifically, the Shield Index is designed to produce the following outcomes during the outcome period:
•
•
•
Similarly, each of the Shield Funds will layer purchased and written FLEX Options that comprise the Shield Index. Any FLEX Options that are written by a Shield Fund that create an obligation to sell or buy an asset will be offset with a position in FLEX Options purchased by the Shield Fund to create the right to buy or sell the same asset such that the Shield Fund will always be in a net long position. That is, any obligations of a Shield Fund created by its writing of FLEX Options will be covered by offsetting positions in other purchased FLEX Options. As the FLEX Options mature at the end of each outcome period, they are replaced. By replacing FLEX Options annually, each Shield Fund seeks to ensure that investments made in a given month during the current year buffer against negative returns of the S&P 500 Index up to pre-determined levels in that same month of the following year. The Shield Funds do not offer any protection against declines in the S&P 500 Index exceeding 15% on an annualized basis. Shareholders will bear all S&P 500 Index losses exceeding 15% on a one-to-one basis.
The FLEX Options owned by each of the Shield Funds will have the same terms (
The Ultra Shield Funds are actively managed funds that seek to provide total return which exceeds that of the Ultra Shield Index. Each Ultra Shield Fund will seek excess return above the Ultra Shield Index, before expenses are taken into account, solely through the active management of any available assets not required to be deposited for margin in
The Ultra Shield Index is composed of U.S. exchange-listed FLEX Options that reference the S&P 500 Index. The Ultra Shield Index is designed to produce returns that, over a period of approximately one year, match the returns of the S&P 500 Index up the Ultra Shield Cap Level while guarding against a decline in the S&P 500 Index of between 5% and 35%. More specifically, the Ultra Shield Index is designed to produce the following outcomes during the outcome period:
•
•
•
•
Similarly, each of the Ultra Shield Funds will layer purchased and written FLEX Options that comprise the Ultra Shield Index. Any FLEX Options that are written by an Ultra Shield Fund that create an obligation to sell or buy an asset will be offset with a position in FLEX Options purchased by the Ultra Shield Fund to create the right to buy or sell the same asset such that the Ultra Shield Fund will always be in a net long position. That is, any obligations of an Ultra Shield Fund created by its writing of FLEX Options will be covered by offsetting positions in other purchased FLEX Options. As the FLEX Options mature at the end of each outcome period, they are replaced. By replacing FLEX Options annually, each Ultra Shield Fund seeks to ensure that investments made in a given month during the current year buffer against negative returns of the S&P 500 Index up to pre-determined levels in that same month of the following year. The Ultra Shield Funds do not offer any protection against declines in the S&P 500 Index exceeding 35% on an annualized basis. Shareholders will bear all S&P 500 Index losses exceeding 35% on a one-to-one basis.
The FLEX Options owned by each of the Ultra Shield Funds will have the same terms (
Under Normal Market Conditions, each Enhance and Shield Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objective by employing a “defined outcome strategy” that seeks to provide investment returns that exceed the gains of the S&P 500 Index, up to the Enhance and Shield Cap Level, while shielding investors from S&P 500 Index losses of up to 10%. Pursuant to the Enhance and Shield Strategy, each Enhance and Shield Fund will invest primarily in FLEX Options or other standardized options contracts listed on a U.S. exchange that reference either the S&P 500 Index or ETFs that track the S&P 500 Index.
The portfolio managers will invest in a portfolio of FLEX Options linked to an underlying asset, the S&P 500 Index, that, when held for the specified period, seeks to produce returns that, over a period of approximately one year, exceed the returns of the S&P 500 Index up to the Enhance and Shield Cap Level. Pursuant to the Enhance and Shield Strategy, each Enhance and Shield Fund's portfolio managers will seek to produce the following outcomes during the outcome period:
•
•
•
Any FLEX Options that are written by an Enhance and Shield Fund that create an obligation to sell or buy an asset will be offset with a position in FLEX Options purchased by the Enhance and Shield Fund to create the right to buy or sell the same asset such that the
The FLEX Options owned by each of the Enhance and Shield Funds will have the same terms (
Under Normal Market Conditions, each Ultra Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objective by employing a “defined outcome strategy” that seeks to provide investment returns that exceed the gains of the S&P 500 Index, up to the Ultra Cap Level. Pursuant to the Ultra Strategy, each Ultra Fund will invest primarily in FLEX Options or other standardized options contracts listed on a U.S. exchange that reference either the S&P 500 Index or ETFs that track the S&P 500 Index.
The portfolio managers will invest in a portfolio of FLEX Options linked to an underlying asset, the S&P 500 Index, that, when held for the specified period, seeks to produce returns that, over a period of approximately one year, exceed the returns of the S&P 500 Index up to the Ultra Cap Level. Pursuant to the Ultra Strategy, each Ultra Fund's portfolio managers will seek to produce the following outcomes during the outcome period:
•
•
Any FLEX Options that are written by the Ultra Fund that create an obligation to sell or buy an asset will be offset with a position in FLEX Options purchased by the Ultra Fund to create the right to buy or sell the same asset such that the Ultra Fund will always be in a net long position. That is, any obligations of an Ultra Fund created by its writing of FLEX Options will be covered by offsetting positions in other purchased FLEX Options. As the FLEX Options mature at the end of each outcome period, they are replaced.
The FLEX Options owned by each of the Ultra Funds will have the same terms (
Under Normal Market Conditions, each Fund will invest primarily in U.S. exchange-listed FLEX Options on the S&P 500 Index. Each of the Funds may invest its net assets (in the aggregate) in other investments which the Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes will help each Fund to meet its investment objective and that will be disclosed at the end of each trading day (“Other Assets”). Other Assets include only the following: cash or cash equivalents, as defined in Rule 14.11(i)(4)(C)(iii)
The market for options contracts on the S&P 500 Index traded on Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe Options”) is among the most liquid markets in the world. In 2016, 1,023,623 options contracts on the S&P 500 Index were traded per day on Cboe Options, which is more than $200 billion in notional volume traded on a daily basis. While FLEX Options are traded differently than standardized options contracts, the Exchange believes that this liquidity bolsters the market for FLEX Options, as described below. Every FLEX Option order submitted to Cboe Options is exposed to a competitive auction process for price discovery. The process begins with a request for quote (“RFQ”) in which the interested party establishes the terms of the FLEX Options contract. The RFQ solicits interested market participants, including on-floor market makers, remote market makers trading electronically, and member firm traders, to respond to the RFQ with bids or offers through a competitive process. This solicitation contains all of the contract specifications-underlying, size, type of option, expiration date, strike price, exercise style and settlement basis. During a specified amount of time, responses to the RFQ are received and at the end of that time period, the initiator can decide whether to accept the best bid or offer. The process occurs under the rules of Cboe Options which means that customer transactions are effected according to the principles of a fair and orderly market following trading procedures and policies developed by Cboe Options.
The Exchange believes that sufficient protections are in place to protect against market manipulation of the Funds' Shares and FLEX Options on the S&P 500 Index for several reasons: (i) The diversity, liquidity, and market cap of the securities underlying the S&P 500 Index; (ii) the competitive quoting process for FLEX Options; (iii) the significant liquidity in the market for options on the S&P 500 Index results in a well-established price discovery process that provides meaningful guideposts for FLEX Option pricing; and (iv) surveillance by the Exchange, Cboe
The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of the Shares on the Exchange during all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and the applicable federal securities laws. Trading of the Shares through the Exchange will be subject to the Exchange's surveillance procedures for derivative products, including Managed Fund Shares. All statements and representations made in this filing regarding (a) the description of the portfolio, reference assets, and index, (b) limitations on portfolio holdings or reference assets, or (c) the applicability of Exchange rules shall constitute continued listing requirements for listing the Shares on the Exchange. The issuer has represented to the Exchange that it will advise the Exchange of any failure by a Fund or the related Shares to comply with the continued listing requirements, and, pursuant to its obligations under Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, the Exchange will surveil for compliance with the continued listing requirements. If a Fund or the related Shares are not in compliance with the applicable listing requirements, then, with respect to such Fund or Shares, the Exchange will commence delisting procedures under Exchange Rule 14.12. FINRA conducts certain cross-market surveillances on behalf of the Exchange pursuant to a regulatory services agreement. The Exchange is responsible for FINRA's performance under this regulatory services agreement. If a Fund is not in compliance with the applicable listing requirements, the Exchange will commence delisting procedures with respect to such Fund under Exchange Rule 14.12.
The Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and exchange-traded options contracts with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG and may obtain trading information regarding trading in the Shares and exchange-traded options contracts from such markets and other entities. In addition, the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares and exchange-traded options contracts from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. In addition, the Exchange also has a general policy prohibiting the distribution of material, non-public information by its employees.
As noted above, options on the S&P 500 Index are among the most liquid options in the world and derive their value from the actively traded S&P 500 Index components. The contracts are cash-settled with no delivery of stocks or ETFs, and trade in competitive auction markets with price and quote transparency. The Exchange believes the highly regulated options markets and the broad base and scope of the S&P 500 Index make securities that derive their value from that index less susceptible to market manipulation in view of market capitalization and liquidity of the S&P 500 Index components, price and quote transparency, and arbitrage opportunities.
The Exchange believes that the liquidity of the markets for S&P 500 Index securities, options on the S&P 500 Index, and other related derivatives is sufficiently great to deter fraudulent or manipulative acts associated with the Funds' Shares price. The Exchange also believes that such liquidity is sufficient to support the creation and redemption mechanism. Coupled with the extensive surveillance programs of the SROs described above, the Exchange does not believe that trading in the Funds' Shares would present manipulation concerns.
The Exchange represents that, except for the limitations on listed derivatives in BZX Rule 14.11(i)(4)(C)(iv)(b), the Funds' proposed investments will satisfy, on an initial and continued listing basis, all of the generic listing standards under BZX Rule 14.11(i)(4)(C) and all other applicable requirements for Managed Fund Shares under Rule 14.11(i). The Trust is required to comply with Rule 10A-3 under the Act for the initial and continued listing of the Shares of the Funds. A minimum of 100,000 Shares will be outstanding at the commencement of trading on the Exchange. In addition, the Exchange represents that the Shares of the Funds will comply with all other requirements applicable to Managed Fund Shares, which includes the dissemination of key information such as the Disclosed Portfolio,
The Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest in that the Shares will meet each of the initial and continued listing criteria in BZX Rule 14.11(i) with the exception of Rule 14.11(i)(4)(C)(iv)(b), which requires that the aggregate gross notional value of listed derivatives based on any five or fewer underlying reference assets shall not exceed 65% of the weight of the portfolio (including gross notional exposures), and the aggregate gross notional value of listed derivatives based on any single underlying reference asset shall not exceed 30% of the weight of the portfolio (including gross notional exposures).
The Exchange believes that sufficient protections are in place to protect against market manipulation of the Funds' Shares and FLEX Options on the S&P 500 Index for several reasons: (i) The diversity, liquidity, and market cap of the securities underlying the S&P 500 Index; (ii) the competitive quoting process for FLEX Options; (iii) the significant liquidity in the market for options on the S&P 500 Index results in a well-established price discovery process that provides meaningful guideposts for FLEX Option pricing; and (iv) surveillance by the Exchange, Cboe Options and FINRA designed to detect violations of the federal securities laws and SRO rules. The Exchange has in place a surveillance program for transactions in ETFs to ensure the availability of information necessary to detect and deter potential manipulations and other trading abuses, thereby making the Shares less readily susceptible to manipulation. Further, the Exchange believes that because the assets in each Fund's portfolio, which are comprised primarily of FLEX Options on the S&P 500 Index, will be acquired in extremely liquid and highly regulated markets, the Shares are less readily susceptible to manipulation.
The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of the Shares on the Exchange during all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and the applicable federal securities laws. Trading of the Shares through the Exchange will be subject to the Exchange's surveillance procedures for derivative products, including Managed Fund Shares. All statements and representations made in this filing regarding (a) the description of the portfolio, reference assets, and index, (b) limitations on portfolio holdings or reference assets, or (c) the applicability of Exchange rules shall constitute continued listing requirements for listing the Shares on the Exchange. The issuer has represented to the Exchange that it will advise the Exchange of any failure by a Fund or the related Shares to comply with the continued listing requirements, and, pursuant to its obligations under Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, the Exchange will surveil for compliance with the continued listing requirements. If a Fund or the related Shares are not in compliance with the applicable listing requirements, then, with respect to such Fund or Shares, the Exchange will commence delisting procedures under Exchange Rule 14.12. FINRA conducts certain cross-market surveillances on behalf of the Exchange pursuant to a regulatory services agreement. The Exchange is responsible for FINRA's performance under this regulatory services agreement. If a Fund is not in compliance with the applicable listing requirements, the Exchange will commence delisting procedures with respect to such Fund under Exchange Rule 14.12.
The Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and exchange-traded options contracts with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG and may obtain trading information regarding trading in the Shares and exchange-traded options contracts from such markets and other entities. In addition, the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares and exchange-traded options contracts from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. In addition, the Exchange also has a general policy prohibiting the distribution of material, non-public information by its employees. As noted above, options on the S&P 500 Index are among the most liquid options in the world and derive their value from the actively traded S&P 500 Index components. The contracts are cash-settled with no delivery of stocks or ETFs, and trade in competitive auction markets with price and quote transparency. The Exchange believes the highly regulated options markets and the broad base and scope of the S&P 500 Index make securities that derive their value from that index less susceptible to market manipulation in view of market capitalization and liquidity of the S&P 500 Index components, price and quote transparency, and arbitrage opportunities.
The Exchange believes that the liquidity of the markets for S&P 500 Index securities, options on the S&P 500 Index, and other related derivatives is sufficiently great to deter fraudulent or manipulative acts associated with the Funds' Shares price. The Exchange also believes that such liquidity is sufficient to support the creation and redemption mechanism. Coupled with the extensive surveillance programs of the SROs described above, the Exchange does not believe that trading in the Funds' Shares would present manipulation concerns.
The Exchange represents that, except as described above, the Funds will meet and be subject to all other requirements of the Generic Listing Standards and other applicable continued listing requirements for Managed Fund Shares under Rule 14.11(i), including those requirements regarding the Disclosed Portfolio,
For the above reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act. The Exchange notes that the proposed rule change will facilitate the listing and trading of an additional type of Managed Fund Shares that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) by order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
CHX proposes to amend the Rules of the Exchange (“CHX Rules”) related to the Plan to Address Extraordinary Market Volatility Pursuant to Rule 608 of Regulation NMS under the Act (the “Limit Up-Limit Down Plan” or “Plan”).
In its filing with the Commission, the CHX included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule changes and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The CHX has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange, together with the Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.,
As of the date of this filing, the Amendment 12 implementation date is November 20, 2017. Amendment 12 provides that a Trading Pause
In conjunction with filing Amendment 12, each Primary Listing Exchange filed rule changes
The Exchange proposes to amend current Article 20, Rule 2A(c)(4) to adopt a requirement of Amendment 12 to only resume trading after a Trading Pause initiated by another exchange upon receiving Price Bands from the Processor. As noted above, Amendment 12 prohibits trading centers from resuming trading in an NMS Stock following a Trading Pause without Price Bands in such NMS Stock. The Plan provides that if the Primary Listing Exchange is unable to reopen trading due to a systems or technology issue, trading should be permitted to resume in that NMS Stock upon receiving Price Bands from the processor. The Exchange notes that amended Article 20, Rule 2A(c)(4) is based, in part, on approved amendments to Nasdaq Rule 4120(a)(12)(H), which are not yet operative.
The Exchange does not propose to amend CHX Rules to adopt other requirements of Amendment 12 related to reopening procedures as the Exchange is not currently a Primary Listing Exchange for any NMS Stocks and its primary listing program is currently dormant.
The Exchange proposes to implement the proposed rule change in coordination with other Plan Participants on November 20, 2017.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act in general,
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and in general, to protect investors and the public interest, because they are designed, together with the approved amendments to the Plan, to address the issues experienced on August 24, 2015 by reducing the number of repeat Trading Pauses in a single NMS Stock, and to harmonize CHX Rules with the Plan and the rules of other Plan Participants.
The approved Plan amendments are an essential component to Plan Participants' goal of more standardized processes across Primary Listing Exchanges in reopening trading following a Trading Pause, and facilitates the production of an equilibrium Reopening Price by centralizing the reopening process through the Primary Listing Exchange, which would also improve the accuracy of the reopening Price Bands. The approved Plan amendments support this initiative by requiring trading centers to wait to resume trading following Trading Pause until there is a Reopening Price. As such, the Exchange's proposal to amend Article 20, Rule 2A(c)(4) to provide that, if a Trading Pause was initiated by another exchange, CHX may resume trading following the Trading Pause upon receipt of the Price Bands from the Processor would comport CHX Rules with the approved Plan Amendments and, thereby, harmonize CHX Rules with the rules of other national securities exchanges.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed rule change is not designed to address any competitive issues, but rather, to achieve the Plan Participants' goal of more standardized processes across Primary Listing Exchanges in reopening trading following a Trading Pause, and facilitates the production of an equilibrium reopening price by centralizing the reopening process through the Primary Listing Exchange, which would also improve the accuracy of the reopening Price Bands. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change reduces the burden on competition for market participants because it promotes a transparent and consistent process for reopening trading following a Trading Pause regardless of where a security may be listed.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the proposed rule change does not (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposal is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On July 31, 2017, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Exchange” or “NYSE Arca”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Exchange proposes to list and trade the Shares under Commentary .02 to NYSE Arca Rule 8.200-E, which governs the listing and trading of Trust Issued Receipts on the Exchange. Each Fund is a commodity pool that is a series of the ProShares Trust II (“Trust”).
ProShares QuadPro U.S. Large Cap and ProShares QuadPro Short U.S. Large Cap (collectively, “Large Cap Funds”) will seek results that correspond (before fees and expenses) to four times (4X) or four times the inverse (−4X), respectively, of the return of lead month E-Mini S&P 500 Stock Price Index Futures (“Large Cap Benchmark”) for a single day.
Each Large Cap Fund will seek to engage in daily rebalancing to position its portfolio so that its leveraged or inverse exposure to the Large Cap Benchmark is consistent with the Fund's daily investment objective. Daily rebalancing and the compounding of each day's return over time means that the return of each Fund for a period longer than a single day will be the result of each day's returns compounded over the period, which will very likely differ from four times or four times the inverse, as applicable, of the return of the Fund's benchmark for the same period.
Under normal market conditions,
Additionally, because an adverse Large Cap Benchmark move of 25% or more in a single day could cause the NAV of a Large Cap Fund to decline to zero and investors in the Fund to lose the full value of their investment, each Large Cap Fund will invest a limited portion of its assets (typically less than 5% of its net assets at the time of purchase) in listed option contracts that are designed to prevent a Large Cap Fund's NAV from going to zero and allow a Fund to recoup a small portion of the substantial losses that may result from significant adverse movements in the Large Cap Benchmark. Specifically, ProShares QuadPro U.S. Large Cap will hold CME-listed put options on Large Cap Futures Contracts, and ProShares QuadPro Short U.S. Large Cap will hold CME-listed call options on Large Cap Futures Contracts (collectively, “Large Cap Stop Options”).
Each Large Cap Fund will invest the remainder of its assets in high-quality, short-term debt instruments that have terms-to-maturity of less than 397 days, such as U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements (“Money Market Instruments”). Each Large Cap Fund also may hold cash in order to pay expenses and distributions, if any, and satisfy redemption requests.
ProShares QuadPro U.S. Small Cap and ProShares QuadPro Short U.S. Small Cap (collectively, “Small Cap Funds”) will seek results that correspond (before fees and expenses) to four times (4X) or four times the inverse (−4X), respectively, of the return of lead month E-Mini Russell 2000 Index Futures (“Small Cap Benchmark”) for a single day.
Each Small Cap Fund will seek to engage in daily rebalancing to position its portfolio so that its leveraged or inverse exposure to the Small Cap Benchmark is consistent with the Fund's daily investment objective. Daily rebalancing and the compounding of each day's return over time means that the return of each Fund for a period longer than a single day will be the result of each day's returns compounded over the period, which will very likely differ from four times or four times the inverse, as applicable, of the return of the Fund's benchmark for the same period.
Under normal market conditions,
Additionally, because an adverse Small Cap Benchmark move of 25% or more in a single day could cause the NAV of a Small Cap Fund to decline to zero and investors in the Fund to lose the full value of their investment, each Small Cap Fund will invest a limited portion of its assets (typically less than 5% of its net assets at the time of purchase) in listed option contracts that are designed to prevent a Small Cap Fund's NAV from going to zero and allow a Fund to recoup a small portion of the substantial losses that may result from significant adverse movements in the Small Cap Benchmark. Specifically, ProShares QuadPro U.S. Small Cap will hold CME-listed put options on Small Cap Futures Contracts and ProShares QuadPro Short U.S. Small Cap will hold CME-listed call options on Small Cap Futures Contracts (collectively, “Small Cap Stop Options”).
Each Small Cap Fund will invest the remainder of its assets in Money Market Instruments. Each Small Cap Fund also may hold cash in order to pay expenses and distributions, if any, and satisfy redemption requests.
The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act,
The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data, and arguments with respect to the issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposal. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) or any other provision of the Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although there do not appear to be any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be facilitated by an oral presentation of views, data, and arguments, the Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b-4, any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposal should be approved or disapproved by December 13, 2017. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's submission must file that rebuttal by December 27, 2017. The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency of the Exchange's statements in support of the proposal, which are set forth in Amendment No. 2, in addition to any other comments they may wish to submit about the proposed rule change. In particular, the Commission seeks comment, including, where relevant, any specific data, statistics, or studies, on the following:
1. Would the proposed Funds impact daily volatility on the underlying indexes, or the underlying names comprising those indexes? Would any such impact be more or less than other leveraged or inverse leveraged exchange-traded products (“leveraged ETPs”) (such as 2X and 3X)? Would the addition of the proposed Funds change
2. How much additional end-of-day volume in the underlying assets would the proposed Funds potentially add? How much volume do existing leveraged ETPs typically add to end-of-day trading in the underlying assets?
3. What is the expected daily volume of trades for the proposed Funds? How much daily creation and redemption activity is expected in the proposed Funds? How much current daily creation and redemption activity is there for leveraged ETPs?
4. Would the volume and activity increase during periods of downward market movement or high volatility, and exacerbate the downward movement or volatility? What type of hedging exposure is expected with these products, and during significant down market moves, how might related selling behavior be affected by such exposure?
5. What types of investors would purchase Shares of the proposed Funds? Would they be different from investors in existing leveraged ETPs? If so, please explain why.
6. Currently, are leveraged ETPs always accessed through a registered broker/dealer? If so, are transactions generally solicited or unsolicited? If not, how does an investor acquire a leveraged ETP? What is the proportion of volume from retail versus institutional trading?
7. Do institutional investors buy and sell leveraged ETPs? If so, what is the purpose of institutional investments in leveraged ETPs? For example, are they used for hedging or are they ever held in mutual funds? Would institutional investors use the proposed Funds for a different purpose than with the existing leveraged ETPs? If so, please explain why. Do firms hold the securities on their books (for example, as trading securities or available-for-sale securities)? If so, how are they held? If the investors are not institutional investors, are there any restrictions placed on access to these investments, including accreditation or options eligibility?
8. What exposures do retail investors seek when holding these ETPs? Would retail investors hold Shares of the proposed Funds to seek different types of exposures than with existing leveraged ETPs? If so, please explain why.
9. What is the typical holding period of leveraged ETPs by retail investors? Are they holding the products in tax-advantaged accounts, such as Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), meant for long-term investment horizons?
10. Do investors have access to information sufficient to fully understand the operation and risks of leveraged ETPs?
11. Would the potential loss of investment be limited to the amount invested? For example, do investors frequently buy leveraged ETPs on margin?
12. How does use of long positions versus short positions in leveraged ETPs differ across different types of investors?
13. Which types of broker/dealers are active with leveraged ETP investments? Do they tend to also hold these investments in their own portfolio?
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend the fees for NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades to lower the Enterprise Fee for those products. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the fees for NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades market data products,
The Exchange currently charges an enterprise fee of $34,500 per month for an unlimited number of professional and non-professional users for each of NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades.
As an example, under the current fee structure for per user fees, if a firm had 10,000 professional users who each received NYSE Arca Trades at $4 per month and NYSE Arca BBO at $4 per month, without the Enterprise Fee, the firm would pay $80,000 per month in professional user fees. Under the current pricing structure, this firm would pay a capped fee of $34,500 and effective November 3, 2017 it would pay a capped fee of $22,000.
Under the proposed reduced enterprise fee, the firm would pay a flat fee of $22,000 for an unlimited number of professional and non-professional users for both products. As is the case currently, a data recipient that pays the enterprise fee would not have to report the number of such users on a monthly basis.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The proposed fee change is also equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because it would apply to all data recipients that choose to subscribe to NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades.
The proposed enterprise fees for NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades are reasonable because they will result in a fee reduction for data recipients with sufficiently large numbers of professional and non-professional users, as described in the example above. If a data recipient has a smaller number of professional users of NYSE Arca BBO and/or NYSE Arca Trades, then it may continue to use the per user fee structure and the fees it pays will not change. By reducing prices for data recipients with a large number of professional and non-professional users, the Exchange believes that more data recipients may choose to offer NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades, thereby expanding the distribution of this market data for the benefit of investors. The Exchange also believes that offering a reduced enterprise fee expands the range of options for offering NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades and allows data recipients greater choice in selecting the most appropriate level of data and fees for the professional and non-professional users they are servicing.
The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades are entirely optional. The Exchange is not required to make NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades available or to offer any specific pricing alternatives to any customers, nor is any firm required to purchase NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades. Firms that do purchase NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades do so for the primary goals of using them to increase revenues, reduce expenses, and in some instances compete directly with the Exchange (including for order flow); those firms are able to determine for themselves whether NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades or any other similar products are attractively priced or not.
Firms that do not wish to purchase NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades have a variety of alternative market data products from which to choose,
The decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in
In fact, the legislative history indicates that the Congress intended that the market system `evolve through the interplay of competitive forces as unnecessary regulatory restrictions are removed' and that the SEC wield its regulatory power `in those situations where competition may not be sufficient,' such as in the creation of a `consolidated transactional reporting system.'
As explained below in the Exchange's Statement on Burden on Competition, the Exchange believes that there is substantial evidence of competition in the marketplace for proprietary market data and that the Commission can rely upon such evidence in concluding that the reduced fees established in this filing are the product of competition and therefore satisfy the relevant statutory standards. In addition, the existence of alternatives to these data products, such as consolidated data and proprietary data from other sources, as described below, further ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can select such alternatives.
As the
For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposed fees are reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. An exchange's ability to price its proprietary market data feed products is constrained by actual competition for the sale of proprietary market data products, the joint product nature of exchange platforms, and the existence of alternatives to the Exchange's proprietary data.
The market for proprietary data products is currently competitive and inherently contestable because there is fierce competition for the inputs necessary for the creation of proprietary data and strict pricing discipline for the proprietary products themselves. Numerous exchanges compete with one another for listings and order flow and sales of market data itself, providing ample opportunities for entrepreneurs who wish to compete in any or all of those areas, including producing and distributing their own market data. Proprietary data products are produced and distributed by each individual exchange, as well as other entities, in a vigorously competitive market. Indeed, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) (the primary antitrust regulator) has expressly acknowledged the aggressive actual competition among exchanges, including for the sale of proprietary market data. In 2011, the DOJ stated that exchanges “compete head to head to offer real-time equity data products. These data products include the best bid and offer of every exchange and information on each equity trade, including the last sale.”
Moreover, competitive markets for listings, order flow, executions, and transaction reports provide pricing discipline for the inputs of proprietary data products and therefore constrain markets from overpricing proprietary market data. Broker-dealers send their order flow and transaction reports to multiple venues, rather than providing them all to a single venue, which in turn reinforces this competitive constraint. As a 2010 Commission Concept Release noted, the “current market structure can be described as dispersed and complex” with “trading volume . . . dispersed among many highly automated trading centers that compete for order flow in the same stocks” and “trading centers offer[ing] a wide range of services that are designed to attract different types of market participants with varying trading needs.”
If an exchange succeeds in competing for quotations, order flow, and trade executions, then it earns trading revenues and increases the value of its proprietary market data products because they will contain greater quote and trade information. Conversely, if an exchange is less successful in attracting quotes, order flow, and trade executions, then its market data products may be less desirable to customers in light of the diminished content and data products offered by competing venues may become more attractive. Thus, competition for quotations, order flow, and trade executions puts significant pressure on an exchange to maintain both execution and data fees at reasonable levels.
In addition, in the case of products that are also redistributed through market data vendors, such as Bloomberg and Thompson Reuters, the vendors themselves provide additional price discipline for proprietary data products because they control the primary means of access to certain end users. These vendors impose price discipline based upon their business models. For
Transaction execution and proprietary data products are complementary in that market data is both an input and a byproduct of the execution service. In fact, proprietary market data and trade executions are a paradigmatic example of joint products with joint costs.
The costs of producing market data include not only the costs of the data distribution infrastructure, but also the costs of designing, maintaining, and operating the exchange's platform for posting quotes, accepting orders, and executing transactions and the cost of regulating the exchange to ensure its fair operation and maintain investor confidence. The total return that a trading platform earns reflects the revenues it receives from both products and the joint costs it incurs.
Moreover, an exchange's broker-dealer customers generally view the costs of transaction executions and market data as a unified cost of doing business with the exchange. A broker-dealer will only choose to direct orders to an exchange if the revenue from the transaction exceeds its cost, including the cost of any market data that the broker-dealer chooses to buy in support of its order routing and trading decisions. If the costs of the transaction are not offset by its value, then the broker-dealer may choose instead not to purchase the product and trade away from that exchange.
Other market participants have noted that proprietary market data and trade executions are joint products of a joint platform and have common costs.
Analyzing the cost of market data product production and distribution in isolation from the cost of all of the inputs supporting the creation of market data and market data products will inevitably underestimate the cost of the data and data products because it is impossible to obtain the data inputs to create market data products without a fast, technologically robust, and well-regulated execution system, and system and regulatory costs affect the price of both obtaining the market data itself and creating and distributing market data products. It would be equally misleading, however, to attribute all of an exchange's costs to the market data portion of an exchange's joint products. Rather, all of an exchange's costs are incurred for the unified purposes of attracting order flow, executing and/or routing orders, and generating and selling data about market activity. The total return that an exchange earns reflects the revenues it receives from the joint products and the total costs of the joint products.
As noted above, the level of competition and contestability in the market is evident in the numerous alternative venues that compete for order flow, including 12 equities self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) markets, as well as various forms of alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), including dark pools and electronic communication networks (“ECNs”), and internalizing broker-dealers. SRO markets compete to attract order flow and produce transaction reports via trade executions, and two FINRA-regulated Trade Reporting Facilities compete to attract transaction reports from the non-SRO venues.
Competition among trading platforms can be expected to constrain the aggregate return that each platform earns from the sale of its joint products, but different trading platforms may choose from a range of possible, and equally reasonable, pricing strategies as the means of recovering total costs. For example, some platforms may choose to pay rebates to attract orders, charge relatively low prices for market data products (or provide market data products free of charge), and charge relatively high prices for accessing posted liquidity. Other platforms may choose a strategy of paying lower rebates (or no rebates) to attract orders, setting relatively high prices for market data products, and setting relatively low prices for accessing posted liquidity. For example, Bats Global Markets (“Bats”) and Direct Edge, which previously operated as ATSs and obtained exchange status in 2008 and 2010, respectively, provided certain market data at no charge on their Web sites in order to attract more order flow, and used revenue rebates from resulting additional executions to maintain low execution charges for their users.
The large number of SROs, ATSs, and internalizing broker-dealers that currently produce proprietary data or are currently capable of producing it provides further pricing discipline for proprietary data products. Each SRO, ATS, and broker-dealer is currently permitted to produce and sell proprietary data products, and many currently do, including but not limited to the Exchange, New York Stock Exchange LLC, NYSE American LLC, NASDAQ, Bats, and Direct Edge.
The fact that proprietary data from ATSs, internalizing broker-dealers, and vendors can bypass SROs is significant in two respects. First, non-SROs can compete directly with SROs for the production and sale of proprietary data products. By way of example, Bats and NYSE Arca both published proprietary data on the Internet before registering as exchanges. Second, because a single order or transaction report can appear in an SRO proprietary product, a non-SRO proprietary product, or both, the amount of data available via proprietary products is greater in size than the actual number of orders and transaction reports that exist in the marketplace. Indeed, in the case of NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades, the data provided through these products appears both in (i) real-time core data products offered by the Securities Information Processors (SIPs) for a fee, and (ii) free SIP data products with a 15-minute time delay, and finds a close substitute in similar products of competing venues.
Those competitive pressures imposed by available alternatives are evident in the Exchange's proposed pricing.
In addition to the competition and price discipline described above, the market for proprietary data products is also highly contestable because market entry is rapid and inexpensive. The history of electronic trading is replete with examples of entrants that swiftly grew into some of the largest electronic trading platforms and proprietary data producers: Archipelago, Bloomberg Tradebook, Island, RediBook, Attain, TrackECN, BATS Trading and Direct Edge. A proliferation of dark pools and other ATSs operate profitably with fragmentary share of consolidated market volume.
In determining the proposed changes to the fees for the NYSE Arca BBO and NYSE Arca Trades, the Exchange considered the competitiveness of the market for proprietary data and all of the implications of that competition. The Exchange believes that it has considered all relevant factors and has not considered irrelevant factors in order to establish fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory fees and an equitable allocation of fees among all users. The existence of numerous alternatives to the Exchange's products, including proprietary data from other sources, ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can elect these alternatives or choose not to purchase a specific proprietary data product if the attendant fees are not justified by the returns that any particular vendor or data recipient would achieve through the purchase.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
The Social Security Administration (SSA) publishes a list of information collection packages requiring clearance by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in compliance with Public Law 104-13, the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, effective October 1, 1995. This notice includes an extension of an OMB-approved information collection, new information collections, and revisions of OMB-approved information collections.
SSA is soliciting comments on the accuracy of the agency's burden estimate; the need for the information; its practical utility; ways to enhance its quality, utility, and clarity; and ways to minimize burden on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Mail, email, or fax your comments and recommendations on the information collection(s) to the OMB Desk Officer and SSA Reports Clearance Officer at the following addresses or fax numbers.
Or you may submit your comments online through
I. The information collections below are pending at SSA. SSA will submit them to OMB within 60 days from the date of this notice. To be sure we consider your comments, we must receive them no later than January 22, 2018 Individuals can obtain copies of the collection instruments by writing to the above email address.
2. Statement of Interpreter—0960-NEW. SSA and the Disability Determination Services (DDS) will use Form SSA-4321, Statement of Interpreter, when a person requiring an interpreter prefers to provide their own interpreter during an interview or conversation between the person requiring an interpreter and SSA or DDS. SSA will require the interpreter to sign Form SSA-4321, and confirm, among other things, that: (1) They will not knowingly give false information; (2) they will act as an interpreter and witness, and (3) they will accurately interpret the interview to the best of their ability. Section 205(a) of the Act, as amended in 42 U.S.C. 405(a), authorizes SSA collect this information.
For SSI purposes, we consider a loan bona fide if it meets these requirements:
• Must be between a borrower and lender with the understanding that the borrower has an obligation to repay the money;
• Must be in effect at the time the cash goes to the borrower, that is, the agreement cannot come after the cash is paid; and
• Must be enforceable under State law, often there are additional requirements from the State.
SSA collects this information at the time of initial application for SSI, or at any point when an individual alleges being party to an informal loan while receiving SSI. SSA collects information on the informal loan through both interviews and mailed forms. The agency's field personnel conduct the interviews and mail the form(s) for completion, as needed. The respondents are SSI recipients and applicants, and individuals who lend money to them.
II. SSA submitted the information collections below to OMB for clearance. Your comments regarding these information collections would be most useful if OMB and SSA receive them 30 days from the date of this publication. To be sure we consider your comments, we must receive them no later than December 22, 2017. Individuals can obtain copies of the OMB clearance packages by writing to
The 2017 Annual Meeting of the U.S. National Commission for the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) will take place on Tuesday, December 12, 2017, starting at 1:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. This will be a web conference meeting to discuss recent UNESCO developments, including the election of new UNESCO Director-General Azoulay; overall assessments/outcomes of the 39th General Conference; the U.S. decision to withdraw from UNESCO, effective December 31, 2018; and plans for the Commission during this time of transition. The Commission will accept brief oral comments during a portion of this web conference. The public comment period will be limited to approximately 30 minutes in total, with five minutes allowed per speaker. For more information, or to arrange to participate in the web conference, individuals are asked to contact the Executive Director of the National Commission by Friday, December 8, 2017, at the following email address:
This notice announces a meeting of the Department of State's International Telecommunication Advisory Committee (ITAC). The ITAC will meet on December 7, 2017 at 10:00 a.m. EST at 1120 20th St. NW., 10th Floor, Washington, DC to report on the outcome of the World Telecommunication Development Conference, review the results of recent multilateral meetings, updates on preparations for the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) 2018 Plenipotentiary Conference (PP-18), and discuss preparations for upcoming multilateral meetings at ITU, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), and the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC). The meeting will focus on the following topics:
Attendance at this meeting is open to the public as seating capacity allows. The public will have an opportunity to provide comments at this meeting at the invitation of the chair. Further details on this ITAC meeting will be announced on the Department of State's email list,
Please send all inquiries to
Notice is hereby given of the following determinations: I hereby determine that certain objects to be included in the exhibition “Harald Szeemann: Museum of Obsessions,” imported from abroad for temporary exhibition within the United States, are of cultural significance. The objects are imported pursuant to loan agreements with the foreign owners or custodians. I also determine that the exhibition or display of the exhibit objects at the Getty Research Institute at the Getty Center, Los Angeles, California, from on or about February 6, 2018, until on or about May 6, 2018, and at possible additional exhibitions or venues yet to be determined, is in the national interest.
Elliot Chiu in the Office of the Legal Adviser, U.S. Department of State (telephone: 202-632-6471; email:
The foregoing determinations were made pursuant to the authority vested in me by the Act of October 19, 1965 (79 Stat. 985; 22 U.S.C. 2459), E.O. 12047 of March 27, 1978, the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998 (112 Stat. 2681,
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of Unified Carrier Registration Plan Board of Directors meeting.
The meeting will be held on November 30, 2017, from 12:00 Noon to 3:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.
This meeting will be open to the public via conference call. Any interested person may call 1-877-422-1931, passcode 2855443940, to listen and participate in this meeting.
Open to the public.
The Unified Carrier Registration Plan Board of Directors (the Board) will continue its work in developing and implementing the Unified Carrier Registration Plan and Agreement and to that end, may consider matters properly before the Board.
Mr. Avelino Gutierrez, Chair, Unified Carrier Registration Board of Directors at (505) 827-4565.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Internal Revenue Service, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The IRS is soliciting comments concerning the purchase price allocations in deemed and actual asset acquisitions.
Written comments should be received on or before January 22, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to L. Brimmer, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6529, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form should be directed to Kerry Dennis, at (202) 317-5751 or Internal Revenue Service, Room 6529, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington DC 20224, or through the internet, at
The regulation provides that a section 338 election is made by filing Form 8023. The burden for this requirement is reflected in the burden of Form 8023. The regulation also provides that both a seller and a purchaser must each file an asset acquisition statement on Form 8594. The burden for this requirement is reflected in the burden of Form 8594.
The burden for the collection of information in § 1.338-2(e)(4) is as follows:
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Internal Revenue Service, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The IRS is soliciting comments concerning product liability losses and accumulations for product liability losses.
Written comments should be received on or before January 22, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to L. Brimmer, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6529, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form should be directed to Kerry Dennis, at (202) 317-5751 or Internal Revenue Service, Room 6529, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington DC 20224, or through the internet, at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS), as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The IRS is soliciting comments concerning Manufacturers Excise Taxes on Sporting Goods and Firearms and Other Administrative Provisions of Special Application to Manufacturers and Retailers Excise Taxes; Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements.
Written comments should be received on or before January 22, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to L. Brimmer, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the regulations should be directed to Martha R. Brinson, at (202) 317-5753 or at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the Internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS), as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The IRS is soliciting comments concerning Return Requirement for United States Persons Acquiring or Disposing of an Interest in a Foreign Partnership, or Whose Proportional Interest in a Foreign Partnership Changes.
Written comments should be received on or before January 22, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to L. Brimmer, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the regulations should be directed to Martha R. Brinson, at (202) 317-5753 or at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the Internet at
The burden is reflected in the burden of Form 8865.
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS), as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The IRS is soliciting comments concerning Diesel Fuel and Kerosene Excise Tax; Dye Injection.
Written comments should be received on or before January 22, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to L. Brimmer, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the regulations should be directed to Martha R. Brinson, at (202) 317-5753 or at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the Internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS), as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The IRS is soliciting comments concerning Exercise of an Incentive Stock Option Under Section 422(b), Information Reporting Requirements Under Internal Revenue Service Code Section 6039, and Transfer of Stock Acquired through an Employee Stock Purchase Plan Under Section 423(c).
Written comments should be received on or before January 22, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to L. Brimmer, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the regulations should be directed to Martha R. Brinson, at (202) 317-5753 or at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the Internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Internal Revenue Service, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The IRS is soliciting comments concerning sales of business property.
Written comments should be received on or before January 22, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to L. Brimmer, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6529, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the revenue procedure should be directed to Kerry Dennis, at (202) 317-5751 or Internal Revenue Service, Room 6529, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington DC 20224, or through the internet, at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |